GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP
10-K, 1997-03-31
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORP, 8-K, 1997-03-31
Next: ADVANCED HEALTH CORP, 10-K, 1997-03-31



<PAGE>   1
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   ----------
                                    FORM 10-K
                                  ANNUAL REPORT
                     PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.        Commission File No. 0-27338

                                   -----------
                          GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

               DELAWARE                                   13-3689915
    (State or other jurisdiction of                    (I.R.S. employer
     incorporation or organization)                   identification no.)

   16 EAST 40TH STREET, NEW YORK, NY                        10016
(Address of principal executive offices)                  (Zip code)

       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (212) 726-6500

                                   ----------

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:

                                      NONE

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:
 
                          Common Stock, $0.01 par value

                                   -----------

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes  X    No______

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [_]

                                   -----------

     The aggregate market value of the registrant's Common Stock, held by
non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing sale price of the Common
Stock on February 28, 1997 as reported on the Nasdaq National Market, was
$166,940,983.

     As of February 28, 1997, there were 66,398,458 shares of the registrant's
Common Stock outstanding.


                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

     Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement ("Proxy Statement")
for the 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into
Part III hereof.

                          Total Number of Pages ______
                        Index to Exhibits at Page _______


<PAGE>   2


                          GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP.
                         1996 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                 <C>                                                                            <C>
                                                    PART I
Item 1.             Business.....................................................................   1

Item 2.             Properties...................................................................  15

Item 3.             Legal Proceedings............................................................  16

Item 4.             Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders .........................  16

Item 4A.            Executive Officers of the Registrant ........................................  17

                                                   PART II

Item 5.             Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters ...  18

Item 6.             Selected Financial Data .....................................................  19

Item 7.             Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                    Operations...................................................................  22

Item 8.             Index to the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.....................  28

Item 9.             Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
                    Disclosure...................................................................  28

                                                 PART III

Item 10.            Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant...........................  29

Item 11.            Executive Compensation ......................................................  29

Item 12.            Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management...............  29

Item 13.            Certain Relationships and Related Transactions...............................  29

                                                  PART IV

Item 14.            Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K .............  30
                    

Signatures          .............................................................................  33
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   3



                                     PART I

This annual report contains forward-looking statements regarding future events
or the future financial performance of the Company that involve certain risks
and uncertainties. Actual events or the actual future results of the Company may
differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements
due to various factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in
"Factors Affecting Future Performance" below at pages 10 to 15.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
GENERAL

     GT Interactive Software Corp. (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation
incorporated in September 1992, creates, publishes and merchandises interactive
entertainment, edutainment and value-priced consumer software for a variety of
platforms on a world-wide basis. Similar to major film studios and record
companies, the Company employs a portfolio approach to achieve a broad base of
products across most major consumer software categories. The Company obtains new
software content by blending its internal software development capabilities with
the multi-title publishing relationships it has established with a variety of
independent software design groups and content providers. Recognizing that
software distribution capabilities attract software publishing content, the
Company has used its strong distribution foundation to build its current
position as a leader in the consumer software publishing business. According to
PC Data, in 1996 the Company achieved the industry's second highest market share
in number of units sold in the personal computer ("PC") software game category
and the industry's highest market share in number of units sold in the PC
software budget/value-priced category. The Company has experienced significant
growth in its published front-line titles, growing from 5 titles released in
1994 to 24 titles released in 1995 to 67 titles released in 1996.

     The Company believes that it is currently the largest distributor of
consumer software to mass merchants in the United States. The Company is the
primary supplier of its own and third party consumer software to approximately
2,320 Wal-Mart stores and approximately 760 Target stores and supplies
value-priced software under specially designed programs to approximately 2,150
Kmart stores. In addition, the Company has established direct selling
relationships for its own published software with a variety of major retailers,
including Sam's Club, Price-Costco, CompUSA, Best Buy, Egghead and Computer
City, among others.

     In December 1995, following the Company's initial public offering, the
Company's Common Stock was listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"GTIS". Unless the context otherwise provides, the "Company" or "GTIS" refers to
GT Interactive Software Corp. and its subsidiaries.


INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

     The world-wide consumer software market has grown dramatically in recent
years, driven by the increasing installed base of multimedia PCs in the home,
the introduction of new dedicated game systems from Sony, Sega, Nintendo and
others, the proliferation of software titles, and the development of new and
expanding distribution channels. Recent improvements in computer technology have
presented an opportunity to fundamentally change the user's PC experience by
introducing an interactive element to audio and visual entertainment. Multimedia
PCs, generally configured with enhanced memory, high-resolution color monitors,
sound boards, stereo speakers and high-capacity CD-ROM drives, provide
interactive entertainment and learning environments that combine text, realistic
sound, advanced graphics and animation. Rapidly declining prices of
microprocessors and CD-ROM drives have made these computers more affordable.

     The world-wide consumer software industry has also recently undergone a
number of profound changes with the introduction of new hardware platforms and
new technologies, such as on-line networks



                                       1
<PAGE>   4



and the Internet. The "next generation" of game systems are based on 32- and
64-bit microprocessors that incorporate dedicated graphics chipsets. The Sony
PlayStation ("PlayStation") and Sega Saturn ("Saturn") hardware systems began
shipping in Japan in the last quarter of 1994 and in North America in 1995. The
Nintendo 64 ("N64") system began shipping in Japan in June 1996 and began
shipping in North America in 1996. Historically, sales of console software
titles have exceeded sales of PC titles in both units and dollars. In addition,
the proliferation of on-line networks and the Internet has created new
opportunities for the consumer software industry, including on-line game playing
by users in various locations, additional promotional techniques including
on-line distribution of shareware, and direct on-line marketing, sales and
distribution to end users.

     Growth in the installed base of multimedia PCs and in other powerful and
functional platforms has created a mass market for consumer software products.
The development of a mass market for software products has been characterized by
the rise in importance of mass merchant software sales as a distribution
channel, increasing price pressure as well as competition for limited retail
shelf space to accommodate the abundance of new titles. This abundance has
resulted in the increased importance of brand name recognition in a hit driven
market. Faced with the challenges of marketing and distribution, many
independent software developers and content providers are pursuing relationships
with publishing companies with broader distribution capabilities, including
enhanced access to mass market retailers and greater merchandising, marketing
and promotional support. At the same time, retailers are faced with the
challenge of managing the increasing number of new titles with limited shelf
space. Another result of these market pressures is the trend in the industry
toward the consolidation of software companies and the diversification of
products offered by such companies.

     The Company believes that success in the industry will be achieved by those
companies that are able to create significant brand name recognition or hits,
establish strong retail relationships and consistently offer a diversified
high-quality software portfolio providing significant sell-through opportunities
for retailers of all kinds.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     The Company's objective is to become one of the world's leading consumer
software companies. GTIS' initial business strategy was to establish a strong
distribution capability as a foundation to build its current position as a
leader in the consumer software publishing business.

     The Company believes that significant growth opportunities exist in
international markets and across a variety of next generation hardware
platforms, including PlayStation, Saturn and N64, for which the Company is
creating software products. Key elements of its strategy are to:


     Continue to expand and diversify the publishing business. The Company's
current strategy is to obtain new software content by blending its in-house
software development capabilities with the multi-title publishing relationships
it has established with independent software developers and content providers.
To that end, the Company completed several acquisitions of leading software
companies in 1995 and 1996 which have substantially increased its internal
development capabilities and its publishing base. The Company acquired Humongous
Entertainment, Inc. ("Humongous"), a premier developer and publisher of
award-winning children's software which has become the centerpiece of its
edutainment business. In addition, the Company acquired WizardWorks Group, Inc.
("WizardWorks"), a developer and publisher of value-priced software, and Candel
Inc., the parent company of FormGen, Inc. ("FormGen"), a publisher of
interactive PC shareware and software. These 1996 acquisitions supplemented the
Company's 1995 acquisition of Slash Corporation ("Slash"), a publisher,
purchaser, repackager and distributor of value-priced software. On an ongoing
basis, GTIS intends to evaluate potential acquisitions of or investments in
other software publishers or developers which it believes will complement or
enhance its existing business.



                                       2
<PAGE>   5



     With the acquisitions of Slash and WizardWorks, the Company has
significantly enhanced its presence in the value-priced software market.
WizardWorks' internal development capabilities have enabled the Company to
create original lines of value-priced software. The Company's value-priced
software marketing operations give the Company the flexibility to offer a
particular product at various price points in response to market pricing
pressures. This enables the Company to manage the entire life-cycle of its
published product from the initial release of the product through the final
closeout sale.

     The Company intends to seek additional ways to deepen and broaden its
software product lines, including exploring new genres and platforms. Pursuant
to this goal, the Company's strategies include attracting and retaining top
developers and content providers, such as id Software Inc. ("id Software"),
Williams Entertainment Group ("Williams"), 3d Realms, Mercer Mayer, Stan and Jan
Berenstain and Scavenger, as well as developing its own titles. Similar to the
music industry, GTIS employs its own "A&R" (Artists & Repertoire) group whose
sole responsibilities are to identify, attract and retain independent software
developers.

     Develop a leading position in the 32- and 64-bit game platforms. The
Company is leveraging its strength in the PC software market to build a leading
position in the emerging 32- and 64-bit game software market. To that end, the
Company has become an approved licensee of PlayStation and Saturn in North
America. Nintendo has approved the Company as a licensee of its products, and
they are in the process of finalizing a definitive agreement which will cover
N64 products. In addition, the Company has entered into multi-title
relationships with id Software, Williams, 3D Realms and other content providers
and software developers for the publishing of titles for use on these game
systems. As additional platforms that are suited to the Company's products
emerge, the Company intends to publish products that it believes will have the
greatest sales potential in the consumer software market.

     Broaden its international presence. The Company believes that markets
outside the United States present significant growth opportunities. The Company
began to broaden its international sales efforts in late 1994 by establishing
relationships with software publishers and distributors in the largest
international markets. In January 1995, the Company established a publishing
operation in the United Kingdom with responsibility for European markets. That
operation was expanded in November 1996 when the Company acquired the business
of Warner Interactive Entertainment Europe ("Warner Interactive Europe"), a
subsidiary of Warner Music Group. In 1996, GTIS successfully launched Doom for
PlayStation in Europe and in Japan. In addition, the Company released Quake for
PCs in Europe, where it was the number one selling title upon its release.

     In September 1995, the Company entered into joint venture agreements with
SOFTBANK Corporation ("SOFTBANK"), the leading distributor of PC software in
Japan, and Roadshow Entertainment PTY LTD ("Roadshow"), a leading entertainment
company in Australia, for the publishing and distribution of the Company's
products in Japan and Australia, respectively. It was pursuant to the SOFTBANK
arrangement that Doom was launched in Japan. The Company is aggressively seeking
new opportunities to form alliances with local publishers and distributors in
other foreign markets.

     Develop new brands and leverage hit titles. The Company believes that, with
the proliferation of software titles and the competition for shelf space, brand
name recognition of its published products, whether created internally or by
third parties, is an important component of its success as a publisher. For
example, the Company has licensed titles from Mercer Mayer in order to
capitalize on the popularity of Mercer Mayer's multi-million selling The Little
Critter book series. In addition, the popularity of Doom has resulted in the
success of Doom-related products which have sold over 4.0 million copies.
Further, Humongous has built significant brand name recognition in the
edutainment area with its critically acclaimed software titles and identifiable
characters. The Company intends to further build its characters and other
properties to which the Company has exclusive rights through licensing and
merchandising across various media, including books, television and films.

     Pursue the Internet and on-line network opportunities. The Internet and
on-line networks are an



                                       3
<PAGE>   6



integral element of all GTIS marketing and promotional efforts. The Company
generates awareness through its Web site for its software titles prior to their
market debut. The wide acceptance of the Internet into consumers' homes has
created new opportunities for the consumer software industry. The Company
intends to further explore these opportunities, including on-line game playing
by users in various locations, additional promotional techniques including
on-line distribution of shareware, and direct on-line marketing, sales and
distribution to end users.

     Maintain its leadership position as a distributor and merchandiser. GTIS
believes that it is the largest distributor of third party computer software to
mass merchants in the United States and intends to maintain its position in this
area. The Company believes that its distribution capabilities have served as a
foundation upon which it has built its current position as a leader in the
consumer software publishing business. The Company's proprietary
state-of-the-art distribution and point-of-sale replenishment system, as well as
its experienced management team, enable it to handle efficiently high sales
volumes, manage and replenish inventory on a store by store basis and assemble
for its customers regional and store by store data based on product
sell-through. GTIS intends to continue to invest in and upgrade that system and
seeks to explore innovative value-added programs to establish and strengthen
retail relationships.

     There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully implement all
or any part of its strategy.

GTIS PUBLISHING

     The Company publishes high quality consumer software, developed internally
or in collaboration with independent developers, which is available in various
formats for use on multiple platforms. Like major film studios and record
companies, GTIS employs a portfolio approach to achieve a broad base of products
across all major consumer software categories. The Company combines its internal
software development capabilities with relationships with a variety of
independent software design groups, such as id Software, a leading developer of
3-D action games (Quake, Final Doom, Doom II and Hexen); Williams, the home
entertainment division of leading arcade company WMS Industries (Mortal Kombat
3, NBA Hang Time and War Gods); 3D Realms, the creator of the best selling Duke
Nukem 3D; Scavenger, designers of Scorcher, Amok and Into the Shadows; and
Cybersites, creators of the popular Internet game, S.P.Q.R.

     During 1996, the Company has consummated a number of strategic acquisitions
and investments that have significantly increased its internal development
capabilities and added to its expanding publishing base. In July 1996, the
Company acquired Humongous, a premier developer and publisher of original
interactive children's entertainment software. Humongous' award-winning software
line features popular characters such as Putt-Putt, Freddi Fish, Fatty Bear and
Buzzy the Knowledge Bug. USA Today (December 26, 1995) listed Humongous as one
of "Six Firms Worth Watching in '96," and Fortune magazine (July 10, 1995) named
Humongous one of "25 Cool Companies." Humongous, which has become the
centerpiece of the Company's edutainment business, joins the Company's existing
popular children's titles, strengthening the Company's presence in the growing
children's software category.

     The Company further increased its internal software development
capabilities in June 1996 when it acquired WizardWorks, a developer and
publisher of a wide variety of consumer software products. The WizardWorks
product line includes GameWizards, a series of gaming strategy, hint and tip
guides on CD-ROM that incorporate full-motion video game segments, cheat codes
and detailed maps. WizardWorks also offers the !Zone line of add-on levels that
complement the industry's most popular entertainment titles, including GTIS
titles such as Doom, Heretic, Hexen and Duke Nukem 3D. Through the CompuWorks
line, WizardWorks offers a line of home office productivity software that
includes such well-known titles as CompuWorks Publisher and CompuWorks Draw.
Also included in the acquisition of WizardWorks was MacSoft, a leading publisher
of entertainment, edutainment and productivity software for the Macintosh. GTIS
is consolidating all of its Macintosh offerings under the MacSoft brand,



                                       4
<PAGE>   7



strengthening its position in this segment of the market.

     In June 1996, the Company also acquired FormGen, a publisher of interactive
PC shareware and software. Foremost among FormGen's current titles is the
best-selling Duke Nukem 3D for PCs, published under license from 3D Realms.
Independent of its acquisition of FormGen, the Company has secured the rights to
publish Duke Nukem 3D world-wide directly from 3D Realms for all next generation
platforms.

     In November 1996, the Company invested in convertible preferred stock of
Off World Entertainment, Inc. (also known as "OddWorld Inhabitants" or
"OddWorld"), which is convertible into 50% of the common equity. OddWorld's
principal developers have extensive experience in the ground-breaking
application of computer-generated images in film, commercials and theme park
rides. OddWorld is currently developing "StoryDwellings" -- a game series that
combines life-like character motion with intuitive controller interfaces inside
highly rendered backgrounds, bringing players into a rich, deeply developed
world that is more like a film than a game.

     The Company has also pursued strategic relationships with independent
developers of software products. GTIS believes it has been successful in
identifying talented developers and establishing mutually beneficial
relationships with those developers. The Company's early publishing success was
based in large part on the Doom series of software titles. These products have
sold an aggregate of over 4.0 million copies since the introduction of the
series in 1994 and have been the Company's most popular titles. The Doom series,
which includes Doom II, Doom-related products, Heretic and Hexen, is licensed to
the Company from, and developed by, id Software. Another id Software title,
Quake, is currently being published by the Company in the U.S. and Europe.

     The Company believes that its success with the Doom-related titles and its
software distribution capabilities have enabled it to attract and retain
additional quality independent software developers and content providers.
Consequently, the Company has experienced significant growth in its published
titles, growing from 5 front-line titles released in 1994 to 24 titles released
in 1995 to 67 titles released during 1996.

     The Company has entered into several multi-title publishing contracts with
Williams, pursuant to which the Company has acquired the rights to publish
software products based on virtually all of Williams' coin-operated video games,
for use on a number of platforms world-wide, excluding Japan and North America.
The Company has acquired similar rights to games developed by Atari Games
Corporation ("Atari"), which was recently acquired by Williams.


     GTIS is also leveraging its strength in the PC software market to build a
leading position in the emerging 32- and 64-bit video game software market. To
that end, the Company has become an approved licensee of PlayStation and Saturn
in North America. Nintendo has approved the Company as a licensee of its
products, and they are in the process of finalizing a definitive agreement which
will cover N64 products. In addition, the Company has entered into relationships
with id Software, Williams, 3D Realms and other content providers and software
developers for the publishing of next generation titles, such as Doom II, Quake,
Duke Nukem 3D and Mortal Kombat 3.


Edutainment

     In July 1996, the Company acquired Humongous, a premier developer and
publisher of original interactive children's entertainment software. Humongous
software features popular characters such as Putt-Putt, Freddi Fish, Fatty Bear
and Buzzy the Knowledge Bug. Humongous titles, such as Putt-Putt Saves The Zoo,
Freddi Fish and the Case of the Missing Kelp Seeds and Fatty Bear's Birthday
Surprise, have won dozens of awards in the past few years.

     Humongous has become the centerpiece of the Company's edutainment business.
Current Humongous titles join GTIS' existing popular children's properties,
including those from award-winning



                                       5
<PAGE>   8



children's author Mercer Mayer (Just Me and My Dad and Just Me and My Mom),
strengthening the Company's presence in the growing children's software
category. Among the edutainment software products to be published by the Company
are software titles based on the Berenstain Bears series, created by Stan and
Jan Berenstain.

Value-Priced Software

     In addition to publishing front-line software, GTIS also creates, publishes
and distributes a variety of value-priced products. The Company believes that
the value-priced segment of the consumer software market affords a growth
opportunity as a result of the proliferation of software titles which cannot
find front-line shelf space and the demand by many PC owners for moderately
priced products. The Company's value-priced marketing operations give the
Company the flexibility to offer a particular product at various price points in
response to market pricing pressures. This enables the Company to manage the
entire life-cycle of its published product from the initial release of the
product through the final closeout sale.

     In early 1995, the Company began to repackage and offer for distribution to
mass merchants five- and ten-pack boxes of value-priced software titles. These
generally include previously top-selling software titles whose popularity had
peaked at higher retail price points or titles that never realized substantial
popular recognition. The Company's acquisition in June 1995 of Slash, a leading
publisher, purchaser, repackager and distributor of value-priced software,
solidified the Company's presence in the value-priced market. Through its Slash
Division, the Company licenses catalog titles, purchases excess inventory
(primarily in the CD-ROM format) from major publishers and may repackage the
titles into compilation boxes, such as five-packs and ten-packs.

     The Company further expanded its value-priced product line in June 1996,
when it acquired WizardWorks, a leading developer and publisher of value-priced
interactive entertainment, edutainment and productivity software. The
WizardWorks value-priced product line includes GameWizards, a series of gaming
strategy, hint and tip guides; the !Zone line of add-on level software that
complements the industry's most popular entertainment titles; and the CompuWorks
line of home office productivity software. The Company believes that the recent
consolidation of the Slash Division and WizardWorks into one distinct
value-priced division will serve to strengthen its position in the value-priced
market.

     In 1995, the Company commenced supplying value-priced software under
specially designed fixture-based programs to Kmart and Wal-Mart. These programs
utilize sophisticated distribution and point of sale replenishment systems
similar to those already in use by the Company for front-line products.

International

     In January 1995, the Company established a publishing operation in London,
England, with responsibility for European markets. The Company is currently
publishing, marketing and distributing its consumer software products in over 39
countries world-wide, including Quake which was the number one selling PC title
in Europe upon its release. The Company distributes its products direct to
retail merchants in most of the U.K., through a sub-distribution agreement with
Virgin Interactive Entertainment plc in French- and German-speaking countries
and through wholesalers in most of the rest of the European market.

     The Company believes that the European market for 32- and 64-bit game
systems software represents a significant growth opportunity. In late 1995, the
Company successfully launched Doom for PlayStation in Europe and, in Spring
1996, in Japan. Through its strategic alliance with Williams, the Company has
acquired the exclusive right to publish and distribute, in most major markets
excluding North America and Japan, 32- and 64-bit software products based on
virtually all of Williams' coin-operated video games, as well as games developed
by Atari, which was recently acquired by



                                       6
<PAGE>   9



Williams. These titles include NBA Hang Time, based on the popular arcade
basketball game, NHL Open Ice, an arcade-style hockey brawl, Robotron X, the
sequel to the arcade classic, Mortal Kombat Trilogy, based on the record-setting
martial arts arcade series, and Area 51, based on the popular arcade game.

     In November 1996, the Company acquired the business of Warner Interactive
Europe, a European subsidiary of Warner Music Group. The acquisition established
direct GTIS operations in France and Germany, as well as Australia. As part of
the transaction, the Company also acquired an internal product development team
based in Manchester, England.

     The Company has also entered into joint venture agreements with SOFTBANK,
the leading distributor of personal computer software in Japan, and Roadshow, a
leading entertainment company in Australia, under which the Company and each of
the other parties publish and distribute the Company's titles in Japan and
Australia, respectively. In October 1995, the Company and SOFTBANK further
strengthened their relationship through the purchase from the Company and
certain stockholders, by an affiliate of SOFTBANK, of an equity interest in the
Company. Additionally, in June 1996, the Company purchased a 9.9% interest in,
and entered into a multi-title publishing agreement with, Mirage, a U.K.
developer of entertainment software. The Company is aggressively seeking new
opportunities to form strategic alliances with local publishers and distributors
in other foreign markets.

THE GTIS MERCHANDISING AND DISTRIBUTION APPROACH


     The Company believes that it is the only software publisher that sells
directly to substantially all of the major retailers of computer software in the
U.S. and that it is the largest distributor of computer software to mass
merchants in the U.S. GTIS sells its own published titles to specialty retailers
and distributes its own products, as well as those of other publishers, to
certain mass merchants. The Company is the primary supplier of its own and
third-party consumer software to approximately 2,320 Wal-Mart stores and
approximately 760 Target stores and supplies value-priced software under
specially designed fixture-based programs to approximately 2,150 Kmart stores.
In addition, the Company sells its own published products to a variety of major
retailers, including Sam's Club, Price-Costco, CompUSA, Best Buy, Egghead and
Computer City, among others.


     The Company believes that its merchandising and distribution capability is
an important element of its success and gives it a competitive advantage. The
Company's distribution approach is based on direct sales to a significant number
of specialty, multi-purpose and mass merchant retailers of computer software.
This approach includes shipment of software directly to individual stores or
warehouse locations for each of its retail accounts, in-store merchandising
programs for a variety of its retail accounts and value-added distribution
programs employing a proprietary point-of-sale inventory replenishment system
for certain of its mass merchant accounts.

     GTIS initially designed its merchandising and distribution program in
collaboration with Wal-Mart. Under this program currently executed for certain
mass merchants, the Company typically manages substantially all of a store's
software inventory, by designing, supplying and restocking displays of software
according to a program plan devised in concert with the customer specifically
for each individual store. Drawing upon its regional and store specific data
base, the Company updates each store plan on a continual basis. This
store-specific program plan, together with the Company's proprietary
point-of-sale replenishment system, enables the Company to ensure that the mass
merchants' shelves will remain fully stocked with a tailored mix of titles
designed to maximize the sales volume per square foot of shelf space.

     Utilizing its point-of-sale replenishment systems and electronic data
interchange (EDI) links with its largest mass merchant accounts, the Company is
able to efficiently handle high sales volumes to those customers, manage and
replenish inventory on a store-by-store basis and assemble for its customers
regional and store-by-store data based on product sell-through. The Company
utilizes state-of-the-art



                                       7
<PAGE>   10



technology systems for order processing, inventory management, purchasing and
tracking of shipments thereby increasing the efficiency and accuracy of order
processing and payments and shortening order turnaround time. These systems
automatically track software orders from order processing to point-of-sale,
thereby enhancing customer satisfaction through prompt delivery of the desired
software titles.

     Based on the strength of its current consumer software distribution
operation, GTIS has successfully attracted other publishers to utilize its mass
merchant distribution services for their products. Such products are generally
distributed by GTIS under the name of the publisher who is, in turn, responsible
for the publishing, packaging, marketing and customer support of such products.
GTIS believes that its program of distributing other publishers' products
leverages the Company's distribution capabilities and adds a source of revenue
that does not require additional product development expenditures. The Company's
agreements with other publishers typically provide for certain retail
distribution rights in designated territories for a specific period of time,
after which those rights are subject to negotiated renewal.

MARKETING

     GTIS believes that marketing is critically important to the success of its
products. The Company employs a wide range of sophisticated marketing techniques
including (i) in-store promotions that utilize display towers and endcaps, (ii)
direct mailings, (iii) advertising in computer and general consumer publications
and (iv) on-line marketing to promote sales of its products. The Company
monitors and measures the effectiveness of its marketing strategies throughout
the product lifecycle.

     The Internet is an integral element of GTIS' marketing efforts used, in
part, to generate awareness for its titles months prior to their market debut.
GTIS incorporates the Internet into its marketing programs through the creation
of product-dedicated mini-sites, on-line promotions and news group seedings.

     To capitalize on the innovative nature of its products, the Company has
developed a public relations program that has resulted in coverage for the
Company by trade journals and also by well-recognized publications such as The
New York Times, Entertainment Weekly, Newsweek and USA Today. Among the
marketing strategies the Company utilizes is the creation of special press
events to coincide with the launch of a new product.

     GTIS' marketing programs have continued to expand along with the Company's
publishing business. For example, to launch Just Me and My Mom, an interactive
storybook based on the popular Mercer Mayer book, GTIS unveiled a multi-tiered
marketing campaign which included cross-promotions with Family PC magazine and
Scholastic Software Clubs, the showcasing of the game at an EPCOT Center exhibit
and magazine subscriber invoice inserts, as well as game demos sent to
approximately 750,000 educators.

     As of December 31, 1996, the Company's staff included 105 employees in
domestic sales and marketing and 84 employees in international marketing and
distribution. The Company expects to increase its sales and marketing staff to
provide greater penetration into the retail market and increased marketing
support for its products. The Company also uses independent field sales
representative organizations to assist in the sales of software products and
customer support.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

     The Company generally sells a significant portion of its published software
under licenses from independent developers and, in such cases, does not acquire
the copyrights for the underlying work. The Company relies primarily on a
combination of trademark, copyright, trade secret and other proprietary



                                       8
<PAGE>   11



rights laws, license agreements, employee and third-party nondisclosure
agreements and other methods to protect its proprietary rights and the rights of
its developers. United States copyright law, international conventions and
international treaties, however, may not provide meaningful protection against
unauthorized duplication or infringement of the Company's software.

     Policing unauthorized use of an easily duplicated and broadly disseminated
product such as computer software is very difficult. Software piracy is expected
to be a persistent problem for the software industry. These problems are
particularly acute in certain international markets such as South America, the
Middle East, the Pacific Rim and the Far East. If a significant amount of
unauthorized copying of the Company's products were to occur, the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

     Software developers and publishers are subject to infringement claims.
There can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims
against the Company in the future with respect to current or future products.

     There has been substantial litigation in the industry regarding copyright,
trademark and other intellectual property rights. Any such claims or litigation,
with or without merit, could be costly and a diversion of management's
attention, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
operating results and financial condition. Adverse determinations in such claims
or litigation could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
operating results and financial condition. The Company is presently in
litigation against Micro Star Software ("Micro Star"), the publisher of a
product entitled "Nuke It" comprised largely of additional levels of play for
Duke Nukem 3D which are created by game users and available over the Internet
("Player Created Levels"). The Company contends that the sale of Nuke It
infringes the copyright on Duke Nukem 3D (which the Company publishes under
license with the owner of 3D Realms) and violates the Lanham Act's trademark,
unfair competition and false advertising provisions. On September 26, 1996, the
Company obtained a preliminary injunction in federal court in San Diego,
California ordering the recall of all copies of Nuke It then in the stores,
based on the use of Duke Nukem 3D's protected expression on Nuke It's packaging
and in some copies of the Nuke It CD-ROM. The Court also held as a preliminary
matter that the Player Created Levels contained in Nuke It did not themselves
contain expression from the Duke Nukem 3D game in protectable form. Because the
Company believes that this holding is erroneous, it is pursuing an appeal to the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, seeking an injunction halting the
sale of Nuke It and any subsequent Micro Star product containing additional
levels of play for Duke Nukem 3D. Micro Star has appealed the Court's decision
granting the injunction. The Company intends vigorously to pursue this
litigation to protect its intellectual property rights.

EMPLOYEES

     As of December 31, 1996, GTIS had 967 employees, consisting of 105 in
domestic sales and marketing, 504 in distribution, 39 in manufacturing, 84 in
international marketing and distribution, 96 in publishing and product
development, 28 in information services, 9 in purchasing and 102 in
administration and finance. Of the 504 employees in distribution, 312 are
members of Local 734, L.I.U. of N.A., AFL-CIO (the "Union"). These employees,
who are located at the Company's distribution center in Edison, New Jersey, are
subject to a collective bargaining agreement the Company entered into with the
Union on May 12, 1995. The Company believes that its relations with its
employees are good.



                                       9
<PAGE>   12



                      FACTORS AFFECTING FUTURE PERFORMANCE

CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION AND CREDIT RISK

     The Company is the primary supplier of software to Wal-Mart, including
titles published by the Company and products from other publishers. On a pro
forma basis, giving effect to the acquisition of Slash, sales to Wal-Mart
accounted for approximately 48% and 45% of the Company's net sales for 1995 and
1996, respectively. The Company's status as Wal-Mart's primary supplier is not
based upon any written agreement or understanding. Accordingly, such status
could be terminated at any time by Wal-Mart. In addition, Wal-Mart has
dedicated, and the Company currently anticipates that Wal-Mart will continue to
dedicate, the software department in a limited number of stores to other
software distributors on a test basis. There can be no assurance that Wal-Mart
will continue to use the Company as its primary supplier of consumer software,
or at all. The loss of Wal-Mart as a customer, a significant decrease in product
shipments to or an inability to collect receivables from Wal-Mart or any other
adverse change in the Company's relationship with Wal-Mart would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and financial
condition. In late March 1997, the Company and Wal-Mart reached an understanding
whereby Wal-Mart expects to begin testing direct purchasing of software from
three publishers (CUC International, Electronic Arts, and Lucas Arts
Entertainment) during the second half of 1997. Sales of products of these
publishers to Wal-Mart accounted for approximately $20 million of the Company's
net sales in 1996.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS

     In June 1995 the Company acquired Slash, in June 1996 the Company acquired
WizardWorks and FormGen, in July 1996 the Company acquired Humongous and in
November 1996 the Company acquired the business of Warner Interactive Europe.
The Company undertook these acquisitions to expand its publishing and
distribution capabilities with the assumption that the combined entity would be
better able to take advantage of market opportunities than if each of the
companies were operated individually. This synergy will depend in part on the
ability of the Company to retain in-house publishing staffs and third-party
relationships and to utilize distribution, sales and marketing capabilities. The
Company is in the process of integrating the acquired companies by consolidating
certain operations, offices and facilities, and combining administrative,
accounting, sales and marketing and distribution functions. The integration of
these acquired companies will involve, among other things, the opening of new
facilities or the expansion of existing facilities, the expansion of accounting
systems, controls and procedures, the increase in warehouse and distribution
capabilities, the closing of redundant facilities and the elimination of
duplicate personnel. The Company is in the early stages of integrating certain
of the acquired companies and there can be no assurance that the integration
will be completed without disrupting the Company's business. Should the Company
not be able to achieve such integration in a timely manner or in a coordinated
fashion, it could materially and adversely affect the Company's business,
operating results or financial condition.

     The Company believes that its future growth will depend, in part, on its
ability to continue to identify, acquire and integrate companies which have
software development and publishing capabilities. While the Company reviews
acquisition opportunities in the ordinary course of its business, some of which
may be material and some of which are currently under investigation or
discussion, the Company presently has no commitments or understandings with
respect to any material acquisitions and there can be no assurance that the
Company will be successful in identifying and acquiring suitable acquisition
candidates or integrating the acquired businesses into the Company's operations.

FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS; SEASONALITY

     The Company has experienced and may continue to experience significant
quarterly fluctuations in net sales and operating results due to a variety of
factors, including fluctuations in the mix of products



                                       10
<PAGE>   13



with varying profit margins sold by the Company, the size and timing of
acquisitions, the size and growth rate of the consumer software market, market
acceptance of the Company's products (including the Company's published and
third-party distributed titles) and those of its competitors, development and
promotional expenses relating to the introduction of new products or
enhancements of existing products, projected and actual changes in computing
platforms, the timing and success of product introductions by the Company and
its competitors, product returns, changes in pricing policies by the Company and
its competitors, the accuracy of retailers' forecasts of consumer demand, the
timing of orders from major customers, order cancellations and delays in
shipment. In addition, delays in the introduction of the Company's front-line
titles could result in material fluctuations of the Company's operating results.
The Company has experienced, and expects to experience in the future,
significant fluctuations in its quarterly net sales and operating results as a
result of such factors. In response to competitive pressures, the Company may
take certain pricing or marketing actions that could materially and adversely
affect the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.
Products are generally shipped as orders are received and, accordingly, the
Company operates with little backlog. The Company's expense levels are based, in
part, on its expectations regarding future sales and, as a result, operating
results would be disproportionately adversely affected by a decrease in sales or
a failure to meet the Company's sales expectations. Defective front-line
published products may result in higher customer support costs and product
returns. Further, the consumer software business is seasonal. Net sales are
typically significantly higher during the fourth calendar quarter, due primarily
to the increased demand for consumer software during the year-end holiday buying
season. Net sales in other quarters are generally lower and vary significantly.
Accordingly, the Company believes that period to period comparisons of operating
results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an
indication of future performance. There can be no assurance that the Company
will achieve consistent profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Due to all
of the foregoing factors, the Company's operating results in any quarter may be
below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In such event,
the market price of the Company's Common Stock would likely be materially and
adversely affected. See "--Possible Volatility of Stock Price".

DEPENDENCE ON NEW PRODUCT AND PRODUCT ENHANCEMENT INTRODUCTIONS; PRODUCT DELAYS

     The Company's continued success in the publishing business depends on the
timely introduction of successful new products or enhancements of existing
products to replace declining revenues from older products. Consumer preferences
for software products are difficult to predict, and few consumer software
products achieve sustained market acceptance. If revenues from new products or
enhancements were to fail to replace declining revenues from existing products,
the Company's business, operating results and financial condition could be
adversely affected. The process of developing software products such as those
offered by the Company is extremely complex and is expected to become more
complex and expensive in the future as new platforms and technologies are
addressed. A significant delay in the introduction of one or more new products
or enhancements could have a material adverse effect on the ultimate success of
such products and on the Company's business, operating results and financial
condition, particularly in view of the seasonality of the Company's business.

     The Company's contracts with hardware licensors, which are also some of the
Company's chief competitors, often grant significant control to the licensor
over the manufacturing of the Company's products. This fact could, in certain
circumstances, leave the Company unable to get its products manufactured and
shipped to customers. In most events, control of the manufacturing process by
hardware companies increases both the manufacturing lead times and the expense
to the Company over the lead times and costs that the Company can achieve
independently. In fiscal 1996, for example, the Company experienced delays in
the manufacturing of PlayStation products which caused delays in shipping those
products. The results of future periods may be affected by similar delays.
Finally, the Company's contracts with its hardware licensers often require the
Company to take significant risks in holding or prepaying for its inventory of
products. See "-- Reliance on Third-Party Software Developers; Reliance on Other
Publishers," "-- Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results; Seasonality," and



                                       11
<PAGE>   14



"Business -- GTIS Publishing."

RELIANCE ON THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE DEVELOPERS; RELIANCE ON OTHER PUBLISHERS

     Although the Company substantially increased, primarily through
acquisitions, its internal software development capabilities in 1996, a
significant portion of the Company's published products have been licensed from,
or developed by, the Company in collaboration with independent software
developers. Due primarily to the increased demand for consumer software
programs, the payment of advances and guaranteed royalties to independent
developers has increased and may continue to increase. As of December 31, 1996,
the Company had recorded approximately $69.2 million of royalty advances on its
balance sheet. There can be no assurance that the release of products associated
with such advances will not be delayed, which would delay the Company's ability
to receive revenue to offset such advances or royalties, or that the sales of
such products will be sufficient to cover the amount of such advances or royalty
prepayments. The Company's success depends in part on its continued ability to
obtain and renew product development agreements with independent software
developers. As independent developers are in high demand, there can be no
assurance that independent developers, including those which have developed
products for the Company in the past, will be available to develop products for
the Company in the future. For instance, the Company does not currently have any
contractual agreement with id Software pursuant to which the Company has control
over, or has been promised rights to, future products to be developed by id
Software; such rights are negotiated on a title-by-title basis. Many independent
developers have limited financial resources, which could expose the Company to
the risk that such developers may go out of business prior to completing a
project. In addition, because the Company's published products are often
developed with outside developers, the Company cannot always control the timing
of the introduction of its products. While the Company maintains production
liaisons with independent developers, there can be no assurance that new
products developed by third-party developers whose products are published by the
Company will be introduced on schedule or at all or within acceptable quality
guidelines or that they will achieve market acceptance. The Company's success is
also dependent in part on its ability to obtain content for its products from
external sources. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
obtain or renew product development agreements, or to obtain such content, on
favorable terms, or at all. Such agreements are terminable, in some cases
without notice, upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
those involving the bankruptcy or insolvency of either party to such agreements,
the cessation of operations by either of such parties or the material breach of
specified provisions of such agreements which breach is not cured within a
designated time frame. See "Business -- GTIS Publishing."

     The Company also distributes products on behalf of other publishers. There
can be no assurance that the Company will obtain or renew any rights to
distribute such products. Failure to retain or obtain such rights could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and
financial condition. See "Business -- The GTIS Merchandising and Distribution
Approach" and "-- GTIS Publishing."

CHANGING PRODUCT PLATFORMS

     The consumer software market is characterized by rapidly changing
technology, particularly with respect to product platforms. The Company must
continually anticipate the emergence of, and adapt its products to, popular
platforms for consumer software. When the Company chooses to publish or develop
a product for a new platform, it may be required to make a substantial
development investment one to two years in advance of shipments of products on
that platform. If the Company invests in the development of a product for a
platform that does not achieve significant market penetration, the Company's
planned revenues from that product will be adversely affected and it may not
recover its development investment. If the Company does not choose to publish or
co-develop for a platform that achieves significant market success, the
Company's revenue growth may also be adversely affected. See "Business --
Industry Background" and "-- GTIS Publishing."



                                       12
<PAGE>   15



INTERNATIONAL SALES

     The Company began to broaden its international sales efforts in late 1994
by establishing relationships with software publishers and distributors in
leading international markets. The Company expects that international sales will
account for a significant portion of its net sales in the future. International
sales are subject to inherent risks, including unexpected changes in regulatory
requirements, tariffs and other barriers, fluctuating exchange rates, potential
political instability, difficulties installing and managing foreign operations
and difficulty in collection of accounts receivable. In addition, acceptance of
the Company's products in certain markets has required, and may in the future
require extensive, time-consuming and costly modifications to localize the
products for use in particular markets. Software piracy presents a particularly
acute problem in certain international markets such as South America, the Middle
East, the Pacific Rim and the Far East, and the laws of foreign jurisdictions
may not protect the Company's proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws
of the United States. There can be no assurance that these or other factors will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's future international sales
and, consequently, on the Company's business, operating results and financial
condition. See "Business -- GTIS Publishing" and "-- International."

COMPETITION

     The market for consumer software products is highly competitive. Only a
small percentage of products introduced in the consumer software market achieve
any degree of sustained market acceptance. Competition is based primarily upon
price, access to retail shelf space, product enhancements, ability to operate on
popular platforms, availability of titles, new product introductions, marketing
support and distribution systems. Many of the companies with which the Company
currently competes or may compete in the future have comparable or greater
financial, technical, marketing, sales and customer support resources, larger
and more seasoned internal development teams, greater name recognition and a
larger customer base, than the Company. In addition, the Company believes that
large software companies, media companies and film studios are increasing their
focus on the interactive entertainment and edutainment software markets and, as
a result of their financial and other resources, name recognition and customer
base, may become significant competitors of the Company. Moreover, in a number
of geographic markets, certain of the titles offered by the Company, including
various hit titles, are offered on a limited number of platforms and compete
with the same titles offered by the Company's competitors on other platforms.
Current and future competitors with greater financial resources than the Company
may be able to carry larger inventories, undertake more extensive marketing
campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and make higher offers or
guarantees to software developers and licensors than the Company. The market is
also extremely competitive with respect to access to third party developers and
content providers. This competition is based primarily on breadth of
distribution, development funding, reputation and royalty rates. To the extent
that competitors maintain or achieve greater title portfolio breadth, title
rights for popular platforms, or access to third party developers and content
providers, or price, shelf access, marketing support, distribution or other
selling advantages, the Company could be materially and adversely affected. In
addition, several competitors of the Company have recently sought to expand
their distribution capabilities. New hardware platforms and electronic delivery
systems may be introduced into the software market and potential new competitors
may enter the software development and distribution market, resulting in greater
competition for the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will
have the resources required to respond effectively to market or technological
changes or to compete successfully with current or future competitors or that
competitive pressures faced by the Company will not materially and adversely
affect its business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, as
part of its value-added distribution program, the Company seeks to provide its
mass merchant customers with a wide variety of popular titles. Achieving such a
product mix requires the Company to supplement the distribution of its published
products with certain third party software products, including products
published by the Company's competitors. There can be no assurance that such
competitors will continue to provide such products to the Company for
distribution at



                                       13
<PAGE>   16



the Company's mass merchant customers. The failure to obtain software titles
developed or published by one or more of the Company's competitors, and not
being able to obtain these products from other distributors could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's relationships with such mass merchant
customers, which in turn would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition. In late March 1997, the
Company and Wal-Mart reached an understanding whereby Wal-Mart expects to begin
testing direct purchasing of software from three publishers during the second
half of 1997. See "-- Customer Concentration and Credit Risk".

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     The continued success of the Company depends to a significant extent upon
the continued performance and contribution of its senior management and on its
ability to continue to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified employees.
In particular, the Company is highly dependent on the management services of
Joseph J. Cayre, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, Ronald Chaimowitz, the
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Charles F. Bond,
President of the Company's Slash Division. The loss of the services of any of
the Company's senior management could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. Competition for
highly skilled employees with technical, management, marketing, sales, product
development and other specialized training is intense, and there can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in attracting and retaining such
personnel. Specifically, the Company may experience increased costs in order to
attract and retain skilled employees. In addition, while the Company has entered
into employment agreements with Messrs. Chaimowitz and Bond, there can be no
assurance that such employees will not leave or compete with the Company. The
Company's failure to attract additional qualified employees or to retain the
services of key personnel could materially and adversely affect the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition.

POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

     The market prices for the Common Stock have been, and may in the future be,
volatile. Market prices for the Company's Common Stock will be influenced by a
number of factors, including quarterly variations in the financial results of
the Company and its competitors, acquisitions, changes in earnings estimates by
analysts and conditions in the computer software industry, the overall economy
and the financial markets. These and other factors may adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock. See "Market for Registrant's Common Equity and
Related Stockholder Matters".

PRODUCT RETURNS

     The Company accepts product returns or provides markdowns or other credits
on varying terms in the event that the customer holds excess inventory of the
Company's products. Software products as complex as those published by the
Company may contain undetected errors when first introduced or when new versions
are released. It is the Company's practice to accept returns of defective or
damaged products at any time. At the time of product shipment, the Company
establishes a return reserve which covers expected future returns and, if
necessary, price protection, the Company's policies for stock balancing and
returns of defective or damaged products. This estimate of the potential for
future returns of products is based on historical return rates, seasonality of
sales, retailer inventories of the Company's products and other factors. The
Company has historically experienced, and reserved for, product returns at a
rate of approximately 30% of gross sales. Product returns that exceed the
Company's reserves, or loss of or delay in market acceptance of a new product as
a result of software failures or otherwise, could materially and adversely
affect the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.
Although the Company maintains reserves which it believes to be adequate with
respect to product returns and price reductions, there can be no assurance that
actual returns to the Company will not exceed the reserves established.



                                       14
<PAGE>   17



RAPID EXPANSION

     The Company has experienced significant and rapid sales growth since it
commenced operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
maintain its present level of sales or continue to experience sales growth.
There can be no assurance that, if the Company continues to experience sales
growth, it can do so without adversely affecting its profitability.

     The Company's ability to manage its growth effectively will require it to
continue to attract, train, motivate, manage and retain key employees and to
improve its operational, financial and management information systems. If the
Company's management becomes unable to manage growth effectively, the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
See "Business- Business Strategy" and "Properties".

RISK OF CUSTOMER BUSINESS FAILURE

     Sales are typically made on credit, with terms that vary depending upon the
customer and the nature of the product. The Company does not hold collateral to
secure payment. Retailers and distributors compete in a volatile industry and
are subject to the risk of business failure. For example, the Company currently
has an uninsured receivable in the amount of approximately $1.6 million from
Neostar, a retailer currently engaged in Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. A
motion to convert the proceedings to Chapter 7 liquidation proceedings has been
made, but no decision in respect thereto has been made as of March 28, 1997. The
Company believes its existing reserves are adequate to cover its exposure with
respect to such receivable. Although the Company maintains a reserve for
uncollectible receivables that it believes to be adequate, there can be no
assurance that such reserve is adequate or that additional payment defaults on
significant sales would not materially and adversely affect its business,
operating results and financial condition.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

     The Company sells a significant portion of its published software under
licenses from independent developers and, in such cases, does not acquire the
copyrights for the underlying work. The Company relies primarily on a
combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other proprietary
rights laws, license agreements, employee and third-party nondisclosure
agreements and other methods to protect its proprietary rights and the rights of
its co-developers. Unauthorized copying occurs within the software industry, and
if a significant amount of unauthorized copying of the Company's published
products or products distributed by it were to occur, the Company's business,
operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely
affected. Also, as the number of software products in the industry increases and
the functionality of these products further overlaps, software developers and
publishers may increasingly become subject to infringement claims. There can be
no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against the
Company in the future with respect to current or future products. There has been
substantial litigation in the industry regarding copyright, trademark and other
intellectual property rights. Any such claims or litigation, with or without
merit, could be costly and cause a diversion of management's attention, which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating
results and financial condition. See "Business--Intellectual Property and
Proprietary Rights" for the description of the Company's litigation against
Micro Star Software.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     The Company's principal administrative, sales, marketing and development
facilities are located in approximately 18,000 square feet of space at 16 East
40th Street and approximately 13,000 square feet of space at 10 East 40th Street
in New York City. The leases on the facility located at 16 East 40th Street



                                       15
<PAGE>   18



will expire in December 2002, and the lease on the facility located at 10 East
40th Street will expire in June 1997. Due to the Company's significant and rapid
expansion, the Company has leased approximately 60,000 square feet of new office
space, which is currently being renovated, at 417 Fifth Avenue in New York City
under a lease expiring in 2007. The Company expects to move the operations
currently located at 16 East 40th Street and 10 East 40th Street to the new
office space in late 1997. Rent payments under this lease do not begin until
December 1997. The Company intends to either sublet or assign the leases for its
space at 16 East 40th Street, although there is no assurance that it will be
able to do so.

     The Company also maintains a facility in London, England of approximately
6,000 square feet, from which it conducts its European operations, under a lease
that expires in the year 2020. The buildings which house the 16 East 40th Street
facility in New York City and the London facility are owned by 16 East 40th
Associates and Marylebone 248 Realty LLC, respectively, affiliates of Joseph J.
Cayre. The Company believes that the terms of the leases are no less favorable
to the Company than those it could obtain from independent third parties.

     The Company maintains a 192,900 square-foot distribution center in Edison,
New Jersey under a lease that expires in July 1999. In Redwood, California, the
Company maintains 4,000 square-feet of office space under a lease that expires
in November 1998.

     The Slash and WizardWorks businesses have been consolidated and are
occupying approximately 240,000 square feet of office, warehouse and
distribution space in the Minneapolis, Minnesota area under a lease that expires
in September 1999. The Company is actively trying to sublet its prior offices
and warehouse space (although there is no assurance that it will be able to do
so) which consists of 2,400 square feet of office space in Edina, Minnesota, a
34,400 square foot distribution center in Edina, Minnesota, a 79,900 square foot
distribution center in Edina, Minnesota, and 15,000 square feet of office space,
warehouse and distribution space in the Minneapolis area.

     The Company also maintains offices in Scottsdale, Arizona and Woodinville,
Washington for each of its FormGen and Humongous subsidiaries, respectively. In
Scottsdale, the Company maintains 25,000 square-feet of office space under a
lease that expires in December 1998. In Woodinville, the Company maintains
25,000 square-feet of office and warehouse space under a lease that expires in
December 1997.

     In addition, in connection with the Company's recent acquisition of the
business of Warner Interactive Europe, the Company has assumed the leases for
offices in Hamburg, Germany and Paris, France. Such leases will expire in March
1998 and December 2003, respectively.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company is not a party to any pending legal proceedings material to its
financial condition or results of operations.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY-HOLDERS

     There were no items submitted to a vote of security holders during the
quarter ended December 31, 1996.



                                       16
<PAGE>   19



ITEM 4A. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The executive officers of the Company, their respective ages as of March
28, 1997 and their positions held with the Company, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      Name              Age                  Position
      ----              ---                  --------
<S>                     <C>    <C>
Ronald Chaimowitz       49     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jack J.  Cayre          24     Executive Vice President and Director
Harry M.  Rubin         44     Executive Vice President and General Manager - 
                               International Division and Business Affairs
Andrew Gregor           48     Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice 
                               President, Finance and Administration
Chris Garske            41     Senior Vice President of Publishing
Richard Burns           42     Senior Vice President of Sales
Charles F.  Bond        40     President, Slash Division
Frank Herman            63     Chairman and Managing Director, G.T. Interactive 
                               Software (Europe) Limited
</TABLE>


     Ronald Chaimowitz, a co-founder of the Company, has been President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company since February 1995. From January 1994 to
January 1995, Mr. Chaimowitz served as Executive Vice President and General
Manager of the Company. From December 1990 to December 1992, Mr. Chaimowitz was
the President of Entertainment Consultants, a management consultant firm to the
entertainment industry. Prior thereto, Mr. Chaimowitz served as Executive Vice
President of GoodTimes Home Video Corp., a publisher and distributor of
pre-recorded video tapes.

     Jack J. Cayre has been Executive Vice President and a Director of the
Company since its incorporation. From January 1993 to January 1995, Mr. Cayre
was Vice President of Licensing and Product Acquisition. From January 1990 to
August 1992, Mr. Cayre was the President of Double J Records, a privately-held
record company.

     Harry M. Rubin has been Executive Vice President and General Manager --
International Division and Business Affairs of the Company since March 1995.
From June 1994 to August 1995, Mr. Rubin served as Chief Financial Officer of
the Company. From November 1993 to June 1994, Mr. Rubin was an independent
management consultant to several entertainment companies. From 1988 to November
1993, Mr. Rubin was the Vice President and General Manager of Home Video
Operations for the National Broadcasting Company, Inc.

     Andrew Gregor has been Chief Financial Officer of the Company since August
1995. Prior to being appointed as Senior Vice President, Finance and
Administration, in April 1996, Mr. Gregor had been Vice President of Finance of
the Company since August 1995. From February 1992 to August 1995, Mr. Gregor
served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Lillian Vernon Corp., a
consumer direct merchant. For more than five years prior thereto, Mr. Gregor was
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of McCrory Corp., a national
retailer.

     Chris Garske has been Senior Vice President of Publishing since September
1995. From December 1991 to August 1995, Mr. Garske was employed by Sega of
America, a manufacturer of video game consoles and related products, where he
served in various capacities, including the group Vice President of Marketing.
From April 1991 to December 1991, Mr. Garske served as Brand Manager of Sierra
On-line, a consumer software publisher. Prior thereto, Mr. Garske served as
Director of Marketing for Activision, a consumer software publisher.



                                       17
<PAGE>   20



     Richard Burns has been Senior Vice President of Sales since December 1995.
From March to November 1995, Mr. Burns was Vice President and General Manager of
Mattel Media, Inc., a consumer software publisher. From October 1994 to March
1995, Mr. Burns was Vice President of Worldwide Sales of Rocket Science Games,
Inc., a startup consumer software company. From July 1991 to October 1994, Mr.
Burns served as Senior Vice President of Sales for Sega of America, Inc. Prior
thereto, Mr. Burns was Senior Zone Vice President of Sony Corporation of
America.

     Charles F. Bond has been President of the Slash Division of the Company
since June 1995, when Slash Corporation was acquired by the Company. From May
1991 to June 1995, Mr. Bond was the President of Slash Corporation. Prior
thereto, Mr. Bond was Vice President -- Merchandising for Lieberman Enterprise,
a rack-jobber.

     Frank Herman has been Chairman and Managing Director of G.T. Interactive
Software (Europe) Limited since May 1995. From April to October 1995, Mr. Herman
was also Chairman of Probe Software Ltd., a software development house. From
July 1991 to April 1995, Mr. Herman was Deputy Chairman and Managing Director of
Sega (Europe) Ltd. From August 1988 to July 1991, Mr. Herman served as Managing
Director of Virgin Mastertronic Ltd., an entertainment software publisher.

     Each executive officer is elected annually by the Board of Directors of the
Company and serves at the pleasure of the Board.



                                       18
<PAGE>   21



                                     PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The Company's Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market. The
high and low sale prices for the Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq National
Market for the periods since the Company's initial public offering in December
1995 are summarized below. These over-the-counter market quotations reflect
interdealer prices, without retail mark-ups, mark-downs, or commissions and may
not necessarily represent the actual transactions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          HIGH          LOW
                                                      ----------    ----------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>
1995
Fourth Quarter ( from December 14, 1995 )             $   16 1/2    $   12 1/4

1996
First Quarter                                         $   15        $    8 7/8
Second Quarter                                        $   25        $   10 5/8
Third Quarter                                         $   26 3/4    $   16 3/4
Fourth Quarter                                        $   26 3/4    $    6 5/8
</TABLE>


     On February 28, 1997, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market was $7 7/8. As of February 28, 1997, there were
approximately 129 registered holders of record of the Common Stock.

     The Company currently anticipates that it will retain all of its future
earnings for use in the expansion and operation of its business and does not
anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable
future. In addition, the payment of cash dividends may be limited by financing
agreements entered into by the Company in the future. Prior to March 1995, the
Company had elected to be treated as an S corporation for tax purposes. During
the two months ended February 28, 1995, the Company paid distributions of $6.0
million to its stockholders out of funds generated from operations. The Company
has not paid cash dividends on its Common Stock or other securities since its
conversion to a C corporation for Federal and New York state tax purposes on
March 1, 1995.

     There were no issuances of unregistered securities by the Company during
the year ended December 31, 1996, except the issuance: (i) in May 1996, to Big
Tuna New Media, LLC, of warrants to purchase 250,000 shares of Common Stock at
an exercise price of $20.00 per share, in connection with a licensing
arrangement; (ii) in May 1996, to Apogee Software, Ltd., of warrants to purchase
250,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $19.125 per share, in
connection with a licensing arrangement; (iii) in June 1996, to the former
stockholders of WizardWorks of 2,350,000 shares of Common Stock, in connection
with the acquisition of WizardWorks; (iv) in June 1996, to the former
stockholders of Candel Inc. ("Candel"), of 1,032,777 shares of Common Stock, in
connection with the acquisition of Candel; (v) in July 1996, to the former
stockholders of Humongous of 3,458,375 shares of Common Stock, in connection
with the acquisition of Humongous; (vi) in August 1996, to Epic Megagames, Inc.,
of warrants to purchase 37,500 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$20.00 per share, in connection with a licensing arrangement; and (vii) in
October 1996, to Midway Home Entertainment Inc., the assignee of the warrants
originally issued to WMS Industries Inc., an aggregate of 24,754 shares of
Common Stock, upon the exercise of such warrants. All of such issuances were
made in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.



                                       19
<PAGE>   22



ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial information
of the Company which, for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1996, is derived from the restated audited consolidated financial statements
of the Company. Pro forma information is unaudited and reflects the acquisition
of Slash as if the acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 1995 and the income
tax provision that would have been provided had both the Company and Slash been
C corporations for the relevant periods. These tables should be read in
conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements, including the
notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               PRO FORMA
                                                 1994            1995             1995(1)          1996
                                           ------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------
                                                         (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>       
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales                                     $  101,826      $  234,461       $  253,851       $  365,490
Cost of goods sold                                54,449         138,662          152,381          214,580
Selling and distribution expenses                 16,104          41,740           43,661           74,396
General and administrative expenses               10,539          21,201           22,986           34,911
Merger and other costs                                --              --               --            3,718
Amortization of goodwill                              --             567            1,092            1,092
                                           ------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------
Operating income                                  20,734          32,291           33,731           36,793
Interest and other income, net                        41             795              840            3,974
                                           ------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------
Income before income taxes                        20,775          33,086           34,571           40,767
Provision for (benefit) from income
taxes:
  Federal and state (historical)                   2,427          14,002           14,002           15,628
  Benefit from change in tax status(2)                --          (3,520)          (3,520)              --
  Pro forma adjustment to Federal and
     state taxes (unaudited)(3)                       --              --            5,461               --
                                           ------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------
       Total provision for income taxes            2,427          10,482           15,943           15,628
                                           ------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------
Net income                                    $   18,348      $   22,604      $    18,628       $   25,139
                                           ============= =============== ================ ================

Net income per share                                                                            $     0.38

Weighted average shares outstanding                                                                 66,391

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)                                    $      0.30

Pro forma number of weighted average
shares outstanding (unaudited)(4)                                                  61,082
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ---------------------------------
                                                                                  1995             1996
                                                                         ---------------- ----------------
<S>                                                                           <C>               <C>       
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments                             $    93,694       $   76,584
Working capital                                                                   105,748          113,652
Total assets                                                                      301,641          367,111
Stockholders' equity                                                              126,040          152,138
</TABLE>

(1)  Reflects the Company's acquisition of Slash as if the same had been
     consummated on January 1, 1995 and the income tax provision that would have
     been provided had both the Company and Slash been C corporations for the
     relevant periods. (See Note 2 and Note 9 of the Notes to the Company's
     Consolidated Financial Statements).

(2)  The benefit from change in tax status occurred as a result of the
     transition from an S corporation to a C corporation on March 1, 1995, which
     allowed the Company to accrue certain tax benefits which would otherwise
     have flowed to the stockholders of the S corporation. This benefit would
     not have arisen for the year ended December 31, 1995 had the Company been a
     C corporation beginning January 1, 1994.

(3)  Reflects additional income tax provision that would have been provided had
     both the Company and Slash been C corporations for the relevant periods.
     (See Note 2 and Note 9 of the Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial
     Statements).

(4)  Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding has been calculated
     as if all stock issued in the twelve month period prior to the initial
     public offering (including common stock equivalents such as options and
     warrants) had been outstanding throughout the periods presented and
     assuming the proceeds from such issuances (including the assumed exercise
     prices of options and warrants) had been used to reacquire shares at the
     initial public offering price at the beginning of the period.



                                       20
<PAGE>   23



PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

     The following unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations are
based on the historical consolidated statements of operations of the Company for
the year ended December 31, 1995 and the historical statements of operations of
Slash for the period ended June 22, 1995. The pro forma consolidated statements
of operations reflect the acquisition of Slash as if the same had been
consummated on January 1, 1995 and the income tax provision that would have been
provided had both the Company and Slash been C corporations for the relevant
periods.

     The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations are presented
for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the
results of operations would have been had the events referred to above been
consummated as of January 1, 1995, nor are they necessarily indicative of the
Company's future results of operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                              --------------------------------------------------
                                                COMPANY      SLASH (1)  ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                              ---------    ---------   ---------       ---------
                                                    (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>   <C>      
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales                                     $ 234,461    $  21,525   $  (2,135)(2)   $ 253,851
Cost of goods sold                              138,662       15,700      (1,981)(2)     152,381
Selling and distribution expenses                41,740        1,921        --            43,661
General and administrative expenses              21,201        1,785        --            22,986
Amortization of goodwill                            567         --           525 (3)       1,092
                                              ---------    ---------   ---------       ---------
Operating income                                 32,291        2,119        (679)         33,731
Interest and other income, net                      795           45        --               840
                                              ---------    ---------   ---------       ---------
Income before income taxes                       33,086        2,164        (679)         34,571
Provision for (benefit) from income taxes:
  Federal and state (historical)                 14,002         --          --            14,002
  Benefit from change in tax status              (3,520)        --          --            (3,520)
  Pro forma adjustment to Federal and state
    taxes (unaudited)(4)                           --           --         5,461 (4)       5,461
                                              ---------    ---------   ---------       ---------
         Total provision for income taxes        10,482         --         5,461          15,943
                                              ---------    ---------   ---------       ---------
Net income                                    $  22,604    $   2,164   $  (6,140)      $  18,628
                                              =========    =========   =========       =========

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)(5)                                          $    0.30

Pro forma number of weighted average shares
  outstanding (unaudited)(5)                                                              61,082
</TABLE>


(1)  Reflects the results of operations of Slash for the period to June 22,
     1995. The results of Slash subsequent to June 22, 1995 are included in the
     Company's results of operations.

(2)  Reflects the elimination of intercompany sales between the Company and
     Slash.

(3)  Reflects amortization of goodwill, which has an estimated useful life of 20
     years, arising from the acquisition of Slash to the extent not already
     reflected in the Company's historical statements of operations.

(4)  Reflects the additional income tax provision that would have been provided
     had both the Company and Slash been C corporations for the relevant periods
     (See Note 2 and Note 9 of the Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial
     Statements) resulting in an effective rate of 46.1% for the year ended
     December 31, 1995 due to some of the acquired companies not being able to
     utilize net operating losses.

(5)  Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding has been calculated
     as if all stock issued in the twelve month period prior to the initial
     public offering (including common stock equivalents such as options and
     warrants) had been outstanding throughout the periods presented and
     assuming the proceeds from such issuances (including the assumed exercise
     prices of options and warrants) had been used to reacquire shares at the
     initial public offering price at the beginning of the period.



                                       21
<PAGE>   24



ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

     The Company creates, publishes, merchandises and distributes interactive
entertainment, edutainment and value-priced consumer software for a variety of
platforms on a world-wide basis. Since it commenced operations in February 1993,
the Company has experienced rapid revenue growth and its product and customer
mix have changed substantially.

     An important element of the Company's financial performance is its product
mix, which has varied over time as the Company has built its business. The
Company's product mix has been composed of two broad product categories:
published software and third-party software. Because each of these product
categories has different associated costs, the Company's margins have depended
and will depend, in part, on the percentage of net sales attributable to each
category. In addition, the Company's margins may vary significantly from quarter
to quarter depending on the timing of its new published product releases. To the
extent that mass merchants require greater proportions of third party software
products, some of which may yield lower margins, the Company's operating results
may be impacted accordingly.

     Through February 28, 1995, the Company was an S corporation for Federal and
New York state income tax purposes. The income tax provision for the year ended
December 31, 1995 includes a deferred tax benefit of approximately $3.5 million
due to the Company's change in tax status.

     On June 23, 1995, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of
Slash, a leading publisher, purchaser, repackager and distributor of
value-priced software in exchange for 2,793,600 (after giving effect to the
Company's initial public offering) newly issued shares of the Company's Common
Stock and a nominal amount of cash. Historically, Slash purchased excess
inventory from major publishers and sublicensed catalog titles. It sold these
products at lower price points or repackaged these and other products into
compilation boxes, such as five-packs and ten-packs, for volume sales primarily
to mass merchants. Slash's sales of purchased excess inventory have
traditionally occurred at lower margins than its sales of sublicensed catalog
products. The Company's value-priced software business primarily consists of
sublicensed catalog titles which are sold largely to mass merchant customers.
Slash's financial results have been included in the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements on a purchase basis for the period since the acquisition.

     On June 24, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of
WizardWorks, a leading developer and publisher of value-priced interactive
entertainment, edutainment and productivity software, in exchange for 2,350,000
newly issued shares of the Company's Common Stock. WizardWorks develops,
publishes and distributes consumer software for Windows, DOS and Macintosh
formats.

     On June 28, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of
Candel Inc., the parent company of FormGen, a leading publisher of interactive
PC shareware and software in exchange for 1,032,777 newly issued shares of the
Company's Common Stock.

     On July 9, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock
of Humongous, a premier developer and publisher of quality children's software,
in exchange for 3,458,375 newly issued shares of the Company's Common Stock.

     WizardWorks, FormGen and Humongous (collectively the "Acquired Companies"),
have each been accounted for as a pooling of interests. Accordingly, the
Company's historical Financial Statements have been restated to include the
results of the Acquired Companies.

     In November 1996, the Company acquired the business of Warner Interactive
Europe for



                                       22
<PAGE>   25



approximately $6.3 million in cash, including acquisition costs. Warner's
financial results have been included in the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements on a purchase basis for the period since the acquisition.

     Sales are recorded net of expected future returns which historically have
been experienced and reserved for at approximately 30% of gross sales.

     The consumer software industry is seasonal. Net sales are typically highest
during the fourth calendar quarter. This seasonality is primarily a result of
the increased demand for consumer software during the year-end holiday buying
season.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth certain consolidated statement of operations
data as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEARS ENDED
                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                         --------------------------------
                                         1994           1995         1996
                                         ----           ----         ----
<S>                                     <C>            <C>          <C>    
Net sales                               100.0 %        100.0 %      100.0 %
Cost of goods sold                       53.5           59.1         58.7
Selling and distribution expenses        15.8           17.8         20.3
General and administrative expenses      10.3            9.1          9.6
Merger and other costs                    --             --           1.0
Amortization of goodwill                  --             0.2          0.3
                                         ----            ---          ---  
Operating income                         20.4           13.8         10.1
Interest  and other income, net           --             0.3          1.1
                                         ----            ---          ---  
Income before income taxes               20.4           14.1         11.2
Provision for income taxes                2.4            4.5          4.3
                                         ----            ---          ---  
Net income                               18.0 %          9.6 %        6.9 %
                                         ====            ===          ===  
</TABLE>


1996 COMPARED TO 1995

     Net sales for the year ended December 31, 1996 ("1996") increased
approximately $131.0 million or 56% as compared to the year ended December 31,
1995 ("1995"). In the third quarter of 1995, Microsoft(R) Windows(R) 95 was
introduced and distributed to certain retailers by the Company. This one time
event added net sales of approximately $15.2 million. Without these sales, net
sales would have increased 67%. This growth in net sales was primarily
attributable to the introduction of newly published titles such as Duke Nukem
3D, Quake, Area 51, Final Doom for the PlayStation, Heretic: Shadow of the
Serpent Rider, Bedlam, "9" and Just Me & My Dad, the continuing strong sales of
Doom and Doom-related products and increased royalty income. Additionally, the
expansion of the Company's value-priced line of software, an increase in the
shelf space available from its existing mass merchant customers, an increase in
the number of mass merchant stores supplied and serviced by the Company and an
increase in sales from its existing mass merchant shelf space contributed to the
growth in net sales. The purchase of Slash by the Company effective June 23,
1995 and the increase in the distribution of third party software also
contributed to the growth in net sales.

     Cost of goods sold primarily includes costs of purchased products and
royalties paid to software developers. Cost of goods sold for 1996 increased
approximately $75.9 million or 55% as compared to 1995. Cost of goods sold as a
percentage of net sales decreased to 58.7% in 1996 compared to 59.1% in



                                       23
<PAGE>   26



1995. This decrease was primarily due to a change in product mix toward the
Company's higher margin published products, which increased to approximately
53.8% of net sales in 1996 as compared to approximately 50.7% in 1995.
Additionally, during the last half of 1995, the Company's sales of Microsoft(R)
Windows(R) 95 contributed to the increase in cost of goods sold as a percentage
of net sales for that year.

     Selling and distribution expenses primarily include shipping expenses,
sales and distribution labor expenses, advertising and promotion expenses and
distribution facilities costs. These expenses increased approximately $32.7
million or 78% during 1996 compared to 1995. The increase was due in part to
additional advertising costs of approximately $9.6 million to support the growth
of the Company's published products and an increase in shipping costs of
approximately $4.8 million attributable to the overall increase in sales volume.
In addition, costs associated with the expansion of the Company's sales and
distribution staff and distribution center increased approximately $13.7 million
to support its growth. Selling and distribution expenses as a percentage of net
sales increased to 20.3% for 1996 compared to 17.8% for 1995.

     General and administrative expenses primarily include personnel expenses,
facilities costs, professional expenses and other overhead charges. These
expenses for 1996 increased approximately $13.7 million or 65% as compared to
1995. The increase was due primarily to the expansion of the Company's
operations. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales
increased to 9.6% from 9.1%.

     Merger costs consist of legal, accounting and other professional fees
incurred by the Company to complete the acquisitions of the Acquired Companies
and for the Company's canceled second offering.

     Amortization of goodwill increased by approximately $.5 million or 93%
during 1996 compared to 1995. This increase is attributable to the full year
impact of the June 1995 acquisition of Slash.

     Operating income for 1996 increased from approximately $32.3 million to
approximately $36.8 million, while operating margins decreased from 13.8% to
10.1%. Excluding merger costs, operating income and operating margins would have
been approximately $40.5 million and 11.1% for 1996.

     Interest and other income, net increased approximately $3.2 million for
1996 as compared to 1995. This is primarily attributable to greater short-term
investments and cash balances.

     The Company's provision for income taxes for 1996 includes the reversal of
a valuation allowance relating to a net operating loss carry-forward of one of
the Acquired Companies. Additionally, had the Company been a C corporation for
the entire year ended December 31, 1995, the Company's provision for income
taxes would have been approximately $15.1 million and 6.4% of net sales for the
period.

     Net income and net income as a percentage of net sales, on a tax adjusted
basis, for 1996 increased from $18.0 million and 7.7% to $25.1 million and 6.9%.
Excluding merger costs, net income and net income as a percentage of net sales
would have been $28.9 million and 7.9% for 1996.

1995 COMPARED TO 1994

     Net sales for 1995 increased approximately $132.6 million or 130% as
compared to the year ended December 31, 1994 ("1994"). This growth in net sales
was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of mass merchant stores
supplied and serviced by the Company, an increase in the shelf space available
to the Company from its existing mass merchant customers, an increase in sales
from its existing mass merchant shelf space, the purchase of Slash by the
Company effective June 23, 1995, which



                                       24
<PAGE>   27



accounted for approximately $30.4 million of net sales, and the Company's sales
of Microsoft(R) Windows(R) 95, which accounted for approximately $15.2 million
in net sales. In addition, the introduction of newly published front-line
titles, such as Hexen, Mortal Kombat 3 and Ultimate Doom, the continuing strong
sales of other Doom products and the expansion of its value-priced line of
software contributed to the growth in net sales.

     Cost of goods sold for 1995 increased approximately $84.2 million or 155%
as compared to 1994. Costs of goods sold as a percentage of net sales for 1995
increased to 59.1% from 53.5% for 1994. The percentage increase in cost of goods
sold was primarily due to a change in product mix driven by increased demand
from mass merchants for third-party software products which yielded the Company
lower margins. Additionally, the Company's sales of Microsoft(R) Windows(R) 95
during the last half of 1995 and, less significantly, certain product lines of
Slash contributed to the increase in cost of goods sold. Excluding Microsoft(R)
Windows(R) 95 and the acquisition of Slash, cost of goods sold as a percentage
of net sales would have been approximately 53.8%. The percentage increase was
partially offset by increased sales of the Company's higher margin published
front-line and value-priced products.

     Selling and distribution expenses increased approximately $25.6 million or
159% during 1995 as compared to 1994. The increase was due to the Company's
increased sales volume, additional advertising costs of approximately $11.7
million to support the Company's published products and costs associated with
the expansion of sales and distribution staff and distribution center of
approximately $1.2 million, to support the Company's growth. Selling and
distribution expenses as a percentage of net sales increased to 17.8% for 1995
as compared to 15.8% for 1994.

     General and administrative expenses increased approximately $10.7 million
or 101% as compared to 1994. The increase was due primarily to costs of
approximately $6.6 million associated with additional personnel required to
support the expansion of the Company's operations, costs of approximately $1.0
million associated with new facilities (including depreciation) to accommodate
the increase in personnel, approximately $1.5 million in professional fees, and
other expenses related to the expansion of the Company's operations. General and
administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales for 1995 decreased to 9.1%
from 10.3% for 1994.



                                       25
<PAGE>   28



LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Resources used to finance significant expenditures for the three years
ended December 31, 1996 are reflected in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             --------------------------
                                                               1994      1995      1996
                                                             ------    ------    ------
                                                                   (in millions)
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>       <C>    
Resources used:
  Royalty advances                                           $ (5.4)   $(23.6)   $(33.3)
  Inventories, net                                             (9.7)    (30.5)    (10.5)
  Purchase of investments                                      --        --        (9.8)
  Receivables, net                                            (39.2)    (36.0)     (8.9)
  Purchase of Warner Interactive Europe                        --        --        (6.3)
  Purchase of property and equipment                           (1.3)     (5.3)     (5.7)
  Repayment of notes                                           --       (10.5)     --
  Distributions to shareholders                               (28.4)     (6.0)     --
  Other, net                                                   --       (11.0)     (0.6)
                                                             ------    ------    ------
                                                              (84.0)   (122.9)    (75.1)
                                                             ------    ------    ------
Financed by:
  Net income                                                   18.3      22.6      25.1
  Payables and accrued liabilities                             56.5      86.9      37.1
  Issuance of stock and warrants and exercise of stock
   options                                                      5.2      93.0       0.7
  Proceeds from issuance of note                                6.0      --        --
  Other, net                                                    0.3      --        --
                                                             ------    ------    ------
                                                               86.3     202.5      62.9
                                                             ------    ------    ------
    Cash and cash equivalents balance - increase (decrease)  $  2.3    $ 79.6    $(12.2)
                                                             ======    ======    ======
</TABLE>

     As of December 31, 1996, the Company's principal sources of liquidity
included cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of approximately
$76.6 million. Cash and cash equivalents decreased for the twelve months ended
December 31, 1996 by approximately $12.2 million. The primary source of cash
during 1996 was net income of $25.1 million and an increase in payables and
accrued liabilities, which includes accounts payable, royalties payable, income
taxes payable and accrued liabilities, of $37.1 million. These internally
generated funds were used to fund royalty advances of $33.3 million, investments
of $9.8 million, purchase of Warner of $6.3 million and property and equipment
of $5.7 million. Financing of inventory and receivables were also a use of cash
of approximately $10.5 million and $8.9 million, respectively. Inventory and
receivables balances increased reflecting higher calendar fourth quarter sales
and their replenishment. Additionally, inventory increased to fund anticipated
sales growth. Royalty advances of $69.2 million as of December 31, 1996
represent advances to approximately 135 developers for various products expected
to be developed throughout the next several years. Such advances are amortized
to cost of goods sold on a per unit basis as licensed products are sold in
accordance with the individual agreements. Working capital at December 31, 1996
was $113.7 million compared to $105.7 at December 31, 1995.

     On January 21, 1997, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement
(the "Credit Agreement") with banks expiring on December 31, 1998. The Credit
Agreement provides for a maximum of $40 million for borrowings and letters of
credit. The borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at either the
banks' reference rate (which is generally equivalent to the published prime
rate) or the LIBOR rate plus 1 1/4%. The Company pays a commitment fee of 1/4%
based on the unused portion of the line. The Credit Agreement requires
maintenance of certain financial ratios and net income levels.

     As of December 31, 1996, the Company had an outstanding standby letter of
credit amounting to



                                       26
<PAGE>   29



approximately $1.7 million.

     The Company expects continued volatility in the use of cash due to varying
seasonable and quarterly working capital needs to finance its growing publishing
and distribution business.

     The Company believes that existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments, together with cash expected to be generated from operations and
cash available through the Agreement, will be sufficient to fund the Company's
anticipated operations for the next twelve months.



                                       27
<PAGE>   30



ITEM 8. INDEX TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The Consolidated Financial Statements, and notes thereto, and the Financial
Statement Schedule of the Company,  are presented on pages F-1 through F-21
hereof as set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Page
<S>                                                                  <C>

GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

  Report of Independent Public Accountants                           F-1
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996       F-2
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
    December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996                                 F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
    December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996                                 F-4
  Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the years
    ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996                           F-5
  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements                     F-6 to F-20

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
  For the Three Years Ended December 31, 1996

  Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                   F-21
</TABLE>
        The Combined Financial Statements, and notes thereto, of 
Wizardworks Group, set forth on pages F-20 through F-29 in the Prospectus
included in the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration
No. 333-14441) at effectiveness, are incorporated by reference herein. The
report of Ernst & Young LLP with respect to such financial statements is
included in Item 14 hereof.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     During the Company's last two fiscal years, there have been no changes in
the independent accountants nor disagreements with such accountants as to
accounting and financial disclosures of the type required to be disclosed in
this Item 9.



                                       28
<PAGE>   31



                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information regarding the directors of the Company required by this
Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled "Election of
Directors" in the Company's Proxy Statement. The information regarding executive
officers of the Company required by this Item 10 is included in Item 4A hereof.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by
reference to the section entitled "Executive Compensation" in the Company's
Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated herein by
reference to the section entitled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management" in the Company's Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by
reference to the section entitled "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions" in the Company's Proxy Statement.



                                       29
<PAGE>   32




                                     PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FROM 8-K

(A) (1) AND (2) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

         See Item 8 hereof.
         
         Report of Ernst & Young LLP:

                         Report of Independent Auditors

Board of Directors and Shareholders
WizardWorks Group
Armstrong-Olson, Inc.
Promotional Software Group, Inc.
SVI,LLC

We have audited the combined balance sheets of WizardWare Group, Inc. (d.b.a.
WizardWorks), Armstrong-Olson, Inc., Promotional Software Group, Inc. and SVI,
LLC (hereafter referred to as WizardWorks Group or the Company) as of March 31,
1996 and 1995, and the related combined statements of income and retained
earnings and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March
31, 1996 (not presented separately herein). These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the combined financial position of WizardWorks Group at
March 31, 1996 and 1995, and the combined results of their operations and their
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 1996, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                                 Ernst & Young LLP
May 10, 1996


(A) (3) EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit No.          Description
- -----------          -----------
<S>             <C>                                                                                       
2.1             (1)  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  by and among the  Registrant,  GT Acquisition
                     Sub, Inc.,  WizardWorks  Group, Inc. and the Stockholders of WizardWorks Group, Inc.,
                     dated June 24, 1996.

2.2             (1)  Escrow  Agreement by and among the  Registrant,  Paul D.  Rinde,  as the  Stockholder
                     Representative  of WizardWorks  Group,  Inc., and Republic National Bank of New York,
                     as Escrow Agent, dated June 24, 1996.

3.1             (2)  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3.2             (3)  Amended and Restated By-laws (as amended on October 31, 1996).

4.1             (4)  Specimen form of stock certificate for Common Stock.

10.1            (3)  The 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended on October 31, 1996).

10.2            (4)  Services  Agreement  between the Registrant and GoodTimes Home Video Corp.,  dated as
                     of January 1, 1995.

10.3            (4)  4.5% Subordinated Secured Promissory Note, due February 28, 1996.

10.4            (4)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ronald Chaimowitz.

10.5            (4)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Charles F.  Bond.

10.6            (4)  Non-Competition Agreement between the Registrant and Charles F.  Bond.

10.7            (4)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Harry M.  Rubin.

10.8            (4)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Harry Steck.

10.9            (4)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Chris Garske.

10.10           (4)  GTIS Master  Option and License  Agreement  between the  Registrant  and the Williams
                     Entertainment  Group, dated  December 28,  1994, and the Amendment to such agreement,
                     dated March 31, 1995.

10.11           (4)  GTIS Master Option and License  Agreement  (Home Video Games)  between the Registrant
                     and the Williams Entertainment Group, dated March 31, 1995.
</TABLE>
                                       30
<PAGE>   33



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit No.          Description
- -----------          -----------
<S>             <C>                                                                                       
10.12           (4)  Agreement between the Registrant and SOFTBANK Corporation, dated October 9, 1995.

10.13           (4)  Agreement between the Registrant and Roadshow PTY LTD, dated October 3, 1995.

10.14           (4)  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Reorganization  by and  between  Charles  F.   Bond,  Slash
                     Corporation and the Registrant, dated June 22, 1995.

10.15           (4)  Lease Agreements between the Registrant and 16 East 40th Associates.

10.16           (4)  Sub-lease   Agreement   between  the  Registrant  and  Michael  Stevens  Ltd.,  dated
                     February 22, 1995.

10.17           (4)  Lease Agreement between  GT Interactive  Software (Europe) Limited and Marylebone 248
                     Realty LLC, dated May 2, 1995.

10.18           (4)  Stockholders' Agreement by and among Joseph J. Cayre, Kenneth Cayre, Stanley Cayre, 
                     Jack J. Cayre, the Trusts listed on Schedule I attached thereto and the Registrant.

10.19           (4)  Registration Rights Agreement by and among Joseph J.  Cayre,  Kenneth Cayre,  Stanley
                     Cayre,  Jack J.  Cayre,  the Trusts  listed on  Schedule I  attached  thereto and the
                     Registrant.

10.20           (4)  Agreement by and between the Registrant and REPS.

10.21           (5)  Second Amendment to GTIS Master Option and License  Agreement  between the Registrant
                     and Williams Entertainment Group, dated March 27, 1996.

10.22           (5)  Amendment to GTIS Master Option and License  Agreement (Home Video Games) between the
                     Registrant and Williams Entertainment Group, dated March 27, 1996.

10.23           (5)  Master Option and License  Agreement for Atari PC Games  between the  Registrant  and
                     WMS Industries Inc., dated March 27, 1996.

10.24           (5)  Master  Option  and  License  Agreement  for  Atari  Home  Video  Games  between  the
                     Registrant and WMS Industries Inc., dated March 27, 1996.

10.25           (5)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Andrew Gregor.

10.26           (3)  6.15% Promissory Note, due August 31, 1998, of Andrew Gregor.

10.27           (3)  6.15% Promissory Note, due August 31, 1998, of Chris Garske.

10.28           (6)  Lease  Agreement  between the Registrant and Plymouth 2200,  LLP, dated  September 6,
                     1996.

10.29                Agreement of Lease,  dated as of December 12, 1996, by and between the Registrant and
                     F.S. Realty Corp.

10.30                Amendment to  Stockholders  Agreement,  dated as of December  18, 1995,  by and among
</TABLE>



                                       31
<PAGE>   34



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit No.          Description
- -----------          -----------
<S>             <C>                                                                                       
                     Joseph J. Cayre,  Kenneth  Cayre,  Stanley Cayre,  Jack J. Cayre,  the trusts parties
                     thereto and the Registrant.

10.31                Credit Agreement, dated as of January 21, 1997, by and
                     among the Registrant, the banks parties thereto and
                     Republic National Bank of New York, as Agent.

11.1                 Computation of Pro Forma Earnings Per Share.

11.2                 Computation of Earnings Per Share.

21.1                 The Registrant's Subsidiaries.

23.1                 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

23.2                 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

27.1                 Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 31, 1996.
</TABLE>

- --------------
(1)  Incorporated herein by reference to the exhibit with the corresponding
     number filed as part of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed
     on July 9, 1996.

(2)  Incorporated herein by reference to the exhibit with the corresponding
     number filed as part of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
     year ended December 31, 1995.

(3)  Incorporated herein by reference to the exhibit with the corresponding
     number filed as part of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1
     filed October 18, 1996, and all amendments thereto (Registration No.
     333-14441).

(4)  Incorporated herein by reference to the exhibit with the corresponding
     number filed as part of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1
     filed October 20, 1995, and all amendments thereto (Registration No.
     33-98448).

(5)  Incorporated herein by reference to an exhibit filed as part of the
     Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
     1996.

(6)  Incorporated herein by reference to an exhibit filed as part of the
     Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
     30, 1996.


(B) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     A report on Form 8-K, dated November 5, 1996, was filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on November 6, 1996 announcing the Company's decision
not to proceed with its proposed follow-on public offering.



                                       32
<PAGE>   35



                                   SIGNATURES


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                 GT Interactive Software Corp.


                                 By: /s/ Ronald Chaimowitz
                                     -----------------------------------
                                 Name: Ronald Chaimowitz
                                 Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
                                 Date: March 28, 1997


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has
been signed below by the following persons, on behalf of the registrant in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Signature                                Title(s)                                Date
      ---------                                --------                                ----
<S>                                       <C>                                      <C> 
/s/  Joseph J. Cayre                      Chairman of the Board                    March 28, 1997
- --------------------
Joseph J. Cayre

/s/  Andrew Gregor                        Senior Vice President, Finance           March 28, 1997
- ------------------                        and Administration, and Chief    
Andrew Gregor                             Financial Officer (Principal     
                                          Financial and Accounting Officer)
                                          

/s/  Ronald Chaimowitz                    President, Chief Executive Officer       March 28, 1997
- ----------------------                    and Director
Ronald Chaimowitz                         

/s/  Jack J. Cayre                        Executive Vice President, Director       March 28, 1997
- ------------------
Jack J. Cayre

/s/  Kenneth Cayre                        Director                                 March 28, 1997
- ------------------
Kenneth Cayre

/s/  Stanley Cayre                        Director                                 March 28, 1997
- ------------------
Stanley Cayre

/s/  Steven A. Denning                    Director                                 March 28, 1997
- ----------------------
Steven A. Denning

/s/  William E. Ford                      Director                                 March 28, 1997
- --------------------
William E. Ford

/s/  Jordan A. Levy                       Director                                 March 28, 1997
- -------------------
Jordan A. Levy

/s/ Alvin N. Teller                       Director                                 March 28, 1997
- -------------------
Alvin N. Teller
</TABLE>



                                       33
<PAGE>   36



                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders of
GT Interactive Software Corp. and Subsidiaries:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GT
Interactive Software Corp. (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries as of
December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the
1995 and 1994 financial statements of WizardWorks Group, a company acquired
during 1996 in a transaction accounted for as a pooling of interests, as
discussed in Note 1. Such statements are included in the consolidated financial
statements of GT Interactive Software Corp. and Subsidiaries and reflect total
assets and total net sales of 3.3% and 6.6% in 1995, respectively, and total net
sales of 9.4% in 1994, of the related consolidated totals. The 1995 and 1994
financial statements of WizardWorks Group were audited by other auditors whose
report has been furnished to us and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the
amounts included for WizardWorks Group, is based solely upon the report of other
auditors.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the
financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of GT Interactive Software Corp. and Subsidiaries as of
December 31, 1996 and 1995 and the results of their operations and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

     Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the index to the
financial statements and supplementary data is presented for purposes of
complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and is not part of
the basic financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing
procedures applied in our audits of the basic financial statements and, in our
opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, fairly state in
all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.

                                                       ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


New York, New York
February 7, 1997




                                      F-1
<PAGE>   37



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        (in thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  December 31,
                                                            ----------------------
                                                                1995         1996
                                                            ---------    ---------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>      
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                 $  84,069    $  71,867
  Short-term investments                                        9,625        4,717
  Receivables, net                                             84,810       95,941
  Inventories, net                                             49,145       60,457
  Royalty advances                                             29,577       69,202
  Deferred income taxes                                        14,014       15,283
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets                     1,996        6,510
                                                            ---------    ---------
     Total current assets                                     273,236      323,977
Property and equipment, net                                     6,087       10,082
Investments                                                      --          9,829
Goodwill, net                                                  21,286       21,003
Other assets                                                    1,032        2,220
                                                            ---------    ---------
     Total assets                                           $ 301,641    $ 367,111
                                                            =========    =========


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                          $  87,518    $ 107,842
  Accrued liabilities                                          45,306       52,812
  Royalties payable                                            23,509       33,378
  Deferred income                                               4,091        4,783
  Income taxes payable                                          4,696        9,575
  Current portion of long-term liabilities                      1,413        1,334
  Due to related party                                            955          601
                                                            ---------    ---------
     Total current liabilities                                167,488      210,325
Other long-term liabilities                                     8,113        4,648
                                                            ---------    ---------
     Total liabilities                                        175,601      214,973
                                                            ---------    ---------

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.01 par, 150,000,000 shares authorized,
    66,391,318 shares issued and outstanding                      661          664
  Cumulative translation adjustment                               (28)         813
  Additional paid-in capital                                  117,919      118,220
  Retained earnings                                             7,488       32,441
                                                            ---------    ---------
     Total stockholders' equity                               126,040      152,138
                                                            ---------    ---------

     Total liabilities and stockholders' equity             $ 301,641    $ 367,111
                                                            =========    =========
</TABLE>


 The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these financial statements.



                                      F-2
<PAGE>   38



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Years Ended December 31,
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                     1994       1995       1996
                                                  --------   --------   --------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>     
Net sales ($0,$0, and $3,488 to a related party
  for the periods presented, respectively)        $101,826   $234,461   $365,490
Cost of goods sold ($717, $3,558,
  and $7,516 to a related party for the periods
  presented, respectively)                          54,449    138,662    214,580
Selling and distribution expenses
  ($7,234, $3,129, and $3,577 to a
  related party for the periods presented,
  respectively)                                     16,104     41,740     74,396
General and administrative expenses
  ($2,284, $654, and $931 to a related
  party for the periods presented,
  respectively)                                     10,539     21,201     34,911
Merger and other costs                                --         --        3,718
Amortization of goodwill                              --          567      1,092
                                                  --------   --------   --------
     Operating income                               20,734     32,291     36,793
Interest and other income, net                          41        795      3,974
                                                  --------   --------   --------
     Income before income taxes                     20,775     33,086     40,767
Provision for income taxes                           2,427     10,482     15,628
                                                  --------   --------   --------
     Net income                                   $ 18,348   $ 22,604   $ 25,139
                                                  ========   ========   ========

Pro forma adjustment to income tax provision
  (unaudited)                                        7,098      4,616
                                                  --------   --------

Pro forma net income (unaudited)                  $ 11,250   $ 17,988
                                                  ========   ========

Net income per share                                                    $   0.38

Weighted average shares outstanding                                       66,391
</TABLE>




 The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these financial statements.



                                      F-3
<PAGE>   39



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Years Ended December 31,
                                                                 --------------------------------
                                                                    1994        1995        1996
                                                                 --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>     
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income                                                     $ 18,348    $ 22,604    $ 25,139
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
    cash provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                                   289       1,494       3,202
      Deferred income taxes                                        (1,133)    (11,660)     (1,269)
      Deferred income                                                 596      11,090      (3,754)
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
         Receivables, net                                         (39,241)    (35,983)     (8,880)
         Inventories, net                                          (9,675)    (30,473)    (10,481)
         Royalty advances                                          (5,436)    (23,590)    (33,293)
         Due to related party, net                                  1,546        (591)       (354)
         Prepaid expenses and other current assets                    134        (832)     (1,316)
         Accounts payable                                          25,590      49,821      16,480
         Accrued liabilities                                       17,748      23,630       7,507
         Royalties payable                                         10,842      11,219       6,720
         Income taxes payable                                       2,313       2,246       6,382
         Other                                                       (161)       (798)     (1,907)
                                                                 --------    --------    --------
           Net cash provided by operating activities               21,760      18,177       4,176
                                                                 --------    --------    --------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of investments                                           --          --        (9,829)
  Purchases of property and equipment                              (1,303)     (5,275)     (5,703)
  Purchases (sales) of short-term investments, net                   --        (9,625)      4,908
  Purchase of Slash Corporation, net of cash
    acquired of approximately $516                                   --           218        --
  Purchase of  Warner Interactive Entertainment Europe
    net of cash acquired of approximately $7                         --          --        (6,297)
                                                                 --------    --------    --------
           Net cash used in investing activities                   (1,303)    (14,682)    (16,921)
                                                                 --------    --------    --------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Repurchase of warrants                                             --          --        (1,935)
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options                            --          --           636
  Issuance of common stock                                           --        77,935         100
  Long-term liabilities                                              (980)       (417)        901
  Issuance of preferred stock and warrants                          5,182      15,017        --
  Proceeds from issuance of note to a related party                 6,000        --          --
  Repayment of notes                                                 --       (10,471)       --
  Distributions to stockholders                                   (28,390)     (6,000)       --
                                                                 --------    --------    --------
           Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities    (18,188)     76,064        (298)
                                                                 --------    --------    --------

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents                  24          14         841
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                2,293      79,573     (12,202)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year                       2,203       4,496      84,069
                                                                 --------    --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year                          $  4,496    $ 84,069    $ 71,867
                                                                 ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>


 The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these financial statements.



                                      F-4
<PAGE>   40



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Cumulative  Additional   Retained
                                 Common      Translation    Paid-in    Earnings
                                  Stock       Adjustment    Capital    (Deficit)      Total
                              ----------------------------- --------------- ---------------
<S>                              <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>      
Balance, January 1, 1994         $    --     $     (18)   $     380    $     886    $   1,248
Proceeds from sale of
  preferred stock                     --          --          5,182         --          5,182
Net income                            --          --           --         18,348       18,348
Distributions                         --          --            (41)     (28,350)     (28,391)
Currency translation
  adjustment                          --           (24)        --           --            (24)
                                 ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
Balance December 31, 1994             --           (42)       5,521       (9,116)      (3,637)

Increase in par value of stock         468        --           (468)        --           --
Issuance of stock in
  connection with the
  acquisition of Slash
  Corporation                           28        --         19,972         --         20,000
Proceeds from sales of
  preferred stock and
  warrants                            --          --         15,017         --         15,017
Proceeds from sales of
  common stock in
  private placement                      4        --          7,647         --          7,651
Net proceeds from initial
  public offering                       55        --         70,229         --         70,284
Conversion of preferred
  stock to common
  stock immediately prior to
  the initial public offering          106        --           (106)        --           --
Exercise of stock options             --          --            107         --            107
Net income                            --          --           --         22,604       22,604
Distributions                         --          --           --         (6,000)      (6,000)
Currency translation
  adjustment                          --            14         --           --             14
                                 ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
Balance, December 31, 1995             661         (28)     117,919        7,488      126,040

Exercise of stock options                2        --            634         --            636
Tax benefit relating to
  exercise of stock options           --          --          1,503         --          1,503
Issuance of stock                        1        --             99         --            100
Repurchase of warrants                --          --         (1,935)        --         (1,935)
Net income                            --          --           --         25,139       25,139
Currency translation
  adjustment                          --           841         --           --            841
Unrealized loss on securities         --          --           --           (186)        (186)
                                 ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

Balance, December 31, 1996       $     664   $     813    $ 118,220    $  32,441    $ 152,138
                                 =========   =========    =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>


 The accompanying footnotes are an integral part of these financial statements.



                                      F-5
<PAGE>   41



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)

NOTE 1 - OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  Nature of Business

     GT Interactive Software Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries
(the "Company") is a leading developer, publisher, merchandiser and distributor
of consumer software. The Company derives its revenues primarily from the sale
of its published, licensed and purchased products to mass merchants, specialty
software stores, computer superstores and distributors located throughout North
America and also in selected international locations. The Company was
incorporated in September 1992 and commenced operations in February 1993.

  Restatements

     In 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of
WizardWorks Group, Inc. ("WizardWorks"), all of the outstanding common stock of
Candel Inc., the parent company of FormGen, Inc. ("FormGen"), and all of the
outstanding common stock of Humongous Entertainment, Inc. ("Humongous").

     WizardWorks, FormGen and Humongous (collectively, the "Acquired Companies")
have been accounted for as pooling of interests and accordingly are included in
the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements as if the acquisitions had
occurred as of the beginning of all periods presented.

  Principles of Consolidation

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GT
Interactive Software Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated.

  Revenue Recognition

     Revenue is recognized upon shipment of merchandise to customers. At the
time the revenue is recognized, a reserve is provided for expected future
returns net of the related cost of such items. The net reserve is included in
accrued liabilities.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in banks and highly liquid,
short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less at the
date acquired.

  Inventories

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (based upon the first-in,
first-out method) or market. Allowances are established (and reassessed
quarterly) to reduce the recorded cost of obsolete inventory and slow moving
inventory to its net realizable value.



                                      F-6
<PAGE>   42



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)

NOTE 1 - OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

  Royalty Advances

     Royalty advances represent the unamortized elements of prepayments to third
party licensors of software products for the right to manufacture and/or
distribute their products under various licensing agreements. Such advances are
amortized to cost of goods sold on a per unit basis as licensed products are
sold in accordance with the individual agreements. Future realization of royalty
advances is assessed quarterly by management and charged to expense if it is not
likely that the amounts will be recovered through sales of the related product.

  Goodwill

     Goodwill is amortized using the straight-line method over a 20 year life.
Management reassesses quarterly the appropriateness of both the carrying value
and remaining life of goodwill, principally based on forecasts of future
undiscounted cash flows of businesses acquired.

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which
range from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the
straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful
lives of the related assets.

  Income Taxes

     The Company recognizes income taxes in accordance with the liability
method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences
between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that
will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax
laws and rates applicable to the period in which the differences are expected to
affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to
reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

     Through February 28, 1995 the Company was an S corporation for Federal and
New York state income tax purposes. On March 1, 1995, the Company became a C
corporation for Federal and New York state income taxes. Unaudited pro forma
adjustments to the income tax provision represent the additional tax provision
the Company would have recorded had it been a C corporation for Federal and New
York state income tax purposes during the relevant periods.

  Fair Values of Financial Instruments

     The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments,
accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates fair
value due to the short term nature of such items.

  Research and Development Costs

     Research and development costs related to the designing, developing and
testing of new software products are charged to expense as incurred. Research
and development expense for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
amounted to $117, $520 and $342, respectively.



                                      F-7
<PAGE>   43



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)

NOTE 1 - OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

  Advertising Expenses

     Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 amounted to $2,675, $14,387 and
$23,987, respectively.

  Foreign Currency Translation

     The Company's foreign subsidiaries maintain their accounting records in
their local currency. The currencies are then converted to United States dollars
and the effect of the foreign currency translation is reflected as a component
of stockholders' equity.

  Reclassifications

     Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years' financial
statements to conform to classifications used in the current period.

  Net Income Per Share

     Net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the
period. Common equivalent shares are shares issuable upon the exercise of stock
options and warrants, net of shares assumed to have been purchased using the
treasury stock method.

  Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


NOTE 2-ACQUISITION OF SLASH CORPORATION

     On June 23, 1995, the Company acquired Slash Corporation ("Slash"), for a
total purchase price of approximately $20,299. The acquisition was accounted for
as a purchase and, accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial
statements include the results of operations of Slash as of the date of
acquisition. The excess cost over fair value of assets acquired of approximately
$21,853 is being amortized on a straight-line basis over twenty years. The fair
value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities is as follows as of the
acquisition date:



                                      F-8
<PAGE>   44



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)

NOTE 2-ACQUISITION OF SLASH CORPORATION (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                    <C>     
Purchase price:
  Cash paid                                                            $    299
  Common stock issued                                                    20,000
                                                                       --------
     Total purchase price                                              $ 20,299
                                                                       ========
Allocated as follows:
  Current assets                                                       $ 11,437
  Other assets                                                              132
  Current liabilities                                                   (13,123)
  Cost in excess of net assets acquired                                  21,853
                                                                       --------
                                                                       $ 20,299
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>

     The following unaudited pro forma summary represents the consolidated
results of operations of the Company as though the acquisition had been made as
of January 1, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                              -----------------
<S>                                                                  <C>     
Net sales                                                          $253,851
Operating income                                                     33,731
Net income                                                           18,628
Pro forma net income per share                                         0.30
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding                        61,082
</TABLE>


     The primary pro forma adjustments for the year ended December 31, 1995 are
the additional taxes that would have been provided had Slash been a C
corporation for the relevant periods of approximately $845, the elimination of
sales between the Company and Slash of approximately $2,135 and the recording of
the amortization of goodwill of approximately $525.

     In association with the filing of the Company's 1995 income tax return, the
Company adjusted the estimated deferred tax asset recorded on Slash relating to
the differences in the financial statement and tax basis of the assets and
liabilities acquired to the actual amounts. This resulted in an increase in
goodwill amounting to approximately $810.



                                      F-9
<PAGE>   45



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


NOTE 3 - ACQUISITION OF THE BUSINESS OF WARNER INTERACTIVE ENTERTAINMENT EUROPE

     In November 1996, the Company purchased 100% of the business of Warner
Interactive Entertainment Europe, which consisted of Warner Interactive
Entertainment Limited, Bramblewold Computers Limited, Warner Interactive France
S.A. and Warner Interactive Entertainment Germany GmbH, for approximately $6,300
in cash. Immediately subsequent to the acquisition, the Company renamed three of
the four companies to: Renegade Interactive Entertainment Limited, GT
Interactive Software France S.A. and GT Interactive Entertainment Germany GmbH.
This acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase and accordingly the
operating results of the acquired companies have been included in the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements as of the date of the acquisition.

     Management has not yet finalized the allocation of the purchase price to
the net assets acquired and does not believe this will have a material impact on
the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.


NOTE 4 - RECEIVABLES, NET

     Receivables consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -----------------------
                                                           1995           1996
                                                         --------       --------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>     
Trade accounts receivable                                $ 86,518       $ 98,995
Royalties receivable                                          136          1,015
                                                         --------       --------
                                                           86,654        100,010
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts                       1,844          4,069
                                                         --------       --------
                                                         $ 84,810       $ 95,941
                                                         ========       ========
</TABLE>


NOTE 5 - INVENTORIES, NET

     Inventories consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -----------------------
                                                           1995           1996
                                                         --------       --------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>     
Finished goods                                           $ 45,078       $ 58,464
Raw materials                                               4,067          1,993
                                                         --------       --------
                                                         $ 49,145       $ 60,457
                                                         ========       ========
</TABLE>



                                      F-10
<PAGE>   46



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)

NOTE 6 - INVESTMENTS

     In 1996, the Company purchased for approximately $2,507 in cash a 9.9%
investment in, and entered into a multi-titled publishing agreement with Mirage,
a U.K. developer of entertainment software.

     In 1996, the Company invested approximately $7,122 in convertible preferred
stock of Off World Entertainment, Inc., a developer of entertainment software,
which is convertible into 50% of the common equity.


NOTE 7 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

     Property and equipment consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -----------------------
                                                           1995            1996
                                                         -------         -------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>    
Computer equipment                                       $ 1,990         $ 4,704
Furniture and fixtures                                     2,059           4,726
Machinery and equipment                                    2,312           3,232
Leasehold improvements                                     1,212           1,463
                                                         -------         -------
                                                           7,573          14,125
Less: accumulated depreciation                             1,486           4,043
                                                         -------         -------
                                                         $ 6,087         $10,082
                                                         =======         =======
</TABLE>

     Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
amounted to approximately $289, $1,065 and $2,110, respectively.


NOTE 8 - ACCRUED LIABILITIES

         Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -----------------------
                                                           1995            1996
                                                         -------         -------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>    
Sales return reserve                                     $37,567         $37,367
Other                                                      7,739          15,445
                                                         -------         -------
                                                         $45,306         $52,812
                                                         =======         =======
</TABLE>



                                      F-11
<PAGE>   47




                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES

     The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   --------------------------------
                                                      1994        1995        1996
                                                   --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>     
Federal:
  Current                                          $    181    $ 16,199    $ 20,474
  Deferred                                              452      (5,607)     (9,286)
                                                   --------    --------    --------
                                                        633      10,592      11,188
                                                   --------    --------    --------

State and local:
  Current                                             2,689       3,773       4,376
  Deferred                                             (955)       (812)     (1,737)
                                                   --------    --------    --------
                                                      1,734       2,961       2,639
                                                   --------    --------    --------
Foreign
  Current                                                60         449       1,801
                                                   --------    --------    --------

Provision for income taxes                            2,427      14,002      15,628
                                                   --------    --------    --------

Benefit arising from change in tax status              --        (3,520)       --
                                                   --------    --------    --------

                                                   $  2,427    $ 10,482    $ 15,628
                                                   ========    ========    ========

Pro forma adjustment to income taxes (unaudited)      7,098       4,616
                                                   --------    --------

Pro forma provision for income taxes (unaudited)   $  9,525    $ 15,098
                                                   ========    ========
</TABLE>

     On March 1, 1995, the Company became a C corporation for Federal and New
York state income tax purposes. As a result, the C corporation assumed the tax
basis of the assets and liabilities of the former S corporation, which differed
from the financial statement basis of those items. Accordingly, the Company
recorded a deferred tax asset as of March 1, 1995 of approximately $3,520, which
primarily relates to the sales return reserve and inventory valuation.



                                      F-12
<PAGE>   48



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

     The reconciliation of the income tax provision computed at the Federal
statutory rate to the reported unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes is
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      -----------------------
                                                         1995         1996
                                                      ---------     ---------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>     
Provision computed at Federal statutory rate           $ 11,580     $ 14,268
Increase (decrease) in provision resulting from:
  State and local taxes, net of Federal tax benefit       2,647        2,683
  Reversal of deferred tax asset valuation allowance       --         (1,306)
  Non-deductible merger costs                              --          1,158
  Foreign tax benefit                                      (150)         (36)
Other, net                                                1,021       (1,139)
                                                       --------     --------
Pro forma provision for income taxes (unaudited)       $ 15,098
                                                       ========
Provision for income taxes                                          $ 15,628
                                                                    ========
Effective income tax rate                                   46%          38%
</TABLE>


     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The components of the
Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1995 and 1996
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      -----------------------
                                                         1995         1996
                                                      ---------     ---------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>     
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory valuation                                    $  5,342     $  6,154
Deferred income                                           4,425        3,851
Sales return reserve                                      2,037        2,196
Tax loss carryforwards                                    1,255        1,255
Other                                                     2,278        1,934
                                                       --------     --------
                                                         15,337       15,390
                                                       --------     --------

Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation                                                (17)        (107)
                                                       --------     --------
                                                            (17)        (107)
                                                       --------     --------

Valuation allowance                                      (1,306)        --
                                                       --------     --------

Net deferred tax asset                                 $ 14,014     $ 15,283
                                                       ========     ========
</TABLE>


     As of December 31, 1996, one of the Company's subsidiaries had a net
operating loss carryforward of approximately $2,915 for tax purposes expiring in
the years 2007 through 2011.



                                      F-13
<PAGE>   49



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)

NOTE 10 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     Capital Stock consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -------------------------
                                                         1995              1996
                                                       -------           -------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>    
Preferred Stock:
  Par value per share                                  $   .01           $   .01
  Shares authorized                                      5,000             5,000
  Shares issued                                           --                --

Common Stock:
  Par value per share                                  $   .01           $   .01
  Shares authorized                                    150,000           150,000
  Shares issued                                         66,146            66,391
</TABLE>


     On July 31, 1995, the Company established par value at $.01 on all classes
of its stock. Concurrently, the Company effected a four thousand for one split
of its then existing Class A and Class B Common Stock together with an increase
in the number of authorized shares.

     On February 28, 1995, the Company's stockholders sold 10.5% of their then
outstanding shares in the Company to an investor (the "Investor"). The Company
issued warrants to the Investor for the right to purchase an aggregate of 2,520
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.17 per share.

     Additionally, the Company received a $15,000 loan from the Investor. This
loan was repaid upon the consummation of the initial public offering and bore
interest at 4.5% per annum. In conjunction with such loan the Company issued
warrants to the Investor representing the right to purchase an aggregate of 504
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.17 per share. Under certain
circumstances, the Company has the right to redeem the warrants for a nominal
amount.

     The Company received $15 in connection with the issuance of the
aforementioned warrants.

     On June 30, 1995, the Investor paid the Company $15,000 for five hundred
twenty five shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, which was converted
into 2,520 shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the consummation of the
Company's initial public offering. Additionally, the Investor surrendered its
warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,520 shares of Class A and Class B Common
Stock.

     In connection with the acquisition of Slash on June 23, 1995, the Company
issued approximately 2,794 shares of its Common Stock.

     In October 1995, the Company sold approximately $7,650 of Common Stock to
another investor.



                                      F-14
<PAGE>   50



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


NOTE 10 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

     As of December 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding warrants to
content-providers to purchase an aggregate of approximately 956 shares of Common
Stock at exercise prices (ranging from $9.47 to the initial public offering
price) not less than the fair market value at the date of issue. None of the
outstanding warrants vested prior to May 1996; vesting subsequent to such date
is dependent upon the achievement of sales levels of certain products, the
rights to which were granted to the Company. On July 19, 1996, the Company
repurchased approximately 211 of these warrants amounting to $1,936.

     On June 24, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock
of WizardWorks in exchange for 2,350 shares of the Company's common stock.

     On June 28, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock
of FormGen in exchange for approximately 1,033 shares of the Company's common
stock.

     On July 9, 1996, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock
of Humongous in exchange for approximately 3,458 shares of the Company's common
stock.


NOTE 11 - STOCK OPTIONS

     The Company has a stock option plan (the "Plan") which began in 1995. The
Company accounts for this Plan under APB Opinion No. 25, under which no
compensation cost has been recognized.

     In connection with the acquisition of Humongous, the Company converted
options outstanding under Humongous' stock option plan to options under the
Company's plan. No additional shares will be granted under Humongous' stock
option plan.

     Had compensation cost for these plans been determined consistent
with FASB Statement No. 123, the Company's net income and earnings per share
would have been reduced to the following pro forma amounts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1995               1996
                                             ----------         ----------
<S>                       <C>                <C>                <C>       
Net income:               As reported        $   22,604         $   25,139
                          Pro forma              21,701             21,872

Net income per share:     As reported        $      --          $     0.38
                          Pro forma          $      --          $     0.33
</TABLE>


     Under the Plan, options may be granted to purchase shares of the Company's
common stock at no less than the fair market value at the date of the grant,
vest over a period of four or five years and are exercisable for a period of ten
years from the grant date.



                                      F-15
<PAGE>   51



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


NOTE 11 - STOCK OPTIONS (CONTINUED)

     A summary of the status of the Company's Plan at December 31, 1995 and 1996
and changes during the years then ended is as follows (conversion of Humongous'
stock options have been treated as though they were granted in 1995).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1995                             1996
                                    -------------------------------  ---------------------------------
                                                       Weighted                            Weighted
                                                        Average                             Average
                                                        Exercise                            Exercise
                                         Shares           Price             Shares            Price
                                    ---------------  --------------  -----------------  --------------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>                     <C>        <C>       
Outstanding at beginning of year                 --      $       --              4,865      $    10.22
Granted                                       4,873           10.20                916           15.35
Exercised                                        (8)            .12               (218)           2.92
Forfeited                                        --              --               (105)          14.08
Expired                                          --              --                --               --
                                    ---------------                  -----------------
Outstanding at end of year                    4,865           10.22              5,458           11.30

                                    ---------------                  -----------------    
Exercisable at end of year                      311             .05              1,041            9.28
Weighted average fair value
  of options granted                                     $     5.27                         $     7.66
</TABLE>

     2,220 of the 5,458 options outstanding at December 31, 1996 have exercise
prices between $.04 and $12.38 per share, a weighted average exercise price of
$6.03 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of approximately eight
years. Approximately 639 of these options are exercisable. The remaining 3,238
options outstanding at December 31, 1996 have exercise prices between $14 and
$23.50, with a weighted average exercise price of $14.91 and a weighted average
remaining contractual life of approximately nine years. Approximately 402 of
these options are exercisable.

     The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants in 1995 and 1996: no dividends will be paid for the
entire term of the option, expected volatility of 57.9% for both years,
risk-free interest rates averaging 5.15% for both years and expected lives of
five years in 1995 and four years in 1996, respectively.


NOTE 12 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     During 1996, the Company sold approximately $3,488 of software to a related
party, GoodTimes Home Video Corporation ("GoodTimes") at fair market value. At
December 31, 1996, the Company had a receivable from GoodTimes for this
merchandise amounting to approximately $3,343.

     During 1994, the Company had an agreement with GoodTimes, whereby GoodTimes
and affiliated companies provided certain management, accounting, selling and
distribution services. The amount charged to operations for these services was
$10,235 in 1994. This fee was based on a percentage of gross sales plus a fixed
amount. The amount due for 1994 included $6,000 which was unpaid as of December
31, 1994. This amount was paid in January 1995.



                                      F-16
<PAGE>   52



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


NOTE 12 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

     On January 1, 1995, the Company entered into a one year services agreement
with GoodTimes. The services agreement was intended to facilitate the Company's
establishment of fully independent systems and administration during 1995. The
services agreement provided for a fee based on specific services performed and
was terminable by the Company at any time upon written notice. The total amount
charged to operations for services provided by GoodTimes and affiliated
companies for the year ended December 31, 1995 amounted to approximately $7,341.
As of December 31, 1995, there were no services being provided to the Company
under the services agreement, however, GoodTimes is providing manufacturing
services under a separate manufacturing agreement. The total amount charged to
operations for manufacturing services for the year ended December 31, 1996
amounted to $7,516.

     In servicing its mass merchant accounts, the Company uses field
representatives supplied by REPS, a company owned by three directors of the
Company. REPS provides such services to the Company as well as to third parties.
The Company has an agreement with REPS pursuant to which REPS will supply such
services, at its cost, through December 31, 1997. Prior to entering into the
REPS Agreement, REPS' services were provided to the Company as part of the
services agreement with GoodTimes. The total amount charged to operations for
these services amounted to approximately $3,025 for the year ended December 31,
1996.

     The Company frequently hires Taughannock Aviation Corp. ("Taughannock") and
Eastway Aircraft Services Inc. ("Eastway") to provide business travel services
for its officers and employees. Taughannock leases one plane from JT Aviation
Corp. ("JTAC"), a company owned by Joseph J. Cayre, Chairman of the Board of
Directors of the Company, and one plane from KCS Aviation Corp., a company owned
by Kenneth Cayre, a Director of the Company. Eastway leases two planes from
JTAC. Neither Taughannock nor Eastway is owned in whole or in part by any member
of the Cayre family.

     Taughannock and Eastway provide air travel to the Company at an hourly rate
and on an as needed and as available basis. During the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996 the Company's aggregate air travel fees paid to Taughannock were
approximately $357 and $219, respectively. The Company made no payments to
Eastway during the year ended December 31, 1995. During the year ended December
31, 1996, the Company paid approximately $226 to Eastway. There were no payments
to Eastway or Taughannock during the year ended December 31, 1994.

     The Company believes that the amounts charged by related parties materially
approximate those amounts which would have been incurred from non-affiliates.

     On December 30, 1994, the Company extended a loan to Ronald Chaimowitz,
President of the Company, in the principal amount of $209. Such loan bore
interest at the rate of 4.5% per annum and has been repaid.

     On August 31, 1996, the Company extended a loan to Andrew Gregor, Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, in the principal amount of $250. Such loan
bears interest at the rate of 6.15% per annum and becomes due and payable on
August 31, 1998.

     On August 31, 1996, the Company extended a loan to Chris Garske, a Senior
Vice President of the Company, in the principal amount of $200. Such loan bears
interest at a rate of 6.15% per annum and becomes due and payable on August 31,
1998.



                                      F-17
<PAGE>   53



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


NOTE 12 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

     The Company has extended loans to the former stockholders of FormGen and a
former employee of the Company in the aggregate amount of $2,245. Such loans
bear interest at rates ranging from 6% to 8.25% per annum and become due and
payable on dates ranging from January 8, 1997 to December 1, 1997.

     The Company has entered into agreements with Upgrade Corporation of America
(doing business as SOFTBANK Services Group) ("Upgrade") pursuant to which
Upgrade (i) provides toll-free customer support for some of the Company's
published products and (ii) takes direct customer orders and provides
fulfillment services for the Company, in each case on a per service basis. The
agreement relating to customer support service expired on December 17, 1996 and
the agreement providing for the fulfillment service expires on August 2, 1997.
Both agreements provide for automatic renewal on a month to month basis upon
expiration unless terminated by either party. As of December 31, 1996, the
Company has charged to operations approximately $164 in fees to Upgrade. Jordan
A. Levy, a Director of the Company, is the President and the Co-Chief Executive
Officer of Upgrade.

     See Notes 10 and 13 for information concerning other related party
transactions.

NOTE 13 - LEASES

     The Company leases its executive and administrative offices from a related
party, and its distribution center, under leases that are accounted for as
operating leases. These leases have expiration dates ranging from 2002 through
2020. Future minimum annual rental payments and receipts under the leases are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                      <C>    
1997                                                                     $ 3,350
1998                                                                       3,773
1999                                                                       3,180
2000                                                                       2,211
2001                                                                       2,240
Thereafter                                                                13,129
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $27,883
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>


     Total rent expense charged to operations for the years ended December 31,
1994, 1995 and 1996 amounted to approximately $444, $1,824 and $3,207,
respectively. Of the total rent expense charged to operations, approximately
$100, $751 and $1,037 was paid to the Company's related party during the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.


NOTE 14 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The Company had an outstanding standby letter of credit at December 31,
1995 and 1996 amounting to approximately $26,700 and $1,667, respectively. The
letter of credit outstanding at December 31, 1995 was secured by certain assets
of the Company.



                                      F-18
<PAGE>   54



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


NOTE 15 - ROYALTY ADVANCES

     The Company has committed to pay advance royalty payments under certain
royalty agreements. These obligations are not guaranteed and are dependent, in
part, on the delivery of the contracted services by the licensor. Future advance
royalty payments due under these royalty agreements are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                  <C>    
1997                                                                 $ 49,003
1998                                                                    6,287
1999                                                                      --
2000                                                                      --
2001                                                                    5,000
Thereafter                                                                --
                                                                      -------
                                                                      $60,290
                                                                      =======
</TABLE>



NOTE 16 - CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

     The Company extends credit to various companies in the retail and mass
merchandising industry for the purchase of its merchandise which results in a
concentration of credit risk. This concentration of credit risk may be affected
by changes in economic or other industry conditions and may, accordingly, impact
the Company's overall credit risk. Although the Company generally does not
require collateral, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
customers and reserves for potential losses are maintained.

     The Company had sales constituting 61%, 52% and 45% of net sales to a
single customer in the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996,
respectively.

     Accounts receivable due from this significant customer aggregated 48% and
22% of accounts receivable at December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

     The Company continually monitors its positions with, and the credit quality
of, the financial institutions with which the Company conducts business. Cash
and cash equivalents and short-term investments consist of cash on hand and
investments in state and local government bonds.


NOTE 17 - SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                  --------------------------------
                                                   1994        1995         1996
                                                  -------     -------      -------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>          <C>  
Issuance of common stock in connection with 
  the  acquisition of Slash Corporation           $  --       $20,000      $  --
Cash paid for income taxes                         1,416       19,169       9,783
Cash paid for interest                                31          669         685
</TABLE>



                                      F-19
<PAGE>   55




                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


NOTE 18 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

     Summarized quarterly financial data for the year ended December 31, 1995
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                    -----------------------------------------------
                                    MARCH 31     JUNE 30  SEPTEMBER 30  DECEMBER 31
                                    --------     -------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
Net sales                           $ 34,894    $ 31,752    $ 63,755    $104,060
Operating income                       5,668       2,954       6,529      17,140
Net income                             6,931       1,682       3,757      10,234
Net income per share                                                    $   0.16
Weighted average shares
  outstanding                                                             62,786
</TABLE>

     Summarized quarterly financial data for the year ended December 31, 1996
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                    ----------------------------------------------
                                    MARCH 31     JUNE 30  SEPTEMBER 30  DECEMBER 31
                                    --------     -------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
Net sales                           $ 70,757    $ 73,526    $ 86,192    $135,015
Operating income                       7,211       5,999      12,187      11,396
Net income                             4,392       3,502       8,730       8,515
Net income per share                $   0.07    $   0.05    $   0.13    $   0.13
Weighted average shares
  outstanding                         66,145      66,145      69,217      66,391
</TABLE>


NOTE 19 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     On January 21, 1997, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement
(the "Agreement") with banks expiring on December 31, 1998. The Agreement
provides for a maximum of $40,000 for borrowings and letters of credit. The
borrowings under this agreement bear interest at either the banks reference rate
(which is generally equivalent to the published prime rate) or the LIBOR rate
plus 1 1/4%. The Company pays a commitment fee of 1/4% based on the unused
portion of the line. The Agreement requires maintenance of certain financial
ratios and net income levels.

     On January 13, 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital
stock of Premier Promotion Limited, the parent company of One Stop Direct
Limited, a leading European value software publisher, for approximately $400 in
cash.



                                      F-20
<PAGE>   56



                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Additions
                                                Balance-         Charged to                             Balance-
                                              Beginning of       Costs and                               End of
Description                                      Year             Expenses          Deductions            Year
- -----------                                   ----------         ----------         ----------         ----------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>       
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
     Years ended:

      December 31, 1996                       $    1,844         $    2,225         $      --          $    4,069
                                              ==========         ==========         ==========         ==========

      December 31, 1995                       $      235         $    1,609         $      --          $    1,844
                                              ==========         ==========         ==========         ==========

      December 31, 1994                       $       30         $      205         $      --          $      235
                                              ==========         ==========         ==========         ==========

Reserve for obsolescence:
     Years ended:

      December 31, 1996                       $    7,066         $      --          $     (985)        $    6,081
                                              ==========         ==========         ==========         ==========

      December 31, 1995                       $    1,561         $    5,505        $       --          $    7,066
                                              ==========         ==========         ==========         ==========

      December 31, 1994                       $      315         $    1,246        $       --          $    1,561
                                              ==========         ==========         ==========         ==========
</TABLE>






                                      F-21
<PAGE>   57



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Page
Exhibit No.          Description                                                                 Number
- -----------          -----------                                                                 ------
<S>             <C>                                                                               <C>
2.1             (1)  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Reorganization  by  and  among  the  Registrant,
                     GT Acquisition Sub, Inc.,  WizardWorks Group, Inc. and the Stockholders of
                     WizardWorks Group, Inc.  dated June 24, 1996.

2.2             (1)  Escrow  Agreement  by and  among the  Registrant,  Paul D.  Rinde,  as the
                     Stockholder Representative of WizardWorks Group, Inc., and
                     Republic National Bank of New York, as Escrow Agent, dated
                     June 24, 1996.

3.1             (2)  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3.2             (3)  Amended and Restated By-laws (as amended on October 31, 1996).

4.1             (4)  Specimen form of stock certificate for Common Stock.

10.1            (3)  The 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended on October 31, 1996).

10.2            (4)  Services  Agreement between the Registrant and GoodTimes Home Video Corp.,
                     dated as of January 1, 1995.

10.3            (4)  4.5% Subordinated Secured Promissory Note, due February 28, 1996.

10.4            (4)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ronald Chaimowitz.

10.5            (4)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Charles F.  Bond.

10.6            (4)  Non-Competition Agreement between the Registrant and Charles F.  Bond.

10.7            (4)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Harry M.  Rubin.

10.8            (4)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Harry Steck.

10.9            (4)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Chris Garske.

10.10           (4)  GTIS Master Option and License  Agreement  between the  Registrant and the
                     Williams  Entertainment Group, dated December 28,  1994, and the Amendment
                     to such agreement, dated March 31, 1995.

10.11           (4)  GTIS Master Option and License  Agreement  (Home Video Games)  between the
                     Registrant and the Williams Entertainment Group, dated March 31, 1995.

10.12           (4)  Agreement   between  the  Registrant  and  SOFTBANK   Corporation,   dated
                     October 9, 1995.

10.13           (4)  Agreement  between the Registrant  and Roadshow PTY LTD, dated  October 3,
                     1995.
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   58



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Page
Exhibit No.          Description                                                                 Number
- -----------          -----------                                                                 ------
<S>             <C>                                                                               <C>
10.14           (4)  Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  by and  between  Charles F.  Bond,
                     Slash Corporation and the Registrant, dated June 22, 1995.

10.15           (4)  Lease Agreements between the Registrant and 16 East 40th Associates.

10.16           (4)  Sub-lease  Agreement  between the  Registrant  and Michael  Stevens  Ltd.,
                     dated February 22, 1995.

10.17           (4)  Lease  Agreement  between  GT Interactive  Software  (Europe)  Limited and
                     Marylebone 248 Realty LLC, dated May 2, 1995.

10.18           (4)  Stockholders'  Agreement  by and among  Joseph J.  Cayre,  Kenneth  Cayre,
                     Stanley Cayre,  Jack J.  Cayre,  the Trusts listed on Schedule I  attached
                     thereto and the Registrant.

10.19           (4)  Registration  Rights  Agreement  by and among  Joseph J.   Cayre,  Kenneth
                     Cayre,  Stanley  Cayre,  Jack J.  Cayre,  the Trusts  listed on Schedule I
                     attached thereto and the Registrant.

10.20           (4)  Agreement by and between the Registrant and REPS.

10.21           (5)  Second Amendment to GTIS Master Option and License  Agreement  between the
                     Registrant and Williams Entertainment Group, dated March 27, 1996.

10.22           (5)  Amendment to GTIS Master Option and License  Agreement  (Home Video Games)
                     between the Registrant and Williams  Entertainment  Group, dated March 27,
                     1996.

10.23           (5)  Master  Option  and  License  Agreement  for  Atari PC Games  between  the
                     Registrant and WMS Industries Inc., dated March 27, 1996.

10.24           (5)  Master  Option and License  Agreement  for Atari Home Video Games  between
                     the Registrant and WMS Industries Inc., dated March 27, 1996.

10.25           (5)  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Andrew Gregor.

10.26           (3)  6.15% Promissory Note, due August 31, 1998, of Andrew Gregor.

10.27           (3)  6.15% Promissory Note, due August 31, 1998, of Chris Garske.

10.28           (6)  Lease  Agreement  between the  Registrant  and Plymouth  2200,  LLP, dated
                     September 6, 1996.

10.29                Agreement  of Lease,  dated as of December  12,  1996,  by and between the
                     Registrant and F.S. Realty Corp.

10.30                Amendment to  Stockholders  Agreement,  dated as of December 18, 1995,  by
                     and among Joseph J. Cayre,  Kenneth Cayre,  Stanley Cayre,  Jack J. Cayre,
                     the trusts parties thereto and the Registrant.

10.31                Credit  Agreement,  dated  as of  January  21,  1997,  by  and  among  the
                     Registrant,  the banks parties  thereto and Republic  National Bank of New
                     York, as Agent.
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   59



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Page
Exhibit No.          Description                                                                 Number
- -----------          -----------                                                                 ------
<S>             <C>                                                                               <C>
11.1                 Computation of Pro Forma Earnings Per Share.

11.2                 Computation of Earnings Per Share.

21.1                 The Registrant's Subsidiaries.

23.1                 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

23.2                 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

27.1                 Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 31, 1996.
</TABLE>



- -----------

(1)  Incorporated herein by reference to the exhibit with the corresponding
     number filed as part of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed
     on July 9, 1996.

(2)  Incorporated herein by reference to the exhibit with the corresponding
     number filed as part of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
     year ended December 31, 1995.

(3)  Incorporated herein by reference to the exhibit with the corresponding
     number filed as part of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1
     filed October 18, 1996, and all amendments thereto (Registration No.
     333-14441).

(4)  Incorporated herein by reference to the exhibit with the corresponding
     number filed as part of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1
     filed October 20, 1995, and all amendments thereto (Registration No.
     33-98448).

(5)  Incorporated herein by reference to an exhibit filed as part of the
     Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
     1996.

(6)  Incorporated herein by reference to an exhibit filed as part of the
     Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
     30, 1996.



<PAGE>   1

    
          

                                                          









                               AGREEMENT OF LEASE

                                     BETWEEN

                             F.S. REALTY CORPORATION
                                    LANDLORD

                                       AND

                          GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP.
                                     TENANT






                                    PREMISES:

                                417 FIFTH AVENUE
                               7TH AND 8TH FLOORS
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10016




                                       -1-

<PAGE>   2

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page

ARTICLE 1     PREMISES; RENT........................................        5
ARTICLE 2     CONDITION OF PREMISES.................................        7
ARTICLE 3     ARBITRATION...........................................        8
ARTICLE 4     REAL ESTATE TAX ESCALATION............................       10
ARTICLE 5     USE...................................................       12
ARTICLE 6     ALTERATIONS AND INSTALLATIONS.........................       14
ARTICLE 7     REPAIRS...............................................       17
ARTICLE 8     REQUIREMENTS OF LAW...................................       19
ARTICLE 9     INSURANCE, LOSS, REIMBURSEMENT, LIABILITY.............       21
ARTICLE 10    DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE.........................       24
ARTICLE 11    ASSIGNMENT, MORTGAGING, SUBLETTING, ETC...............       26
ARTICLE 12    ELECTRICITY...........................................       31
ARTICLE 13    ADJACENT EXCAVATION - SHORING.........................       33
ARTICLE 14    CONDEMNATION..........................................       34
ARTICLE 15    ACCESS TO PREMISES; CHANGES...........................       35
ARTICLE 16    CONDITIONS OF LIMITATION..............................       37
ARTICLE 17    RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD; INJUNCTION......................       38
ARTICLE 18    DAMAGES...............................................       39
ARTICLE 19    LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT'S
              OBLIGATIONS...........................................       41
ARTICLE 20    QUIET ENJOYMENT.......................................       41
ARTICLE 21    SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT................................       41
ARTICLE 22    HAZARDOUS MATERIALS...................................       45
ARTICLE 23    INVALIDITY OF ANY PROVISION...........................       46
ARTICLE 24    BROKERAGE.............................................       46
ARTICLE 25    SUBORDINATION.........................................       47
ARTICLE 26    CERTIFICATE OF TENANT/LANDLORD........................       49
ARTICLE 27    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL............       50
ARTICLE 28    SURRENDER OF PREMISES.................................       50
ARTICLE 29    RULES AND REGULATIONS.................................       51
ARTICLE 30    CONSENTS AND APPROVALS................................       51
ARTICLE 31    NOTICES...............................................       51
ARTICLE 32    NO WAIVER.............................................       52
ARTICLE 33    INABILITY TO PERFORM..................................       53
ARTICLE 34    ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO REPRESENTATIONS;
              NO ORAL MODIFICATION..................................       54
ARTICLE 35    SECURITY..............................................       54
ARTICLE 36    INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.................................       56
ARTICLE 37    NON-LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION.....................       56


                                      -ii-

<PAGE>   3



ARTICLE 38    INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.................................       57
ARTICLE 39    RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER..................................       57
ARTICLE 40    MISCELLANEOUS.........................................       58
ARTICLE 41    ROOF SPACE............................................       59
ARTICLE 42    OPTION................................................       61

SCHEDULES

            1 -  Floor  Plan  for  7th  and  8th  floors  2  -  Cleaning
            Specifications-Intentionally  Omitted  3 - Form of  Estoppel
            Letter 4 - Rules and Regulations 5 - Construction  Rules and
            Regulations 6 - Crosshatch of Roof Premises

EXHIBITS

            A - Work Letter
            B-  Assignment and Assumption Agreement
            C - Nondisturbance Agreement


                                      -iii-

<PAGE>   4

         AGREEMENT OF LEASE dated as of December  12, 1996,  by and between F.S.
REALTY CORP, a New York  Corporation,  with its office at c/o Prince  Management
Corp., 57-18 Flushing Avenue,  Maspeth, New York 11378 (hereinafter  referred to
as "Landlord") and, GT INTERACTIVE  SOFTWARE CORP., a Delaware  Corporation with
an office at 16 East 40th Street, New York, New York 10016 (hereinafter referred
to as "Tenant").


                                 REFERENCE PAGE

LEASE DEFINITIONS

         In  addition  to other  terms  elsewhere  defined  in this  Lease,  the
following words and phrases  whenever used in this Lease shall have the meanings
set forth in this Reference Page.

         "Alteration"   shall   mean   any  and   every   structural   addition,
construction,  improvement,  installation  or modification of or to the Premises
which affects building services outside the Premises including,  but not limited
to, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning services.

         "Base  Taxes"  shall mean the Taxes (as  hereinafter  defined)  for the
twenty  four-month  period  commencing  July 1, 1996 and  ending  June 30,  1998
divided by two.

         "Brokers" shall mean S.L. Green Real Estate and Jenel Management Corp.

         "Building" shall mean the building known as 417 Fifth Avenue, New York,
New York 10016.

         "Business  Days"  shall mean all days  excluding  Sundays  and all days
observed by the federal, state or local governments as legal holidays as well as
all other days recognized as holidays under applicable union contracts.

         "Business  Hours" shall mean the hours  between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.
on Business  Days except that on Saturdays  Business  Hours shall mean the hours
between 8:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m.

         "Commencement  Date"  shall  mean the date that the  Landlord  delivers
possession of the Premises to Tenant.

         "Construction Rules and Regulations" shall mean those certain rules and
regulations   issued  by  Landlord  with  respect  to  the  performance  of  any
construction at the Premises annexed hereto and incorporated  herein as Schedule
5.

         "Consumer  Price Index" or the "CPI-U"  shall mean the  Consumer  Price
Index for All Urban Consumers of the United States  Department of Labor's Bureau
of Labor


                                       -1-

<PAGE>   5

Statistics in effect for New York,  Northeastern  N.J.  (1984=100) and generally
published at the time the  computation  is to be made. If the CPI-U is no longer
published,  then another price index,  generally  recognized  as  authoritative,
shall be  substituted by mutual  agreement of Landlord and Tenant.  In the event
the parties are unable to so agree,  the matter  shall be  submitted  to binding
arbitration  according  to the rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association.
During any period while the  determination of such a dispute is pending,  Tenant
shall continue to pay the sum previously in effect; provided,  however, that the
adjusted sum as finally determined shall be retroactive from the prescribed date
and  any  deficiency  owed  by  Tenant  shall  be  paid  promptly  upon a  final
determination of the dispute.

         "Expiration  Date" shall mean the tenth anniversary of the Commencement
Date as the same may be extended.

         "Fair Market  Rental  Value" shall mean the fair market rental value of
the Premises  six months  prior to the end of the Initial  Term (as  hereinafter
defined) with respect to Option 1 (as hereinafter  defined) and six months prior
to the end of  Option  1 with  respect  to  Option  2 (as  hereinafter  defined)
respectively.  In the event that  Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the
Fair Market  Rental  Value of the  Premises  five months prior to the end of the
Initial  Term for  Option  1 or five  months  prior to the end of  Option 1 with
respect to Option 2, then the same shall be determined by binding arbitration in
accordance  with  Article 3 of this Lease.  The  arbitrator  shall make  his/her
respective  determination  based upon the following  assumptions and directions,
and the arbitrator shall be so instructed and bound with respect thereto:


         (i) The Premises is available in the then rental market for  comparable
tenant space in comparable buildings in the City of New York;

         (ii) Neither Landlord nor Tenant is under a compulsion to rent;

         (iii) The  Premises  is to be rented as a whole to a single  tenant for
general office use for a term of five (5) years,  taking into consideration such
market factors and other lease  provisions as may then  customarily be in effect
and applicable to the rental of such space in that location;

         (iv) The Premises shall be rented in an "as is," condition equal to the
condition  of the  Premises as it exists six months prior to the end of the Term
with respect to Option 1 and equal to the condition of the Premises as it exists
six months prior to the end of Option 1 with respect to Option 2;

         (v) Landlord is not paying a brokerage commission to lease the Premises
for either Option 1 or Option 2;


                                       -2-

<PAGE>   6

         (vi)  Landlord is not making any  improvements  or  alterations  to the
Premises for either Option 1 or Option 2; and

         (vii)  Landlord is not giving Tenant any period of free rent for Option
1 or Option 2.

         "Fixed Annual Rent," "Fixed Rent" or "fixed annual rent" shall mean One
Million  Two-Hundred  Thousand Dollars  ($1,200,000.00) per annum for the period
from  the  first  anniversary  of  the  Commencement  Date  through  the  second
anniversary  of the  Commencement  Date.  Provided  Tenant is not  otherwise  in
default of the terms and conditions of this Lease,  beyond applicable notice and
grace  periods,  Fixed  Annual  Rent  shall be abated  for the  period  from the
Commencement  Date through the first  anniversary of the Commencement  Date (all
additional  rent  (as  hereinafter  defined)  shall  remain  due  and  payable).
Thereafter,  Fixed  Annual  Rent shall be adjusted  on each  anniversary  of the
Commencement  Date beginning on the second  anniversary of the Commencement Date
through  the tenth  anniversary  of the  Commencement  Date by  multiplying  the
immediately  preceding year's Fixed Annual Rent by a fraction,  the numerator of
which shall be the  Consumer  Price  Index (as defined  herein) in effect on the
anniversary of the Commencement  Date for the year in which Fixed Annual Rent is
being adjusted and the denominator of which shall be the Consumer Price Index in
effect on the immediately  preceding anniversary of the Commencement Date, which
escalation  shall not exceed three (3) percent per annum.  The  increases in the
Fixed Annual Rent set forth herein shall always be  calculated  upon,  and added
to, the prior year's Fixed Annual Rent.

         "Initial  Term" shall mean a period of ten (10) years  beginning on the
Commencement Date.

         "Interest  Rate" shall mean a  fluctuating  rate of interest  per annum
equal to the  lesser  of (a) 2%  above  the  prime  commercial  lending  rate of
interest  announced  from time to time by The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  National
Association (or any successor  institution,  or, if said bank and its successors
are no longer in existence, any other member bank of The New York Clearing House
Association selected by Landlord),  at its principal office in New York City, in
effect from time to time or (b) the maximum  applicable  legal rate of interest,
if any.

         "Landlord"  shall mean only the owner,  or the mortgagee in possession,
of the Land (as  hereinafter  defined) and Building (and the owner of a lease of
the Building or of the Land and Building),  so that in the event of any transfer
of title to the Land and  Building or said lease,  or in the event of a lease of
the Building,  or of the Land and Building,  upon notification to Tenant of such
transfer or lease the said  transferor  Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely
freed and relieved of future covenants,  obligations and liabilities of Landlord
hereunder.  It shall be deemed and construed as a covenant running with the land
without further agreement between the parties or


                                       -3-

<PAGE>   7

their successors in interest, or between the parties and the transferee of title
to the Land and Building or said lease,  or the said lessee of the Building,  or
of the Land and  Building,  that the  transferee  or the lessee has  assumed and
agreed to carry out any and all such  covenants,  obligations and liabilities of
Landlord hereunder from and after the date of such transfer.

         "Legal  Requirement(s)"  shall mean (i) any laws, statutes,  ordinances
(including  building  codes  and  zoning  regulations  and  ordinances  and  the
Americans with  Disabilities  Act of 1990) and the orders,  rules,  regulations,
directives and requirements of all federal,  state,  county, city, municipal and
borough  departments,  bureaus,  boards  (including  the New York  Board of Fire
Underwriters),  agencies,  offices,  commissions and subdivisions thereof, or of
any  official  thereof,  or of any other  governmental  public  or  quasi-public
authority,  whether now or hereafter in force,  which may be  applicable  to the
Land, the Building or the Premises or any part thereof, or the sidewalks,  curbs
or areas adjacent thereto, and (ii) all requirements, obligations and conditions
of all instruments of record on the date of this Lease.

         "Lien"  shall  mean any and every lien of any kind  whatsoever  for the
furnishing  (or  alleged  furnishing)  of (or on account  of) labor,  materials,
services, facilities or any other things whatsoever.

         "Premises"  shall mean the entire seventh (7th) and eighth (8th) floors
of the Building and the Roof Premises (as defined in Article 41 hereof) as shown
hatched on the floor plan annexed hereto as Schedules 1 and 6 respectively.

         "Permitted  Use" shall mean  executive  and general  offices  including
kitchen facilities,  employee  cafeteria,  executive dining room, employee snack
bar concession,  product display room,  telemarketing  operation and for similar
uses excluding any and all  manufacturing and retail sales to the public but for
no other purposes whatsoever.

         "Security  Deposit"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in  Article 35
hereof.

         "Tenant's   Proportionate   Share"  shall  mean  18.2%.   The  Tenant's
Proportionate  Share shall decrease in the  proportion to the  additional  space
built on top of the roof of the  Building  and the  adjustment  of the  Tenant's
Proportionate  Share  shall  become  effective  upon the sale or  rental  of the
additional space.

         "Term"  shall  mean the  Initial  Term as the same may be  extended  by
Option 1 and Option 2.  Notwithstanding  anything in this Lease to the contrary,
(a)  provided  (i) Tenant is not  otherwise  in default of this Lease beyond all
applicable  notice and cure  periods  and (ii)  Tenant  provides  Landlord  with
written  notice no later than six months prior to the end of the Initial Term of
its  exercise  of this  option,  Tenant is  entitled to extend this Lease for an
additional  five years ("Option 1") beginning on the day after the expiration of
the Initial Term and ending on the fifth anniversary of the day after


                                       -4-

<PAGE>   8

the  expiration  of the  Initial  Term at a Fixed  Annual  Rent  which is ninety
percent (90%) of the Fair Market Rental Value (as such term is defined  herein);
and (b) provided (i) Tenant is not otherwise in default of this Lease beyond all
applicable  notice and cure  periods  and (ii)  Tenant  provides  Landlord  with
written notice no later than six months prior to the end of the term of Option 1
of its exercise of this  option,  Tenant is entitled to extend this Lease for an
additional  five years ("Option 2") beginning on the day after the expiration of
the term of Option 1 and  ending on the fifth  anniversary  of the day after the
expiration  of the  term of  Option 1 at a Fixed  Annual  Rent  which is  ninety
percent (90%) of the Fair Market Rental Value (as such term is defined herein).

         The Reference Pages information is incorporated into and made a part of
the within  Lease.  In the event of any  conflict  between any  Reference  Pages
information and the Lease, the Lease shall control.


                              W I T N E S S E T H:


         The  parties  hereto,  for  themselves,   their  heirs,   distributees,
executors,  administrators,  legal  representatives,  trustees,  successors  and
assigns, hereby covenant as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1.

                                 PREMISES: RENT

         1.(a)  Landlord  hereby leases to Tenant,  and Tenant hereby hires from
Landlord, the Premises for the Initial Term to commence on the Commencement Date
and to end at 11:59 p.m. on the Expiration  Date or until such term shall sooner
cease and  terminate  or be extended as herein  provided.  In the event that the
Commencement  Date does not occur on or before the six-month  anniversary  after
the date this Lease is executed by Landlord,  Tenant may elect to terminate this
Lease,  by first  providing  Landlord  with a thirty (30) day written  notice of
Tenant's  election to terminate this Lease, and if such situation shall continue
and shall not be  remedied by  Landlord  within such thirty (30) days,  then the
Term shall  expire at the  expiration  of such thirty (30) days,  and the estate
hereby granted shall  terminate with the same effect as if that day were the end
of the Term  (provided  that Tenant,  its agents,  servants or employees are not
responsible for the Commencement Date not occurring).

         1.(b) (i) From and after the  Commencement  Date,  Tenant  shall pay to
Landlord  the  Electrical   Charge  and  after  the  first  anniversary  of  the
Commencement  Date,  Tenant  shall pay to Landlord  the fixed annual rent at the
fixed annual rental rate set forth in the Reference Page, which shall be payable
in equal monthly installments


                                       -5-

<PAGE>   9

in advance on the first day of each and every  calendar  month  during the Term.
The first monthly  installment of fixed annual rent due on the first anniversary
of the  Commencement  Date shall be payable by Tenant upon the execution of this
Lease and shall be applied to the first full  installment  of Fixed  Annual Rent
due hereunder. Should the Commencement Date fall on any day other than the first
day of a  month,  the  fixed  annual  rent  due on the  first  day of the  first
anniversary of the Commencement Date shall be pro-rated on a per diem basis, and
Tenant shall pay the amount for such  partial  month on the  Commencement  Date.
Should  the last day of the Term  fall on any day  other  than the last day of a
month,  then the fixed annual rent for such partial period shall be pro-rated on
a per diem basis.

                  (ii) Any sum other than fixed  annual rent  payable  hereunder
(hereinafter  called  "additional  rent") shall be deemed  additional  rent, and
together  with fixed annual rent shall be included in the term "rent" and shall,
unless  otherwise  stated,  be due within seven days after demand.  Fixed annual
rent and  additional  rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States by
good and sufficient  check (subject to collection)  drawn to Landlord's order or
as Landlord may direct.  Said checks shall be sent to Landlord at its address as
hereinabove  set forth,  or to such other party or parties  and/or at such other
address(es) as Landlord shall designate by notice to Tenant.

                  (iii) Tenant shall pay the fixed annual rent promptly when due
without  notice or demand and additional  rent when billed  therefor and without
offset,  credit,  abatement,  deduction,  counterclaim,  set off for any  reason
whatsoever, except such deduction as may be expressly set forth herein.

         1.(c) If any of the fixed annual rent or additional  rent payable under
the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be or become uncollectible, reduced
or required to be refunded because of any Legal Requirements, Tenant shall enter
into such  agreement(s)  and take such other  steps as Landlord  may  reasonably
request  and as legally  may be  permissible  to permit  Landlord to collect the
maximum rents that,  from time to time during the continuance of such legal rent
restriction,  legally  may be  permissible  (and not in  excess  of the  amounts
reserved  therefor  under this Lease).  Upon the  termination of such legal rent
restriction,  (a) the rents  shall  become  and  thereafter  shall be payable in
accordance  with the  amounts  reserved  herein for the periods  following  such
termination and (b) Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  to the maximum extent legally
permissible, an amount equal to (i) the rents that would have been paid pursuant
to this Lease but for such legal  rent  restriction  less (ii) the rents paid by
Tenant during the period such legal rent restriction was in effect.

         1.(d) No payment by Tenant or receipt or  acceptance  by  Landlord of a
lesser  amount than the correct  fixed annual rent or  additional  rent shall be
deemed to be other  than a payment  on  account,  nor shall any  endorsement  or
statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed
an accord and


                                       -6-

<PAGE>   10

satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to
Landlord's  right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy  provided in
this Lease or at law.

         1.(e) In order to  compensate  Landlord  for the  expenses  involved in
handling  delinquent  payments,  Tenant  shall pay, as  additional  rent, a late
charge of four (4%)  percent of the amount of any  installment  of fixed  annual
rent or  payment  of  additional  rent  remaining  unpaid on the tenth day after
written  notice to Tenant.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall excuse Tenant from
paying all rent or any other sum due under this Lease on the dates when same are
due hereunder.

         1.(f)  Landlord  shall have the same  rights and  remedies  (including,
without limitation, the right to commence a summary proceeding) for a default in
the payment of  additional  rent as for a default in the payment of fixed annual
rent notwithstanding the fact that Tenant may not then also be in default in the
payment of fixed annual rent.

                                   ARTICLE 2.

                              CONDITION OF PREMISES

         2.(a) Tenant is fully  familiar  with the condition of the Premises and
hereby  accepts  possession  of the Premises in their  current "as is" condition
except for latent defects other than asbestos.

         2.(b) Tenant acknowledges that the Building including the Premises,  is
sprinklered  and that the  bathrooms in the Premises will be delivered to Tenant
in their current "as-is" condition.

         2.(c)  Landlord  shall  not be  required  to  perform  any  work in the
Premises except that Landlord  shall,  at its sole cost and expense,  remove all
asbestos from the Premises of which Tenant informs Landlord in writing, prior to
the completion of Tenant's Initial Work (as hereinafter defined). Landlord shall
not be  responsible  for removing any asbestos from the Premises of which Tenant
fails to inform Landlord in writing prior to completion of Tenant's Initial Work
and Landlord  shall not be  responsible  for removing any floor or ceiling tiles
containing asbestos.  Landlord shall perform all such asbestos removal work: (i)
promptly after being notified of the existence of any such asbestos by Tenant in
writing;  (ii) in a manner  so as not to  interfere  with,  or  delay,  Tenant's
Initial Work; and (iii) in compliance with all Legal Requirements.  In the event
that Landlord shall fail to perform any such asbestos removal work in accordance
with all of the terms and conditions of the immediately  preceding  sentence and
Landlord does not remedy any such failure within ten (10) days following written
notice from Tenant, then Tenant, following an additional (10) day written notice
to Landlord, shall have the right to perform any such asbestos


                                       -7-

<PAGE>   11

removal  work on behalf of  Landlord  and may offset  Tenant's  reasonable  cost
therefor  against  the next  installments  of fixed  annual  rent due under this
Lease.  Prior to Tenant's  completion of Tenant's  Initial Work,  Landlord shall
deliver to Tenant a letter from the asbestos removal company indicating that the
asbestos  that Tenant  informed  Landlord  of in writing  was  removed  from the
Premises.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  herein,  any
asbestos  which may be  discovered in the Premises  following the  completion of
Tenant's Initial Work,  shall be promptly removed by Landlord,  (provided Tenant
informs  Landlord in writing of the asbestos to be removed),  in accordance with
all Legal  Requirements and in a manner so as not to interfere with Tenant's use
of the  Premises.  Tenant  shall  reimburse  Landlord  for  one  half  of all of
Landlord's  actual costs in connection  with such  removal.  Landlord and Tenant
acknowledge that the removal of asbestos from the Premises by Landlord may occur
simultaneously  with the  performance of Tenant's  Initial Work and Landlord and
Tenant  agree to  cooperate  in good  faith,  with the other  party so as not to
interfere with the performance of each other's work.

         2.(d) All work performed by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of
this Lease shall require the  installation of new materials at least  comparable
to the quality now present in the Building and shall be performed in  accordance
with the terms and  conditions  of this  Lease  and the  Construction  Rules and
Regulations.

         2.(e) Landlord shall make available to Tenant, the amount of Landlord's
Contribution  (as such term is  defined  in the Work  Letter  annexed  hereto as
Exhibit A and made a part hereof) subject to, and in accordance  with, the terms
of such Work Letter.

                                   ARTICLE 3.

                                   ARBITRATION

         3.(a) In any case in which it is specifically  provided by the terms of
this Lease that a matter shall be determined by  arbitration,  such  arbitration
shall be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to applicable statutes of the
State of New York at the time in effect  and,  to the extent  permitted  by said
statutes,  in the  manner  specified  in this  Article 3 and,  to the extent not
inconsistent  with said  statutes  and this  Article 3, in  accordance  with the
Commercial  Arbitration Rules for expedited arbitration at the time in effect of
the American  Arbitration  Association;  provided that the  arbitrator  selected
hereunder shall be a person of recognized  competence who is  unaffiliated  with
either  party to this  Lease  (either  by direct  or  indirect  relationship  or
significant  business  relationship)  and shall  have at least  ten (10)  years'
experience  as a commercial  real estate  broker or appraiser in the City of New
York. The arbitrator shall be chosen by the American Arbitration  Association in
accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules for expedited arbitration.


                                       -8-

<PAGE>   12

         3.(b) The party desiring such arbitration  shall give written notice to
that effect to the other party and, in such notice,  shall specify the nature of
the  dispute to be  arbitrated.  Each of Tenant  and  Landlord  shall  submit (a
"Submission")  stating its position (including all relevant figures and amounts,
as appropriate) in such dispute to the arbitrator,  in writing, within seven (7)
days of the selection of the arbitrator and such arbitrator shall determine such
matter as promptly as possible; provided that:

           (i) The  arbitrator  shall have the right only to interpret and apply
the terms of this Lease,  and may not change any such terms or deprive any party
to this Lease of any right or remedy  expressly  or  impliedly  provided in this
Lease.  Landlord  and Tenant  each shall be  entitled  to present  evidence  and
arguments to the arbitrator; and

          (ii)  The  arbitrator  shall  select  either  Tenant's  or  Landlord's
Submission (without modification) as its decision, which decision shall be final
and binding in  accordance  with the  provisions of the laws of the State of New
York. The arbitrator shall give written notice of its  determination to Landlord
and Tenant and shall furnish to each a signed copy of such determination.

         3. (c) The fees and expenses of the  arbitrator  shall be borne equally
by Landlord and Tenant.

         3.  (d) In the  event  of the  failure,  refusal  or  inability  of the
arbitrator to act, a new arbitrator  shall be appointed in his/her stead,  which
appointment  shall be made in the same manner as  hereinbefore  provided for the
appointment  of the  arbitrator  so  failing,  refusing  or unable to act, or to
continue to act.

         3.(e)  During any period of  arbitration  under this Article 3, neither
Landlord  nor  Tenant  shall be  deemed to be in  default  with  respect  to the
performance of any covenant, duty or obligation relating to such matter, and any
grace period or permitted delay in such  performance  otherwise  provided for in
this  Lease  shall be  automatically  extended  by such  period of  arbitration.
However,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing  in the event that Fair Market  Rental
Value for Option 1 or Option 2 is being determined by arbitration, Tenant agrees
to pay during the period of arbitration, the Fixed Annual Rent chargeable and in
effect on the  Expiration  Date with respect to Option 1, and on the last day of
Option 1 with respect to Option 2, without  prejudice to any of its rights until
there has been a determination of the arbitration.  After such  determination of
the  arbitrator  the Fixed Annual Rent shall be adjusted in accordance  with the
arbitrator's  decision  and Tenant  shall be  credited  for any  overpayment  or
debited for the additional Fixed Annual Rent due and owing.


                                       -9-

<PAGE>   13

                                   ARTICLE 4.

                           REAL ESTATE TAX ESCALATION

         4.(a) For the  purposes of this  Article 4, the  following  definitions
shall apply:

                  (i) The  term  "Taxes"  shall  mean  all  real  estate  taxes,
assessments, sewer and water rents, governmental levies, municipal taxes, county
taxes  or any  other  governmental  charge,  general  or  special,  ordinary  or
extraordinary,  unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind or nature whatsoever
(excluding metered charges) that are or may be assessed,  levied or imposed upon
all or any part of the land (hereinafter referred to as the "Land") on which the
Building is situated,  the Building and the sidewalks,  vaults (excluding vaults
used by  tenants),  arcades,  plazas,  alleys or streets in front of or adjacent
thereto,  including  any tax,  excise or fee payable as a result of the Building
being situated in a business improvement district,  including any tax, excise or
fee  measured by or payable  with  respect to any rent levied  against  Landlord
and/or the Land and/or the Building as though this was the only  property of the
Landlord,  under the laws of the United  States,  the State of New York,  or any
political  subdivision  thereof,  or by the City of New York,  or any  political
subdivision  thereof but excluding  any income,  franchise,  corporate,  estate,
inheritance,  succession,  capital  stock,  transfer or mortgage  recording  tax
levied on Landlord.  If, due to a future  change in the method of taxation or in
the taxing  authority,  a new or  additional  real estate  tax, or a  franchise,
income,  transit,  profit  or  other  tax or  governmental  imposition,  however
designated,  shall be  levied  against  Landlord,  and/or  the Land  and/or  the
Building, and/or the sidewalks, arcades,  plazas,--alleys or streets in front of
or adjacent thereto, in substitution in whole or in part for any tax which would
constitute "Taxes," or in lieu of additional Taxes, such tax or imposition shall
be deemed for the purposes hereof to be included within the term "Taxes."

                  (ii) The term "Tax  Year"  shall  mean  each  period of twelve
months, commencing on the first day of July of each such period, in which occurs
any part of the Term or such other period of twelve months  occurring during the
Term as  hereafter  may be duly  adopted as the fiscal  year for real estate tax
purposes of the City of New York.

                  (iii) The term  "Escalation  Statement" shall mean a statement
setting forth the amount  payable by Tenant for a specified Tax Year pursuant to
this  Article 4 as  reasonably  estimated  by  Landlord  (not to exceed  105% of
Tenant's Tax Payment (as hereinafter  defined) for the preceding Tax Year) and a
copy of all relevant tax bills.

         4.(b)  (i)  Tenant  shall  pay as  additional  rent  for the  Tax  Year
beginning  on July 1,  1998  and each Tax  Year  thereafter  a sum  (hereinafter
referred to as "Tenant's Tax Payment") equal to Tenant's  Proportionate Share of
the amount by which the Taxes for such Tax Year exceed the Base Taxes.  Tenant's
Tax Payment for each Tax


                                      -10-

<PAGE>   14

Year shall be due and  payable in advance in monthly  installments  on the first
day of each month  during  each Tax Year,  initially  based upon the  Escalation
Statement  furnished prior to the commencement of such Tax Year, until such time
as the amount of the Taxes for such Tax Year shall be  determined by the City of
New York, at which point, such monthly  installments  shall be adjusted based on
the actual amount of the Taxes for such Tax Year.  Tenant  shall,  within thirty
(30) days  thereafter,  pay to  Landlord  an amount  equal to the  amount of any
underpayment  of Tenant's  Tax Payment  with respect to any Tax Year and, in the
event of an overpayment,  Tenant may credit against subsequent payments of fixed
annual rent and  additional  rent the amount of Tenant's  overpayment.  If there
shall be any  increase in Taxes for any Tax Year,  whether  during or after such
Tax Year,  Landlord  shall furnish a revised  Escalation  Statement for such Tax
Year,  and  Tenant's  Tax Payment  for such Tax Year shall be adjusted  and paid
substantially  in the same  manner as  provided in the  preceding  sentence.  If
during  the  Term,  Taxes  are  required  to be paid to the  appropriate  taxing
authorities   in  full  or  in  monthly,   quarterly,   semiannually   or  other
installments,  on any other date or dates than as  presently  required,  then at
Landlord's option, Tenant's Tax Payments shall be correspondingly accelerated or
revised so that said Tenant's Tax Payments are due at least 30 days prior to the
date payments are due to the taxing authorities. The benefit of any discount for
any early  payment or  prepayment of Taxes shall accrue solely to the benefit of
Landlord and such discount  shall not be subtracted  from Taxes.  Landlord shall
provide  Tenant  with a copy of the tax  invoices  upon which the  Tenant's  Tax
Payment is based.  Tenant  shall not pay any portion of late charges or interest
on late Tax Payments.

                  (ii) If the real  estate  tax  fiscal  year of The City of New
York shall be changed during the Term, any Taxes for such fiscal year, a part of
which is  included  within a  particular  Tax Year and a part of which is not so
included, shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in such fiscal
year  included  in the  particular  Tax  Year  for the  purpose  of  making  the
computations under this Section 4.(b).

                  (iii) If the  Taxes for any Tax Year for  which  Tenant  shall
have paid additional rent pursuant to this Article shall be adjusted,  corrected
or reduced whether as the result of protest of any tentative  assessment,  or by
means of agreement,  or as the result of legal proceedings,  the additional rent
becoming due for said Tax Year  pursuant to this Article  shall be determined on
the basis of said  corrected,  adjusted or reduced  Taxes.  If Tenant shall have
paid any additional rent pursuant to this Article for such Tax Year prior to any
said  adjustment,  Landlord  shall credit or refund to Tenant any excess  amount
thus paid as reflected by said adjusted Taxes, less Tenant's Proportionate Share
of any cost,  expense or fees,  not to exceed  thirty three percent (33%) of the
Tax reduction  (including experts' and attorneys' fees but excluding  Landlord's
actual  out-of-pocket  costs of  administration  and  coordination)  incurred by
Landlord in obtaining said tax  adjustment.  If said tax adjustment  shall occur
prior to Tenant's payment of any said Taxes due hereunder as additional rent,


                                      -11-

<PAGE>   15

Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, Tenant's  Proportionate Share of any cost,
expenses  or  fees  (including   experts'  and  attorneys'  fees  but  excluding
Landlord's costs of  administration  and  coordination)  incurred by Landlord in
obtaining said tax adjustment.

         4.(c) In the event that the date of the expiration or other termination
of this  Lease  shall be a day other than the last day of a Tax Year,  then,  in
applying the  provisions of this Article 4 with respect to any Tax Year in which
such event shall have occurred, appropriate adjustments shall be made to reflect
the  occurrence  of such event on the basis of the portion of such Tax Year that
shall have elapsed prior to the date of such  expiration or  termination  in the
case of the Expiration Date or other termination.

         4.(d) In no event shall the fixed  annual rent be reduced by  operation
of this  Article 4. Except as provided in Section  4(e)  hereof,  the rights and
obligations  of Landlord and Tenant under the  provisions of this Article 4 with
respect to any additional rent shall survive the expiration or other termination
of this Lease.

         4.(e) Landlord's failure to render an Escalation Statement with respect
to any Tax Year shall not  prejudice  Landlord's  right  thereafter to render an
Escalation  Statement with respect thereto or with respect to any subsequent Tax
Year so long as the Escalation  Statement is rendered within one (1) year of the
preceding Tax Year. For example, Landlord may render an Escalation Statement for
the  1998/1999  Tax Year through and  including  June 30,  2000.  Subject to the
previous   sentence,   payments  shall  be  made  pursuant  to  this  Article  4
notwithstanding  the fact that an  Escalation  Statement  is furnished to Tenant
after the expiration of the Term.

         4.(f)  Landlord  shall deliver to Tenant within a reasonable  time upon
its  receipt,  a  statement  containing  a copy of the  City's  tax bill for the
applicable  Tax Year  ("Statement")  which shall be conclusive  and binding upon
Tenant  unless  within 60 days after  receipt of such  Statement,  Tenant  shall
notify  Landlord in writing  that it disputes  the  correctness  of Tenant's Tax
Payment  for such Tax Year,  specifying  the  particular  respects in which such
Statement is claimed to be incorrect. Pending the determination of such dispute,
Tenant shall pay  additional  rent in  accordance  with the relevant  Escalation
Statement, without prejudice to Tenant's position.

                                   ARTICLES 5.

                                       USE

         5.(a) The Premises may only be used by Tenant for the Permitted Use and
for no other purpose whatsoever.


                                      -12-

<PAGE>   16

         5.(b)  Tenant  shall not use or permit the use of the  Premises  or any
part  thereof in any way that would  violate any of the  covenants,  agreements,
terms,  provisions and conditions of this Lease or for any unlawful  purposes or
in any  unlawful  manner.  Tenant shall not suffer or permit the Premises or any
part thereof to be used in any manner or anything to be done therein or anything
to be brought  into or kept  therein  that shall in any way impair or  interfere
with (a) the  character,  reputation  or  appearance  of the  Building as a high
quality office building,  (b) any of the Building  services,  (c) the proper and
economic heating, cleaning, air-conditioning,  ventilating or other servicing of
the  Building or the  Premises,  or (d) the use of any of the other areas of the
Building by, or occasional discomfort,  inconvenience or annoyance to any of the
other  tenants or  occupants  of the  Building.  Tenant  shall not  install  any
electrical  or other  equipment  of any kind that  causes  any such  impairment,
interference, discomfort, inconvenience or annoyance.

         5.(c) If any  governmental  license or permit (other than a Certificate
of  Occupancy  for the Building or any other  license or permit  required of all
tenants  occupying  space for executive and general office use in the Borough of
Manhattan)  shall be  required  for the proper and  lawful  conduct of  Tenant's
business in the Premises or any part  thereof or for  Tenant's  occupancy of the
Premises,  Tenant at its expense  shall  procure,  maintain  and comply with the
terms and  conditions  of such license or permit and,  promptly  after  request,
submit the same to Landlord for inspection.

         5.(d) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the value of the Premises and
the  reputation  of the Landlord  will be seriously  injured if the Premises are
used for any  obscene or  pornographic  purposes or any sort of  commercial  sex
establishment.  Tenant  agrees  that it will not bring or permit any  obscene or
pornographic  material on the  Premises,  however,  Tenant may  receive  obscene
software  for its review only and shall not permit or conduct any  pornographic,
nude, or semi-nude  live  performances  on the  Premises,  nor permit use of the
Premises for nude modeling,  rap sessions,  or as a so-called rubber goods shop,
or as a sex club of any sort, or as a "massage  parlor."  Tenant agrees  further
that it will not permit any of these uses by any  sublessee  of the  Premises or
assignee of this Lease.  This Section 5(d) shall directly bind any successors in
interest to Tenant.  Tenant  agrees  that if at any time it violates  any of the
provisions of this Section 5(d),  such  violation  shall be deemed a breach of a
substantial  obligation  of the terms of this Lease and  objectionable  conduct.
Pornographic  material  is defined  for  purposes  of this  Section  5(d) as any
written or pictorial  matter with  prurient  appeal or any objects or instrument
that are primarily  concerned  with lewd or prurient  sexual  activity.  For the
purposes  of this  Section  5.(d) the term  "obscene  material"  shall  have the
meaning as set forth in New York State Penal Law Section 235.00.


                                      -13-

<PAGE>   17

                                   ARTICLE 6.

                          ALTERATIONS AND INSTALLATIONS

         6.(a) Tenant shall make no  Alterations  in or to the Premises  without
Landlord's prior written consent  (including,  without  limitation,  any work in
connection with the Tenant's  initial  occupancy of the Premises) which approval
shall not be unreasonably  withheld,  conditioned or delayed.  Every  Alteration
shall be done at  Tenant's  sole cost and  expense  and in the case of  Tenant's
Initial  Work,  shall be performed in  accordance  with the Work Letter  annexed
hereto as Exhibit A and  incorporated  herein.  Tenant shall notify  Landlord in
writing  of  every   addition,   construction,   improvement,   installation  or
modification  of or to the  Premises  which  requires  filings with any state or
municipal agency,  including, but not limited to the New York City Department of
Buildings  and Landlord  shall  cooperate  in  processing  and signing  Tenant's
filings to perform such alterations.

         6.(b) Every  Alteration  in or to the  Premises  shall be  performed in
accordance  with and shall  conform  to the  Contractor  Rules  and  Regulations
incorporated  herein in Schedule 5 and the provisions of this Lease and shall be
effected  solely in accordance with plans and  specifications  first approved in
writing by Landlord. Such plans and specifications shall be prepared at Tenant's
sole  cost and  expense  by a  professional  registered  architect  and shall be
complete,  finished detailed  architectural  drawings and specifications for the
Alteration.  Landlord  will not  unreasonably  withhold,  condition or delay its
consent to any  Alterations,  the plans therefor or the  contractors  who are to
perform same.

         6.(c)    With respect to every Alteration:

                  (i) All work  shall be done in a good and worker  like  manner
and shall  not  interfere  with the  operation  of the  Building  or impose  any
additional  expense upon Landlord in the  construction,  maintenance,  repair or
operation of the Building.

                  (ii) Tenant  will  inform  Landlord in writing of the names of
any contractor or subcontractor  Tenant proposes to use in the Premises at least
ten days prior to the beginning of work by such contractor or subcontractor. Any
contractor  employed  by Tenant (and all  subcontractors)  shall agree to employ
only such  labor as will not  result in  jurisdictional  disputes  or strikes or
cause disharmony with other workers employed at the Building. Upon the happening
of any such dispute, strike or disharmony,  Tenant shall immediately upon notice
from Landlord  discontinue  the labor giving rise  thereto.  In the event Tenant
fails to do so,  Landlord,  in addition to any rights available to it under this
Lease and pursuant to law,  shall have the right to seek an  injunction  with or
without notice.


                                      -14-

<PAGE>   18

                  (iii) Except with  respect to Tenant's  Initial  Work,  Tenant
shall pay its contractors or subcontractors, in a timely fashion and perform the
work shown on Tenant's approved plans and  specifications  subject to reasonable
retainage.  Within a reasonable time, not to exceed 30 days, after completion of
the  Alteration,  Tenant shall furnish  Landlord with  reasonable  evidence that
payment  has been  made for the  Alteration  together  with a waiver  of lien by
Tenant's contractor in the amount of such payment.

                  (iv)  Tenant  shall  cause  the   Alteration  to  be  made  in
compliance with Legal  Requirements.  Tenant shall furnish to Landlord copies of
all governmental  permits and authorizations  that may be required in connection
with any Alteration.  All such governmental  permits and authorizations shall be
obtained by Tenant at its sole cost and expense and Tenant shall pay the cost of
filing  Tenant's  plans and  specifications  with the  appropriate  governmental
authorities.

                  (v) Tenant shall perform any Alterations so that they: (i) are
of good quality;  (ii) are free and clear of Liens; (iii) substantially  conform
to the plans and specifications as approved by Landlord; and (iv) be fit for the
intended use and purpose.  In the event that the  Alterations do not comply with
provisions (i) through (iv) of this subparagraph,  Tenant shall commence to cure
such nonconforming work within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord.

                  (vi) Tenant shall keep the Building and the Premises  free and
clear of all Liens for any work or material  claimed to have been  furnished  to
Tenant or to the  Premises on Tenant's  behalf,  and all work to be performed by
Tenant shall be done in a manner that will not  unreasonably  interfere  with or
disturb other tenants or occupants of the Building.

                  (vii)  During the  progress  of the work to be done by Tenant,
said work  shall be subject  to  reasonable  inspection  by  representatives  of
Landlord who shall be permitted  access and the  opportunity to inspect,  at all
reasonable times on reasonable  notice,  but this provision shall not in any way
whatsoever create any obligation on Landlord to conduct any such inspection.

                  (viii) Except with respect to Tenant's Initial Work as defined
in the Work Letter annexed hereto and incorporated  herein,  with respect to any
Alteration  costing more than  $100,000.00,  Tenant agrees to pay  Landlord,  as
additional rent, within ten days of demand, an amount equal to Landlord's out of
pocket expenses in connection  with the Alteration (not to exceed  $1,000.00) in
question for the review of Tenant's plans and specifications.

                  (ix) Prior to commencement of any Alteration, Tenant's Initial
Work,  or any  subsequent  structural  work,  Tenant  shall  furnish to Landlord
original certificates

                                      -15-

<PAGE>   19

of  insurance  naming  Landlord  and  its  designated  managers  and  agents  as
additional insureds as their respective  interests may appear and evidencing the
existence of:

                         o Workers' compensation  insurance covering all persons
employed for such work; and

                         o Commercial general liability  (including  contractual
liability) and property damage  insurance,  with coverage of at least $5,000,000
per occurrence for bodily or personal injury (including death) and $1,000,000 in
respect of property damage.

Such  insurance  shall be maintained at all times during the  performance of the
work and shall not be  cancelable  except on 30 days'  prior  written  notice to
Landlord.

                  (x) Upon completion of each  Alteration,  Tenant shall remove,
at its sole cost and expense, all debris from the Premises and clean the same.

                  (xi) Upon  completion of each  Alteration  for which plans are
prepared,  Tenant shall deliver "marked" or "as-built" plans for such Alteration
to Landlord at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

         6.(d)  Landlord  shall not be  responsible  for any labor or  materials
furnished  to  Tenant,  or  for  delays  of any  kind  experienced  by  Tenant's
contractors  unless  such  delay is caused by  Landlord.  No Lien for any labor,
materials,  or other  services or things  furnished to Tenant shall attach to or
affect  Landlord's  estate or  interest  in the  Premises,  the Land  and/or the
Building.  Tenant agrees to discharge,  at Tenant's expense (whether by payment,
bonding,  or otherwise)  every Lien filed against the Premises,  the Land and/or
the Building for work claimed to have been done for or materials claimed to have
been  furnished to Tenant,  within 30 days after  receiving  notice of the same.
Tenant  shall  require  that  all  contractors  and  subcontractors  engaged  in
connection  with  Tenant's  Alterations  indemnify  and hold  Landlord  harmless
against any and all claims for injury to persons or damage to property by reason
of such  contractor's or  subcontractor's  use of the Premises or performance of
the work,  including any claims, fines and penalties imposed due to a failure to
comply with Laws.

         6.(e) Notice is hereby given that Landlord  shall not be liable for any
labor or materials  furnished or to be furnished to Tenant upon credit, and that
no mechanic's  or other Lien for any such labor or materials  shall attach to or
affect the  reversion  or other  estate or  interest  of  Landlord in and to the
Premises.

         6.(f) All Alterations, additions, paneling, partitions, doors, railings
and like  installations  installed in the Premises at any time, either by Tenant
or by Landlord or others on Tenant's  behalf and whether  installed or purchased
at Landlord's or


                                      -16-

<PAGE>   20

Tenant's expense (collectively,  the "Leasehold  Improvements") shall become the
property of Landlord upon the  expiration or earlier  termination of this Lease.
The Leasehold Improvements shall remain upon, and shall be surrendered with, the
Premises.

         6.(g) If any  alterations,  installations,  additions,  improvements or
other  property  that Tenant  shall be obligated to remove are not removed on or
prior to the  expiration  of the Term,  Landlord  shall have the right to remove
such property and to dispose of the same without accountability to Tenant and at
the sole cost and  expense of Tenant.  In case of any damage to the  Premises or
the Building resulting from the removal of the property by Tenant,  Tenant shall
repair  such  damage  or, in  default  thereof,  shall  reimburse  Landlord  for
Landlord's  actual  out of  pocket  cost  in  repairing  such  damage.  Tenant's
obligations  under this  Section  6.(g) shall  survive the  expiration  or other
termination of this Lease.

         6.(h) Tenant shall keep records of Tenant's Alterations, installations,
additions and improvements costing in excess of $5,000.00,  and of the component
(category) cost thereof.  Tenant shall, within 45 days after demand by Landlord,
furnish to Landlord  copies of such records and cost if Landlord  shall  require
same in connection  with any proceeding to reduce the assessed  valuation of the
Building, or in connection with any proceeding instituted pursuant to Article 14
hereof.


                                   ARTICLE 7.

                                     REPAIRS

         7.(a) (i) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, take good care of
the  Premises and the fixtures and  appurtenances  therein  (including,  without
limitation,  bathroom and  plumbing  fixtures  and  appurtenances)  and make all
repairs  thereto as and when needed to preserve  them in good working  order and
condition  and maintain the Premises in a condition  consistent  with offices in
comparable  office  buildings.  Landlord,  at its sole cost and  expense,  shall
promptly  replace  all broken  glass of the  exterior  windows in the  Premises.
Tenant shall be responsible for all repairs, maintenance and replacement of wall
and floor  coverings in the Premises and for the repair and  maintenance  of all
sanitary and  electrical  fixtures  (excluding the Class E System) and equipment
therein. Subject to the provisions of Sections 9(h)(i) and 9(h)(iii) hereof, all
damage  or  injury  to  the  Premises  and to its  fixtures,  appurtenances  and
equipment or to the Building or to its  fixtures,  appurtenances  and  equipment
caused by or which  arises out of (i) Tenant  moving  property  in or out of the
Building,  or (ii) the  installation or removal of furniture,  fixtures or other
property  by Tenant,  or (iii) the  performance  by Tenant or  existence  of any
Alterations  or  repairs  in the  Premises  or  (iv)  the  installation,  use or
operation  of Tenant's  property in the  Premises or (v)  negligence,  wilful or
improper conduct on the part of Tenant, its servants,

                                      -17-

<PAGE>   21

employees,  agents,  visitors,  or  licensees,  shall be  repaired,  restored or
replaced   promptly  at  Tenant's  sole  cost  and  expense  to  the  reasonable
satisfaction  of  Landlord.  However,  if by  reason  of (1)  strike,  (2) labor
troubles,  (3) governmental  preemption in connection with a national emergency,
(4) any rule, order or regulation of any governmental  agency, or (5) conditions
of supply  or  demand  which are  affected  by war or other  national,  state or
municipal emergency (each, a "Force Majeure Event"), Tenant shall not be able to
fulfill its obligations under this Lease, this Lease and Tenant's  obligation to
pay fixed annual rent and  additional  rent  hereunder,  shall not  otherwise be
affected,  impaired or excused, but Tenant shall not be deemed in default in the
performance  of any  obligations  under this  Lease,  provided,  that as soon as
Tenant shall learn of the  happening of any Force  Majeure  Event,  Tenant shall
promptly notify Landlord of same, and, if ascertainable, its estimated duration,
and Tenant will proceed  promptly and  diligently  with the  fulfillment  of its
obligations as soon as reasonably  possible.  Any repairs required to be made by
Tenant to the mechanical,  electrical, plumbing, sanitary, heating, ventilating,
Building's air-conditioning,  fire safety or other systems of the Building shall
be performed only by contractor(s) who are reasonably acceptable and approved by
Landlord. All repairs,  restorations and replacements made by Tenant shall be in
quality and class equal to the original work or  installations  currently in the
Building.  If Tenant fails to make such  repairs,  restoration  or  replacements
within  thirty  (30) days after  notice  and  demand,  subject to any  necessary
extension as a result of a Force Majeure Event,  same may be made by Landlord at
the expense of Tenant and such expense shall be collectible  as additional  rent
and  shall be paid by Tenant  within  ten (10) days  after  rendition  of a bill
therefor.

                  (ii) Except as  otherwise  provided  for herein,  the exterior
walls of the Building, elevators and elevator shafts, and other Building shafts,
and  conduits  which  extend to any floor above or below the  Premises,  and the
portions of any window sills  outside the windows,  and the windows are not part
of the Premises and Landlord reserves all rights to such parts of the Building.

         7.(b)  Tenant  shall not  place a load  upon any floor of the  Premises
exceeding  the floor load per square  foot area that such floor was  designed to
carry and that is allowed by law. If Tenant  shall desire a floor load in excess
of that  which  such  floor was  designed  to carry and which is allowed by law,
Tenant shall submit plans and specifications for such floor load to Landlord for
Landlord's  review  and  approval  which  shall  not be  unreasonably  withheld,
conditioned  or delayed.  In determining  whether to grant its consent  Landlord
shall  consider  whether  the work  necessary  to  increase  such floor load (i)
adversely affects the structure of the Building, (ii) interferes with the amount
or availability of any space adjoining  alongside,  above or below the Premises,
(iii) will  interfere  with the  occupancy of other  tenants in the Building and
(iv) may be accomplished  without disturbing the load bearing columns,  walls or
configuration of the Building.


                                      -18-

<PAGE>   22

         7.(c) Business  machines and  mechanical  equipment used by Tenant that
cause  vibration,  noise,  cold or heat that may be  transmitted to the Building
structure  or to  any  leased  space  to  such  a  degree  as  to be  reasonably
objectionable to Landlord or to any other tenant in the Building shall be placed
and  maintained  by Tenant at its expense in settings of cork,  rubber or spring
type  vibration  eliminators  sufficient to absorb and prevent such vibration or
noise, or prevent transmission of such cold or heat.

         7.(d) Except as otherwise  specifically  provided in this Lease,  there
shall be no  allowance  to  Tenant  for a  diminution  of  rental  value  and no
liability  on the part of  Landlord  by reason of  inconvenience,  annoyance  or
injury  to  business  arising  from  the  making  of any  repairs,  alterations,
additions or  improvements  in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises
or in  or to  fixtures,  appurtenances  or  equipment  thereof.  Landlord  shall
exercise  reasonable  diligence so as to minimize any interference with Tenant's
business  operations,  but  shall  not be  required  to  perform  the same on an
overtime or premium pay basis unless the  inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant's
business materially interferes with Tenant's business operations.

         7.(e) Tenant will not clean, nor require,  permit,  suffer or allow any
window in the  Premises to be cleaned  from the outside in  violation of Section
202 of the Labor Law or any other applicable Legal Requirement.

         7.(f)  Landlord  shall  maintain and repair the exterior and structural
portions of the Building  including the structural  portions of the Premises and
shall maintain and repair the public portions of the Building's interior and the
Building's plumbing,  fire safety,  electrical,  heating and ventilating systems
serving the Premises.

                                   ARTICLE 8.

                               REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

         8.(a) If  Tenant  receives  any  notice of any  violation  of any Legal
Requirement, Tenant shall give prompt written notice thereof to Landlord. Tenant
shall comply with all Legal Requirements which shall impose any violation, order
or duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to the Premises (including, without
limitation,  the  performance  of  any  alterations  under  the  Americans  with
Disabilities  Act of 1990) or the use or  occupation  thereof  (in  which  event
Tenant shall  effect such  compliance  at its sole cost and  expense)  provided,
however,  that the need for compliance with any such Legal Requirement  directly
arises out of Tenant's  particular  manner of use of the  Premises  and is not a
Legal Requirement of general application.  Landlord shall be responsible, at its
own cost and expense, for compliance with all other Legal Requirements. If, as a
result of any act by Tenant in violation of this Lease, any Legal Requirement is
violated,  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense,  shall cause any such violation
to be promptly  cured.  The foregoing  shall include any structural  alterations
necessary to


                                      -19-

<PAGE>   23

effect such a cure  provided  the act or omission by Tenant in violation of this
Lease is attributable to Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises.

         8.(b) (i) Without  limiting the  generality  of Section  8.(a),  if any
Legal  Requirement  shall require (i) the inspection of Building  systems or any
Tenant  improvement  to ascertain  the amount of  chlorofluorocarbons  ("CFCs"),
including  freon,  that Tenant  improvements  are  emitting or leaking  into the
atmosphere,  (ii) additional  maintenance of any Tenant improvements relating to
the presence of CFCs, or (iii) any Tenant improvement to reduce or eliminate the
emission  or  presence  of CFCs,  then  Tenant  shall pay upon  written  demand,
Tenant's  Proportionate  Share of the cost of such  compliance  by  Landlord  or
Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense,  promptly make such conversion,
change, alteration,  modification or replacement of Tenant's improvements as may
be necessary or required in the Premises.

                  (ii) Without limiting the generality of Section 8.(a), Tenant,
at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with all Legal Requirements regarding
the  collection,  sorting,  separation  and  recycling  of its  waste  products,
garbage,  refuse and trash.  Tenant shall sort and separate such waste products,
garbage,  refuse  and trash into such  categories  as is  provided  by any Legal
Requirements. Each separately sorted category of waste products, garbage, refuse
and trash shall be placed in  separate  receptacles  reasonably  supplied by and
approved by Landlord.  Such separate  receptacles may, at Landlord's  option, be
removed from the Premises in accordance with a collection schedule prescribed by
any Legal  Requirements.  Landlord  reserves  the right to refuse to  collect or
accept  from  Tenant any waste  products,  garbage,  refuse or trash that is not
separated and sorted as required by any Legal Requirement, and to require Tenant
to arrange for such  collection at Tenant's  sole cost and expense,  utilizing a
contractor satisfactory to Landlord. In the event Landlord receives any monetary
benefit from the disposal or  recycling of Tenant's  garbage,  refuse and trash,
Tenant shall receive a credit,  after  Landlord  deducts its  reasonable  actual
expenses,  in the amount of Tenant's  Proportionate Share of such amount, to its
fixed annual rental payment in the month after  Landlord  receives such monetary
benefit.

         8.(c)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  Sections  8.(a)  and 8.(b)
hereof,  Tenant,  at its own cost and  expense,  in its  name  and/or  (whenever
necessary)  Landlord's  name,  may  contest,  in  any  manner  permitted  by law
(including  appeals to a court or  governmental  department or authority  having
jurisdiction in the matter), the validity or the enforcement of any governmental
act, regulation or directive with which Tenant is required to comply pursuant to
this  Lease,  and may  defer  compliance  therewith  during  the  course of such
contest,  provided that (a) such  non-compliance  shall not subject  Landlord to
criminal  prosecution  or subject the Land and/or  Building to Lien or sale, (b)
such  non-compliance  shall not be in  violation  of any fee  mortgage or of any
ground  or  underlying  lease  or any  mortgage  thereon  and (c)  Tenant  shall
prosecute such contest promptly and diligently to its conclusion.


                                      -20-

<PAGE>   24

         8.(d)  Landlord,  without  expense or liability to it, shall  cooperate
with Tenant and execute any  documents or pleadings  required for such  purpose,
provided that Landlord shall be reasonably satisfied that the facts set forth in
any such documents or pleadings are accurate.


                                   ARTICLE 9.

                  INSURANCE. LOSS. REIMBURSEMENT AND LIABILITY

         9.(a) Tenant shall not do, permit or suffer to be done any act or thing
upon the Premises that would invalidate or be in conflict with New York standard
fire and property damage insurance policies covering the Building,  and fixtures
and property therein, or that would increase the rate of insurance applicable to
the Building to an amount  higher than it  otherwise  would be; and Tenant shall
not do nor shall  Tenant  permit to be done any act or thing  upon the  Premises
that shall or might  subject  Landlord to any  liability or  responsibility  for
injury to any person or  persons or to  property  by reason of any  business  or
operation being carried on within the Premises.

         9.(b) If, as a result of any act or omission by Tenant or  violation of
this Lease,  after applicable  notice,  grace and cure periods,  the rate of any
insurance applicable to the Building shall be increased to an amount higher than
it otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord and provide copies of all
insurance  bills for all  increases of Landlord's  insurance  premiums so caused
provided that Landlord  provides to Tenant copies of Landlord's  insurance bills
evidencing any such increase;  such  reimbursement to be additional rent payable
upon the first day of the  month  following  any  outlay  by  Landlord  for such
increased insurance  premiums.  In any action or proceeding wherein Landlord and
Tenant are  parties,  a  schedule  or  "make-up"  of rates for the  Building  or
Premises issued by the body making  insurance  rates for the Premises,  shall be
presumptive  evidence of the facts  therein  stated and of the several items and
charges in the insurance rate then applicable to the Premises.

         9.(c)  Landlord  or its  agents  shall not be liable  for any injury or
damage to persons or  property  (including,  but not limited to, loss of profits
and injury to business) resulting from fire, explosion,  falling plaster, steam,
gas, electricity, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of the Building, or
from the  pipes,  appliances  or  plumbing  works or from the  roof,  street  or
subsurface  or from any other  place or by dampness or by any other cause of any
nature,  unless any of the foregoing shall be caused by or due to the negligence
or  willful  misconduct  of  Landlord,  its  agents,  servants,  contractors  or
employees.

         9.(d)  Landlord  shall not be liable  for any damage  which  Tenant may
sustain,  if at any time any window of the  Premises is broken,  due to Tenant's
arbitrary  or negligent  acts nor shall  Landlord be liable for any damage which
Tenant may sustain,


                                      -21-

<PAGE>   25

if at any time any window of the  Premises is broken,  or  temporarily  darkened
unless same is due to  Landlord's  arbitrary  or  negligent  acts.  For purposes
hereof, "temporarily" shall mean five (5) days or less.


         9.(e)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  8.(c)  hereof,  where
applicable,  Tenant shall have the right,  at Tenant's own cost and expense,  to
participate in the defense of any action or proceeding brought against Landlord,
and in negotiations  for settlement  thereof if, pursuant to this Section 9.(e),
Tenant could have any liability in connection therewith.

         9.(f) Tenant shall give Landlord  notice in case of fire,  discovery of
asbestos or accidents in the Premises  promptly  after Tenant  becomes  aware of
such event.

         9.(g) Landlord's officers, directors and members (and, in case Landlord
shall be a joint venture, partnership,  tenancy-in-common,  association or other
form of joint  ownership,  the members of any such joint  venture,  partnership,
tenancy-in-common,  association  or other  form of joint  ownership)  shall have
absolutely no personal  liability with respect to any provision of this Lease or
any  obligation  or  liability  arising  therefrom.  Tenant shall look solely to
Landlord's  estate and interest in the Land and  Building,  and the lease of the
Building or of the Land and Building,  the Premises and  insurance  proceeds for
the  satisfaction  of any  right or remedy of  Tenant  for the  collection  of a
judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord.
No other  property  or assets of  Landlord  or any agent,  officer,  director or
member shall be subject to levy,  execution,  attachment,  or other  enforcement
procedure for the  satisfaction  of Tenant's  remedies  under or with respect to
this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant  hereunder,  or Tenant's use
and  occupancy of the  Premises,  or any other  liability of Landlord to Tenant.
However,  nothing  contained in this Section shall be construed to permit Tenant
to offset  against rents due a successor  landlord a judgment (or other judicial
process)  requiring  the  payment  of money by reason of any  default of a prior
landlord.  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  Tenant's officers,
shareholders,  directors  and  members  shall have no  personal  liability  with
respect to any provisions of this Lease.

         9.(h) (i) Landlord shall obtain all-risk  insurance for the Building in
amount equal to the replacement cost thereof,  including the replacement cost of
Tenant's leasehold  improvements but, excluding Tenant's furniture,  furnishings
and other removable personal property and fixtures.  Such policies shall include
appropriate  clauses  pursuant to which the  insurance  companies  (i) waive all
right of  subrogation  against  Tenant with respect to losses payable under such
policies and (ii) agree that such policies shall not be  invalidated  should the
insured  waive in writing  prior to a loss any or all right of recovery  against
any party for losses covered by such policies.


                                      -22-

<PAGE>   26

                  (ii) Tenant shall obtain all-risk insurance in an amount equal
to the full  replacement  cost of  Tenant's  furniture,  furnishings  and  other
removable  personal  property  and all  fixtures to the extent that the same has
been paid for by Landlord's Contribution (as defined in the Work Letter). Tenant
shall include in any property insurance policy or policies  appropriate  clauses
pursuant  to which the  insurance  company or  companies  (i) waive the right of
subrogation  against  Landlord  and/or any tenant of space in the Building  with
respect to losses  payable under such policy or policies  and/or (ii) agree that
such policy or policies  shall not be  invalidated  should the insured  waive in
writing  prior to a loss any or all  right of  recovery  against  any  party for
losses covered by such policy or policies.

                  (iii)  Provided that  Landlord's  right of full recovery under
its  policy or  policies  aforesaid  is not  adversely  affected  or  prejudiced
thereby,  Landlord  hereby  waives any and all right of  recovery  that it might
otherwise have against Tenant, its servants,  agents and employees,  for loss or
damage occurring to the Building and the fixtures,  appurtenances  and equipment
therein,  to the extent of the net  proceeds of insurance  actually  received by
Landlord as a result of such loss or damage,  notwithstanding  that such loss or
damage may result from the negligence or fault of Tenant,  its servants,  agents
or employees.  Provided that Tenant's right of full recovery under its aforesaid
policy or  policies is not  adversely  affected or  prejudiced  thereby,  Tenant
hereby  waives  any and all  right of  recovery  which it might  otherwise  have
against Landlord, its servants, and employees, and against every other tenant in
the  Building  who shall  have  executed  a similar  waiver as set forth in this
Section  9.(h)(iii)  for loss or damage  to,  Tenant's  furniture,  furnishings,
fixtures and other property  removable by Tenant under the provisions  hereof to
the extent of the net  proceeds of  insurance  actually  received by Tenant as a
result  of such loss or  damage,  notwithstanding  that such loss or damage  may
result  from the  negligence  or fault of  Landlord,  its  servants,  agents  or
employees, or such other tenant and the servants, agents or employees thereof.

                  (iv) In the event that  Tenant  does not  obtain the  all-risk
property insurance provided for in Section 9(h)(ii) above, Tenant waives any and
all  claims  against  Landlord  for  loss  or  damage  to  all  such  furniture,
furnishings and other removable personal property and fixtures.  Notwithstanding
that such loss or damage may result from the negligence or fault of Tenant,  its
servants,  agents or  employees,  Tenant  agrees to indemnify  and hold Landlord
harmless  against any and all claims for loss or damage to  Tenant's  furniture,
furnishings and other removable personal property and fixtures.

         9.(i) (i) Tenant shall provide on or before the  Commencement  Date and
shall keep in force  during  the Term  hereof for the  benefit of  Landlord  and
Tenant a commercial  general liability  insurance policy (including  contractual
liability)  arising out of the use of the Premises or any appurtenances  thereto
or  occasioned by any  occurrence on or about the Premises or any  appurtenances
thereto. Such policy shall


                                      -23-

<PAGE>   27

be not less than the amount of $5,000,000  per occurrence for bodily or personal
injury  (including death) and in the amount of $1,000,000 in respect of property
damage.

                  (ii) All  insurance  required by this Lease shall be evidenced
by valid  and  enforceable  policies  issued by  companies  (i)  licensed  to do
business in the State of New York and (ii) having a financial  size  category of
not less than VII and with general  policy  holders rating of not less than "B+"
as rated  by  "Best's"  insurance  reports.  All  liability  insurance  policies
maintained by Tenant shall name Landlord and its designated  managers and agents
as additional  insureds.  The insurance  required by this Article may be carried
under a blanket policy covering the Premises and other  locations of Tenant,  if
any.  Prior to the time such insurance is first required to be carried by Tenant
and thereafter, at least 15 days prior to the effective date of any such policy,
Tenant shall  deliver to Landlord  either a duplicate  original of the aforesaid
policies or a  certificate(s)  evidencing  such insurance.  Said  certificate(s)
shall contain an endorsement that such insurance may not be canceled except upon
30 days' written notice to Landlord.


                                   ARTICLE 10.

                          DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE

         10.(a) If the Premises or any part thereof  shall be damaged by fire or
other casualty  Tenant shall give immediate  notice thereof to Landlord and this
Lease shall continue in full force and effect except as hereinafter set forth.

         10.(b) (i) If the Premises are partially damaged or rendered  partially
untenantable  by fire or other  casualty,  the damage thereto shall be repaired,
including  restoration  of the leasehold  improvements  by and at the expense of
Landlord  and the  fixed  annual  rent and the  additional  rent  payable  under
Articles 1 and 4 shall be paid for the portion of the  Premises  affected to the
time of the casualty and Tenant shall resume such payment in accordance with the
provisions of Article 10(b)(iv).

                   (ii) If the Premises are totally or substantially  damaged or
are rendered wholly or substantially untenantable by fire or other casualty, the
damage  thereto  shall  be  repaired,  including  restoration  of the  leasehold
improvements by and at the expense of Landlord and the fixed annual rent and the
additional  rent payable under Articles 1 and 4 shall be paid to the time of the
casualty and Tenant shall resume such payment in accordance  with the provisions
of Article 10(b)(iv).

                   (iii) If the Building shall be so damaged that Landlord shall
decide to  demolish  it or if at least 50% of the floor area of the  Premises is
damaged or


                                      -24-

<PAGE>   28

destroyed  during the last eighteen (18) months of the Initial Term,  or, if the
Term is extended by Tenant, then, during the last eighteen (18) months of Option
1 or Option 2, as the case may be, then, in any such events,  Landlord may elect
to terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant.  Such notice shall be given
by Landlord within sixty (60) days after such fire or casualty specifying a date
for the  expiration of the Lease,  which date shall not be more than thirty (30)
days after the giving of such notice,  and upon the expiration date specified in
such notice the Term shall expire as fully and  completely  as if such date were
the date set forth  above for the  termination  of this Lease and  Tenant  shall
forthwith quit, surrender and vacate the Premises without prejudice, however, to
Landlord's  rights and remedies  against  Tenant under the Lease  provisions  in
effect prior to such  termination.  Any rent owing shall be paid up to such date
(subject to abatement as provided in subparagraphs 10.(b)(i) and (ii) above) and
any  payments  of rent  made  by  Tenant  that  were on  account  of any  period
subsequent  to such date shall be promptly  returned to Tenant.  Landlord  shall
make the required  repairs and  restoration,  in accordance  with  subparagraphs
10.(b)(i) and 10.(b)(ii) with all reasonable expedition during Business Days and
Business Hours,  subject to delays due to adjustment of insurance claims,  labor
troubles and causes beyond Landlord's control.  Notwithstanding  anything to the
contrary set forth herein, if at least  thirty-three  percent (33%) of the floor
area of the  Premises  is damaged  and:  (a) in the  opinion  of an  independent
architect selected by Landlord (which Landlord shall select within fourteen (14)
days of any such casualty),  and reasonably  acceptable to Tenant,  the Premises
cannot be  substantially  restored  within  twelve (12) months after the date of
such   casualty,   Tenant  may,   within   fifteen  (15)  days   following  such
determination,  terminate this Lease, by notice to Landlord and if Tenant timely
exercises such option,  this Lease shall ipso facto terminate and come to an end
as of the date that is thirty (30) days after such event as fully and completely
as if such date were the date set forth herein for the  expiration of this Lease
and Tenant shall  forthwith  quit,  surrender and vacate the  Premises,  without
prejudice  however,  to Landlord's  rights and remedies against Tenant under the
provisions in effect prior to such  termination;  or (b) if  restoration  of the
Premises is not substantially  completed within twelve (12) months from the date
of any such  casualty,  Tenant may  terminate  this  Lease,  by first  providing
Landlord with a thirty (30) day written  notice to cure,  and if such  situation
shall  continue and shall not be remedied by Landlord  within  thirty (30) days,
then  Tenant may give to Landlord a notice of  intention  to end the Term at the
expiration  of fifteen  (15) days from the date of the service of such notice of
intention  and upon the  expiration of said fifteen (15) days this Lease and the
Term and estate hereby granted,  shall terminate with the same effect as if that
day were the end of the Term. If less than 33% of the floor area of the Premises
is damaged and if Landlord does not  substantially  restore the Premises  within
twelve  (12)  months of such  casualty,  Tenant may at its  option,  restore the
Premises,  at its  own  cost  and  expense,  and  receive  an  abatement  of the
installments  of fixed  annual rent in an amount equal to the actual cost of the
repairs  together with interest at the Interest Rate until such time as Landlord
reimburses Tenant for such costs.


                                      -25-

<PAGE>   29

         (iv) After any such casualty,  Tenant shall  cooperate with  Landlord's
restoration  of the  Premises  by  removing  from the  Premises  as  promptly as
reasonably  possible,   all  of  Tenant's  salvageable   inventory  and  movable
equipment,  furniture  and other  property.  Tenant's  liability  for rent shall
resume sixty (60) days after  written  notice from Landlord that the Premises is
substantially  ready  for  Tenant's  occupancy,  and in fact,  the  Premises  is
substantially ready for Tenant's occupancy.

         10.(c) No damages,  compensation  or claim shall be payable by Landlord
for  inconvenience,  loss of business or  annoyance  arising  from any repair or
restoration  of any portion of the Premises or of the Building  pursuant to this
Article 10.

         10.(d)  Landlord  will  not  carry  separate  insurance  of any kind on
Tenant's property, furniture,  furnishings and other removable personal property
and  fixtures  alterations,   installations  or  additions  (excluding  Tenant's
leasehold  improvements) made to the Premises, and, except as provided by law or
by  reason  of its  breach  of any of its  obligations  hereunder,  shall not be
obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same.

         10.(e) The provisions of this Article 10 shall be considered an express
agreement  governing any cause of damage or  destruction of the Premises by fire
or other  casualty,  and Section 227-a the Real Property Law of the State of New
York,  providing for such a contingency in the absence of an express  agreement,
and any other law of like  import,  now or  hereafter  in force,  shall  have no
application in such case.


                                   ARTICLE 11.

                    ASSIGNMENT. MORTGAGING. SUBLETTING. ETC.

         11.(a)  Except as otherwise  provided  for herein,  Tenant shall not by
operation of law or otherwise (a) assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or the
Term and estate hereby  granted,  (b) sublet the Premises or any part thereof or
allow  the same to be used or  occupied  by  others,  (c)  mortgage,  pledge  or
encumber  this Lease or the Premises or any part thereof in any manner by reason
of any act or omission on the part of Tenant or (d)  advertise,  or  authorize a
broker to advertise,  for a subtenant or assignee,  the price for any portion of
the Premises. For purposes of this Article 11, (i) the transfer of a majority of
the  issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of any  corporate  tenant,  or of a
corporate subtenant,  or the transfer of a majority of the total interest in any
partnership  tenant or  subtenant,  or the  transfer  of control in any  limited
partnership  tenant or  subtenant,  however  accomplished,  whether  in a single
transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions, shall be deemed
an assignment of this Lease,  or of such  sublease,  as the case may be, (ii) an
agreement  by any other  person or entity,  directly  or  indirectly,  to assume
Tenant's  obligations under this Lease shall be deemed an assignment,  (iii) any
person or legal


                                      -26-

<PAGE>   30

representative  of Tenant,  to whom Tenant's interest under this Lease passes by
operation of law, or otherwise, shall be bound by the provisions of this Article
11, and (iv) a  modification,  amendment  or  extension  of a sublease  shall be
deemed a sublease.

         11. (b) Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein, any
transaction:  (i) with a corporation  into,  or with which,  Tenant is merged or
consolidated;  or (ii) with an entity to which all,  or  substantially  all,  of
Tenant's assets are  transferred;  or (iii) with an entity that controls,  or is
controlled by Tenant or is under common  control with Tenant;  or (vi) involving
the sale or transfer of the stock of Tenant over a nationally  recognized public
stock  exchange;  shall not be deemed to be an  assignment  for purposes of this
Lease and shall not require  Landlord's prior consent,  except that with respect
to any  transaction  pursuant  to which  Tenant is merged or  consolidated  with
another entity, the same shall not require Landlord's consent provided that: (i)
if such merger or  consolidation  occurs  during the first five (5) years of the
Term the entity  resulting  from such merger or  consolidation  shall have a net
worth of at least One Hundred  Million  Dollars  ($100,000,000.00);  and (ii) if
such merger or consolidation  occurs after the first five (5) years of the Term,
the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation shall have a net worth of
at least Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00). In the event that the net worth
of Tenant following any such merger or consolidation  occurring during the first
five  (5)  years  of  the  Term  is  less  than  One  Hundred   Million  Dollars
($100,000,000.00),  Landlord's  prior consent shall not be required for any such
merger or  consolidation  provided that Tenant  delivers to Landlord a letter of
credit,  in the  amount of One  Million  Three  Hundred  Thirty  Three  Thousand
Dollars,  to be held by Landlord as additional  security in accordance  with the
provision  of Article 35 hereof.  Such letter of credit may be reduced by Tenant
to Six Hundred Sixty Seven Thousand Dollars  following the fifth  anniversary of
the  Commencement  Date. In the event that the net worth of Tenant following any
merger or consolidation  occurring after the first five (5) years of the Term is
less than Forty Million Dollars  ($40,000,000.00),  Landlord's prior consent for
such  merger  or  consolidation  shall not be  required,  provided  that  Tenant
delivers  to  Landlord a letter of credit,  in the amount of Six  Hundred  Sixty
Seven  Thousand  Dollars  to be held  by  Landlord  as  additional  security  in
accordance  with the  provisions of Articles 35 hereof.  Nothing in this Section
11(b) shall permit Tenant or any successor to use or occupy the Premises for any
purpose other than the purposes stated in Article 5 hereof.

         11.(c) Any assignment or transfer, whether made with Landlord's consent
as  required by Section  11(a) or without  Landlord's  consent  pursuant to this
Article  shall be made only if, and shall not be effective  until,  the assignee
shall execute,  acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a recordable  agreement,  in
the form annexed hereto as Exhibit B. Tenant covenants that, notwithstanding any
assignment  or transfer,  whether or not in violation of the  provisions of this
Lease, and  notwithstanding  the acceptance of rent by Landlord from an assignee
or transferee or any other party, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable
for the payment of the





                                      -27-

<PAGE>   31

rent due and to become due under this  Lease and for the  performance  of all of
the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease on the
part of Tenant to be performed or observed.

         11.(d) The liability of Tenant,  and the due  performance  by Tenant of
the  obligations  on its part to be  performed  under this  Lease,  shall not be
discharged,  released or impaired in any respect by an agreement or  stipulation
made by Landlord or any grantee or assignee of Landlord,  by way of mortgage, or
otherwise,  extending the time of, or modifying any of the obligations contained
in this  Lease,  or by any waiver or failure of  Landlord  to enforce any of the
obligations on Tenant's part to be performed under this Lease,  and Tenant shall
continue to be liable hereunder.  If any such agreement or modification operates
to increase the  obligations of a tenant under this Lease,  the liability  under
this Section  11.(d) of Tenant named in this Lease or any of its  successors  in
interest  (unless such party shall have  expressly  consented in writing to such
agreement  or  modification)  shall  continue  to be no  greater  than  if  such
agreement or modification had not been made.

         11.(e) Landlord shall not withhold or delay its consent unreasonably to
an  assignment  of this  Lease  or a  subletting  of the  whole or a part of the
Premises so long as:

                   (i) Tenant shall furnish  Landlord with the name and business
address of the proposed  subtenant or assignee,  information with respect to the
nature and  character of the proposed  subtenant's  or assignee's  business,  or
activities and such references and current financial information with respect to
net worth,  credit and financial  responsibility as are reasonably  requested by
Landlord;

                   (ii) the proposed  subtenant or assignee is a reputable party
whose financial net worth,  credit and financial  responsibility is, considering
the responsibilities  involved,  reasonably  satisfactory to Landlord,  and with
respect  to  any  proposed  assignment,  such  assignment  complies  with  those
requirements set forth paragraph 11.(c);

                   (iii) the nature and  character of the proposed  subtenant or
assignee,  its  business or  activities  and intended use of the Premises is, in
Landlord's  reasonable  judgment,  in keeping with the standards of the Building
and the floor or floors on which the Premises are located;

                   (iv) in the event that there is comparable space available to
be leased in the  Building,  the  proposed  subtenant or assignee is not then an
occupant  of any part of the  Building  or a party who dealt  with  Landlord  or
Landlord's  agent  (directly  or through a broker)  with respect to space in the
Building  during the six  months  immediately  preceding  Tenant's  request  for
Landlord's consent;


                                      -28-

<PAGE>   32

                   (v) all costs  incurred with respect to providing  reasonably
appropriate means of ingress and egress from the sublet space or to separate the
sublet space from the remainder of the Premises shall, subject to the provisions
of  Article  6  with  respect  to  alterations,   installations,   additions  or
improvements, be borne by Tenant;

                   (vi) each sublease  shall state  specifically  that (i) it is
subject to all of the terms, covenants, agreements, provisions and conditions of
this Lease,  (ii) the  subtenant or assignee,  as the case may be, will not have
the right to a further assignment thereof or sublease or assignment  thereunder,
or to allow the  Premises to be used by others,  except in  accordance  with the
terms of this Article,  (iii) a consent by Landlord  thereto shall not be deemed
or construed to modify,  amend or affect the terms and provisions of this Lease,
or Tenant's obligations hereunder, which shall continue to apply to the premises
involved,  and the occupants  thereof,  as if the sublease or assignment had not
been  made,  (iv) if Tenant  defaults  in the  payment  of any rent,  beyond any
applicable notice and grace period,  Landlord is authorized to collect any rents
due or accruing from any assignee,  subtenant or other  occupant of the Premises
and to apply the net amounts  collected to the fixed annual rent and  additional
rent  reserved  herein and (v) the receipt by  Landlord  of any amounts  from an
assignee or subtenant,  or other  occupant of any part of the Premises shall not
be deemed or construed as releasing Tenant from Tenant's  obligations  hereunder
or the acceptance of that party as a direct tenant;

                   (vii) Tenant,  shall have paid Landlord any reasonable  costs
incurred  by  Landlord  to  review  the  requested  consent  including,  without
limitation,  any reasonable  attorney's  fees incurred by Landlord not to exceed
$2,500.00;

                   (viii)  Tenant shall have  complied  with the  provisions  in
Section 11(f) with respect to any sublease;

                   (ix)  the  proposed  subtenant  or  assignee  is  not  (i) an
employment  or  recruitment  agency;  (ii)  a  school,  college,  university  or
educational  institution  whether or not for profit;  (iii) a government  or any
subdivision or agency thereof;  (iv) engaged in the business of providing office
space and  facilities to sublessees or licensees;  or (v) using the Premises for
manufacturing  or retail sales to the public;  or (vi) a public  stenographer or
typist,  barber shop, beauty shop, beauty parlor or shop, telephone or telegraph
agency, telephone or secretarial service, messenger service, commercial document
reproduction or offset printing service or public vending machine service;

                   (x) in the case of a subletting of a portion of the Premises,
the portion so sublet shall be regular in shape and suitable for normal  renting
purposes; and

                   (xi) the nature of the occupancy of the proposed  assignee or
subtenant  will not cause an  excessive  density of employees or traffic or make
excessive demands on the Building's services or facilities.


                                      -29-

<PAGE>   33

         11.(f) All subleases for which Landlord's  consent is required shall be
in a form reasonably  satisfactory to Landlord's counsel and approved in writing
at least two weeks prior to the  commencement  date of the sublease  term on all
the terms  contained in this Lease,  except that said sublease  shall provide as
follows:

                    (i)  The  sublease  shall  provide  that  in the  case  of a
subletting of a portion of the Premises subtenant shall erect a demising wall as
is  necessary  to separate  the  subleased  premises  from the  remainder of the
Premises and to provide access thereto; and

                    (ii) Such sublease shall negate expressly any intention that
any estate  created by or under such  sublease be merged  with any other  estate
held by either of the parties thereto.

         11.(g) If  Landlord  shall give its consent to any  assignment  of this
Lease or to any  sublease,  Tenant,  in  consideration  therefor,  shall pay the
following to Landlord, as additional rent:

                    o in the case of an  assignment,  an amount  equal to thirty
percent (30%) of all sums and other consideration paid to Tenant by the assignee
for or by reason of such  assignment  (including,  but not limited to, sums paid
for the sale or rental of Tenant's fixtures, leasehold improvements,  equipment,
furniture,  furnishings or other personal  property) less, in the case of a sale
thereof,  an amount  equal to the then net  unamortized  or  undepreciated  cost
thereof to Tenant determined on the basis of Tenant's federal income tax returns
except that,  with  respect to Tenant's  fixtures  and  leasehold  improvements,
depreciation  shall be computed on a straight-line  basis over the Term, without
regard to any renewal options); and

                    o in the case of a  sublease,  thirty  percent  (30%) of any
rents,  additional charges and other consideration payable under the sublease to
Tenant by the subtenant in excess of the fixed annual rent and  additional  rent
accruing  during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased  space (at
the rate per square foot payable by Tenant hereunder)(including, but not limited
to,  sums  paid  for  the  sale  or  rental  of  Tenant's  fixtures,   leasehold
improvements, equipment, furniture or other personal property, less, in the case
of  the  sale  thereof,   an  amount  equal  to  the  then  net  unamortized  or
undepreciated cost thereof to Tenant determined on the basis of Tenant's federal
income tax returns except that, with respect to Tenant's  Fixtures and leasehold
improvements,  depreciation  shall be computed on a straight line basis over the
Term, without regard to any renewal options).

The sums payable  under this Section 11(g) shall be paid to Landlord as and when
paid by the assignee or subtenant to Tenant.


                                      -30-

<PAGE>   34

         11.(h) Notwithstanding  anything in this Lease to the contrary,  Tenant
shall  be  permitted  to  sublet,  on  no  more  than  three  occasions,  up  to
Twenty-Thousand  (20,000)  square feet of the Premises,  in  aggregate,  without
first  obtaining  Landlord's  prior written  consent so long as Tenant  provides
Landlord with (at least two weeks prior to its commencement  date) a copy of the
sublease and erects a demising wall in accordance with Section 11.(f)(i).

         11.(i) Tenant shall have the right,  without obtaining Landlord's prior
written consent,  to sublet all, or any part, of the Premises,  to any affiliate
or related entity of Tenant for purposes hereof; "affiliate" or "related entity"
shall  mean any  entity  in which  Tenant  owns  more  than  fifty  (50%) of the
interests  or any  entity  which  owns  more  than  fifty  percent  (50%) of the
interests in Tenant.

         11.(j) Tenant shall have the right,  without obtaining Landlord's prior
written consent,  to sublet all, or any part, of the Premises,  to any affiliate
or related entity of Tenant. For purposes hereof, "affiliated or related entity"
shall  mean any  entity  in which  Tenant  owns  more  than  fifty  (50%) of the
interests  or any  entity  which  owns  more than  fifty  (50%)  percent  of the
interests in Tenant.

         11.(k)  Landlord  shall have no  liability  for  brokerage  commissions
incurred with respect to any  assignment of this Lease or any  subletting of all
or any part of the  Premises by or on behalf of Tenant.  Tenant  shall pay,  and
shall indemnify and hold Landlord  harmless from and against,  any and all cost,
expense (including,  without limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees, costs and
disbursements) and liability in connection with any compensation, commissions or
charges  claimed by any broker or agent with respect to any such  assignment  or
subletting.

         11.(k) The  listing  of any name other than that of Tenant,  whether on
the doors of the Premises or the Building  directory,  or  otherwise,  shall not
operate to vest any right or  interest  in this Lease or in the  Premises in the
person or entity  therein  named,  nor shall it be deemed to be the  consent  of
Landlord to any  assignment  or transfer of this Lease or to any sublease of the
Premises or to the use or occupancy thereof by others.

                                   ARTICLE 12.

                                   ELECTRICITY

         12.(a) For the purposes of this Article, the term "Electric Rate" shall
mean the  prevailing  rate Service  Classification  SC-9 (or  successor  service
classification  rate), and not the time of day rate schedule (if any), including
all surcharges, taxes, fuel costs and adjustments,  taxes regularly passed on to
consumers by the public utility, and other sums payable in respect thereof.

         12.(b) (i) Landlord shall, upon request of Tenant,  furnish and install
all  replacement  lighting  tubes,  lamps,  bulbs and  ballasts  required in the
Premises,  and Tenant shall pay to Landlord or its  designated  contractor  upon
demand the then  established  charges  therefor of  Landlord  or its  designated
contractor,  as the case may be.  Landlord  shall  not be  liable  in any way to
Tenant for any failure or defect in the supply or character  of electric  energy
furnished to the Premises by reason of any  requirement,  act or omission of the
public utility serving the Building or for any other reason not  attributable to
Landlord.  Tenant  shall  pay  for  the  cost  of  electricity  consumed  by any
supplemental air-conditioning equipment only servicing the Premises irrespective
of whether any such equipment is located in the Premises or in any other portion
of the Building. The term "air-conditioning equipment" as used herein shall be


                                      -31-

<PAGE>   35

deemed to include,  without  limitation,  all components and auxiliary equipment
used in connection with air-conditioning equipment servicing the Premises.

         12.(c)  Landlord will furnish 576 amps, 3 phase, 4 wire,  120/208 volts
of electric energy per floor distributed  amongst four panel locations per floor
( exclusive of the Building's heating,  ventilating and air-conditioning system)
to Tenant through presently existing electric facilities for Tenant's reasonable
use of its lighting, and other electrical fixtures, appliances and equipment.

         12.(d) Tenant's use of electric energy in the Premises shall not at any
time, in the  reasonable  judgment of Landlord cause or result in any impairment
or  interference  with Building  systems,  annoyance or  inconvenience  to other
tenants or the overloading of the risers or feeders serving the Building.

         12.(e) If any tax is imposed upon Landlord's  receipts from the sale or
resale of electrical energy service to Tenant by any Federal, state or municipal
authority,  Tenant covenants and agrees that,  where permitted by law,  Tenant's
pro rata share of such taxes based on Tenant's actual  electrical usage shall be
passed on, and  included in the bill of, and paid by,  Tenant to  Landlord.  All
sums due and payable to Landlord or its contractor, consultant or designee under
this  Article  12 shall be  payable as  additional  rent.  If all or part of the
amounts  payable by Tenant under this Article 12 for  electrical  energy becomes
uncollectible  or  reduced  or  refundable  by  virtue  of  any  law,  order  or
regulation,  the parties agree that, at Landlord's option, in lieu of electrical
submetering  or direct  metering,  and in  consideration  of Tenant's use of the
Building's   electrical   distribution   system  and  receipt  of  redistributed
electricity  and  payment  by  Landlord  of  the  consultant's  fees  and  other
distribution  expenses,  the fixed annual rent payable under this Lease shall be
increased by an amount  equal to the actual cost to Landlord of Tenant's  usage,
subject to Tenant's  right to dispute  such charge in  accordance  with  Section
12(i) hereof.

         12.(f) Landlord reserves the right to discontinue furnishing electrical
energy to Tenant in the Premises at any time upon not less than 120 days' notice
to Tenant.  If Landlord  exercises such right, this Lease shall continue in full
force and effect and shall be unaffected thereby, except that from and after the
effective  date of such  termination  Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish
electric  energy to Tenant.  If Landlord  so  discontinues  furnishing  electric
energy to Tenant,  Tenant shall arrange to obtain  electric energy directly from
the public utility  company  furnishing  electric  energy to the Building.  Such
electric  energy  may be  furnished  to  Tenant  by means  of the then  existing
building system  feeders,  risers and wiring to the extent that the same are, in
Landlord's reasonable judgment,  available,  suitable and safe for such purpose.
All  meters and  additional  panel  boards,  feeders,  risers,  wiring and other
conductors and equipment  whatsoever,  which may be required to obtain  electric
energy directly from such public utility company whether currently available for
Tenant's use or


                                      -32-

<PAGE>   36

requiring  Landlord's  installation shall be furnished and installed by Landlord
at Landlord's sole cost and expense.

         12.(g) (i)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in this
Article,  Tenant,  at any time  during the Term on not less than 30 days'  prior
written notice to Landlord,  may purchase electricity directly from Consolidated
Edison or any other  supplier  of  electric  energy.  If Tenant  shall  elect to
purchase  electricity directly from Consolidated Edison or any other supplier of
electric energy, then all meters and additional panel boards,  feeders,  risers,
wiring and other conductors and equipment  whatsoever,  which may be required to
obtain  electric  energy  directly from such public  utility  company,  shall be
furnished  and  installed by Tenant at Tenant's  sole cost and expense (but with
Landlord's reasonable cooperation).

                   (ii) If and so long as Landlord  provides  electricity to the
Premises on a submetering basis:

                         o Tenant covenants and agrees to purchase the same from
Landlord or  Landlord's  designated  agent at the Electric Rate plus an overhead
charge ("Overhead Charge") equal to four percent (4%) (collectively  "Electrical
Charge")  excluding the 4% Overhead Charge on any sales taxes,  representing the
Landlord's administrative costs.

         12.(h)     INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

         12.(i) In the event Landlord or Tenant shall dispute any findings under
this  Article,  either  party  may,  within 1 year of  receiving  notice of such
findings, dispute the findings by serving a notice in accordance with Article 31
hereof on the other party.  The right to dispute such  findings  shall be deemed
waived unless such a notice is served in accordance with this Lease within the 1
year  period.  In the case where a notice is timely  served in  accordance  with
Article 31 hereof the dispute  shall be resolved by  arbitration  in  accordance
with Article 3 of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 13.

                         ADJACENT EXCAVATION -- SHORING

         13.(a) If an excavation or other  substructure  work shall be made upon
land adjacent to the Building,  or shall be authorized to be made,  Tenant shall
afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation,  license to
enter upon the Premises for the purpose of doing such work as shall be necessary
to  preserve  the wall of the  Building of which the  Premises  form a part from
injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations.


                                      -33-

<PAGE>   37

                                   ARTICLE 14.

                                  CONDEMNATION

         14.(a) In the event that the whole of the  Premises  lawfully  shall be
condemned or taken in any manner for any public or quasi-public  use, this Lease
and the Term and estate hereby  granted shall cease and terminate as of the date
of vesting of title,  as if that were the Expiration  Date, and the fixed annual
rent and the additional rent payable  pursuant to Articles 1 and 4 of this Lease
shall be apportioned as of such date.

         14.(b)  In the  event  that  only a part of the  Premises  shall  be so
condemned  or taken,  then,  unless a greater  part of the Premises is no longer
useful,  effective as of the date of vesting of title, the fixed annual rent and
the additional rent payable  pursuant to Articles 1 and 4 hereof shall be abated
in an  amount  thereof  apportioned  according  to the area of the  Premises  so
condemned or taken. In the event that such  condemnation or taking shall be of a
substantial  part of the  Premises or  materially  affects  Tenant's  use of the
Premises or of a substantial part of the means of access thereto,  including use
of the  semi-exclusive  entrance on 37th Street,  Tenant, at Tenant's option, by
delivery of notice in writing to Landlord  within 30 days  following the date on
which Tenant shall have received notice of vesting of title,  may terminate this
Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted as of the date of vesting of title,
if neither  Landlord nor Tenant  elects to terminate  this Lease,  as aforesaid,
this Lease shall be and shall remain  unaffected by such condemnation or taking,
except that the fixed annual rent and the  additional  rent payable  pursuant to
Articles 1 and 4 shall be abated to the  extent  hereinbefore  provided  in this
Article 14. In the event that only a part of the Premises  shall be so condemned
or taken and this Lease and the Term and estate  hereby  granted with respect to
the  remaining  portion  of the  Premises  are not  terminated  as  hereinbefore
provided,  Landlord,  with reasonable diligence and at its expense, will restore
the  remaining  portion of the  Premises  as nearly as  practicable  to the same
condition as it was in prior to such condemnation or taking.

         14.(c)  In  the  event  of  any  condemnation  or  taking  hereinbefore
mentioned  of all or a part of the  Building,  Landlord  shall  be  entitled  to
receive the entire award in the  condemnation  proceeding,  including  any award
made for the value of the  estate  vested by this  Lease in  Tenant,  and Tenant
hereby  expressly  assigns to Landlord any and all right,  title and interest of
Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, and
Tenant  shall be  entitled  to receive no part of such  award.  Tenant  shall be
entitled to make a separate claim for the value of its trade  fixtures  actually
taken and for moving expenses.


                                      -34-

<PAGE>   38

         14.(d)  If the  temporary  use or  occupancy  of all or any part of the
Premises shall be taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or
quasi-public use or purpose during the Term, Tenant shall be entitled, except as
hereinafter  set forth, to receive that portion of the award or payment for such
taking which represents  compensation for the use and occupancy of the Premises,
for the taking of Tenant's property and for moving expenses,  and Landlord shall
be entitled to receive that portion which represents  reimbursement for the cost
of  restoration  of the Premises.  This Lease shall be and remain  unaffected by
such  taking  and  Tenant  shall  continue  to be  responsible  for  all  of its
obligations  hereunder  insofar as such  obligations  are not  affected  by such
taking and shall  continue to pay in full the fixed  annual rent and  additional
rent due. If the period of temporary  use or occupancy  shall extend  beyond the
Expiration  Date, that part of the award which  represents  compensation for the
use and occupancy of the Premises (or a part  thereof)  shall be given to Tenant
so that Tenant shall receive so much thereof as represents  the period up to and
including the Expiration Date.

         14.(e)  In the  event  of any  taking  of less  than  the  whole of the
Building that does not result in a termination of this Lease, or in the event of
a taking for a temporary  use or  occupancy  of all or any part of the  Premises
that does not result in a termination of this Lease,  Landlord,  at its expense,
and  whether or not any award or awards  shall be  sufficient  for the  purpose,
shall  proceed  with  reasonable  diligence  to repair,  alter and  restore  the
remaining parts of the Building and the Premises to  substantially  their former
condition to the extent that the same may be feasible and so as to  constitute a
tenantable Building and Premises.

         14.(f) In the  event  that any part of the  Premises  shall be taken to
effect  compliance with any law or requirement of public authority other than in
the manner hereinabove provided in this Article 14, then, (a) if such compliance
is the  obligation  of Tenant under this Lease,  Tenant shall not be entitled to
any  diminution  or  abatement  of  rent or  other  compensation  from  Landlord
therefor,  but (b) if such  compliance is the  obligation of Landlord under this
Lease,  the fixed  annual  rent  payable  under  Article 1 shall be reduced  and
additional  rent  payable  under  Articles 1 and 4 shall be adjusted in the same
manner as is provided in Section  14(a)  according to the  reduction in rentable
area of the Premises resulting from such taking.

                                   ARTICLE 15.

                           ACCESS TO PREMISES; CHANGES

         15.(a)  Tenant  shall permit  Landlord  (i) to erect,  use and maintain
pipes,  ducts and  conduits in and through the  Premises,  provided the same are
installed  and  concealed  behind  walls and  ceilings of the  Premises or in an
innocuous manner or in such manner as shall not unreasonably impair Tenant's use
of the Premises, and (ii) to use any air-conditioning rooms, telephone equipment
rooms, heating, ventilating,


                                      -35-

<PAGE>   39

air-conditioning,  electrical  and  mechanical  facilities  and service  closets
(collectively,  the "Building  Equipment") in the Premises in a manner so as not
to unreasonably  impair  Tenant's use of such rooms and facilities.  Landlord or
its agents or  designees  shall have the right:  (i) to enter the  Premises,  at
reasonable times on reasonable notice during Business Hours on Business Days, to
examine  such pipes,  ducts,  conduits  and  Building  Equipment  or to make any
repairs or alterations  in a reasonable  manner that Landlord may deem necessary
or reasonably  desirable for the Building or that Landlord  shall be required to
or shall  have the right to make by the  provisions  of this  Lease or any other
lease in the Building,  and (ii) to take all material into and upon the Premises
that may be required for the repairs or alterations  above mentioned as the same
is  required  for such  purpose,  without the same  constituting  an eviction of
Tenant in whole or in part,  and the rent  reserved  shall in no way abate while
said repairs or alterations  are being made by reason of loss or interruption of
the business of Tenant because of the  prosecution  of any such work;  provided,
however,  that  Landlord  shall  exercise  reasonable  diligence to minimize any
disturbance  to Tenant but nothing  contained  herein shall be deemed to require
Landlord to perform  the same on an  overtime  or premium  pay basis  unless the
inconvenience  or  annoyance to Tenant's  business  materially  interferes  with
Tenant's business operations.

         15.(b) Landlord  reserves the right,  without the same  constituting an
eviction  and without  incurring  liability  to Tenant  therefor,  to change the
arrangement and/or location of public entrances,  passageways,  doors, doorways,
corridors,  elevators  (except for the  semi-exclusive  elevator(s) and Building
entrance  located on 37th street  designated  for  Tenant's  use as set forth in
Article 21 of this  Lease),  stairways,  toilets and other  public  parts of the
Building;  provided,  however, that: (i) Tenant shall continue to have access to
the Building;  and (ii)  Landlord  does not  interfere  with Tenant's use of the
semi-exclusive entrance to the Building on 37th Street or Tenant's exclusive use
of one of two existing elevators in the Building on 37th Street.  Landlord shall
use reasonable efforts not to have any floors of the Premises designated as fire
"re-entry" floors.

         15.(c)  Landlord  may,  during  the last  year of the term  hereof,  on
reasonable prior notice to Tenant,  exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants;
provided,  however, that in the event of a default,  after applicable notice and
grace  periods,  by Tenant  hereunder,  Landlord  may  exhibit  the  Premises to
prospective  tenants at reasonable  times on reasonable  notice.  Landlord shall
also have the right to enter the  Premises  at  reasonable  times on  reasonable
notice for the purpose of exhibiting  them to prospective  purchasers or lessees
of the entire Building or to prospective  mortgagees or to prospective assignees
of any  such  mortgages  or to the  holder  of any  mortgage  on the  Landlord's
interest in the property, its agents or designees.

         15.(d) If Tenant shall not be present  personally to open and to permit
an entry  into the  Premises  at any time when for any  reason an entry  therein
urgently  shall be  necessary  in case of fire or other  emergency,  Landlord or
Landlord's agents may enter


                                      -36-

<PAGE>   40

the same forcibly without rendering  Landlord or such agents liable therefor (if
during such entry Landlord or Landlord's  agents shall accord reasonable care to
Tenant's  property)  and without in any manner  affecting  the  obligations  and
covenants of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 16.

                            CONDITIONS OF LIMITATION

         16.(a) This Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted are subject to
the limitation  that whenever  Tenant shall be unable to pay its debts generally
as they become due, or shall make an  assignment  of the  property of Tenant for
the benefit of creditors,  or shall consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment
of a liquidator, receiver, trustee, or other custodian of itself or the whole or
any part of its  properties or assets,  or shall  commence a voluntary  case for
relief  under the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or file a  petition  or take
advantage of any  bankruptcy or insolvency act or applicable law of like import,
or whenever an involuntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code shall be
commenced  against  Tenant or if a  petition  shall be filed  against it seeking
similar  relief under any  bankruptcy or insolvency or other  applicable  law of
like import, or whenever a receiver, liquidator,  trustee, or other custodian of
Tenant  or of or for  substantially  all of the  property  of  Tenant  shall  be
appointed without Tenant's consent or acquiescence,  then, (a) at any time after
receipt  of notice of the  occurrence  of any such  event,  or (b) if such event
occurs without the acquiescence of Tenant, at any time after the event continues
for 120 days,  Landlord may give Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term at
the  expiration  of five  days  from  the  date of  service  of such  notice  of
intention,  and upon the expiration of said five day period,  this Lease and the
Term and estate hereby granted,  whether or not the Term shall  theretofore have
commenced,  shall  terminate  with  the  same  effect  as if that  day  were the
Expiration  Date,  but Tenant  shall  remain  liable for  damages as provided in
Article 18.

                         16.(b)  This  Lease  and the  Term  and  estate  hereby
granted are subject to further limitation as follows:

                    (i) whenever  Tenant shall do or permit anything to be done,
whether  by  action  or  inaction,  contrary  to  any  of  Tenant's  obligations
hereunder,  other than the failure to pay fixed annual rent or additional  rent,
and if such situation  shall continue and shall not be remedied by Tenant within
twenty (20) days (within ten (10) days,  in the case of Tenant's  failure (A) to
keep in force  insurance  throughout  the Term and  furnish any  certificate  of
insurance  required  under  Article  6 or 9 or (B)  to  furnish  any  instrument
required  under Article 25 or 26),  after  Landlord shall have given to Tenant a
notice  specifying the same or in the case of a happening or default that cannot
with  due  diligence  be  cured  within a period  of  twenty  (20)  days and the
continuation of


                                      -37-

<PAGE>   41

which for the period required for cure will not subject  Landlord to the risk of
criminal  liability  (as more  particularly  described  in  Article 8 hereof) or
termination of any superior lease or  foreclosure of any superior  mortgage,  if
Tenant  shall not,  (i) within  said 20 day period  advise  Landlord of Tenant's
intention duly to institute all steps necessary to remedy such  situation,  (ii)
duly  institute  within  said  20 day  period,  and  thereafter  diligently  and
continuously  prosecute to completion all steps necessary to remedy the same and
(iii) complete such remedy within such time after the date of the giving of said
notice by Landlord as shall reasonably be necessary, or

                    (ii) whenever any event shall occur or any contingency shall
arise whereby this Lease or the estate hereby  granted or the unexpired  balance
of the Term hereof, by operation of law or otherwise, would devolve upon or pass
to any  person,  firm or  corporation  other than  Tenant,  except as  expressly
permitted by Article 11 and the same shall not be remedied  within five (5) days
after written notice by Landlord in accordance with Article 31 hereof, or

                    (iii)  whenever  Tenant shall abandon the Premises or vacate
the  Premises  without  paying the Fixed  Annual  Rent and the same shall not be
remedied  within five (5) days after  written  notice by Landlord in  accordance
with Article 31 hereof, or

                    (iv)  whenever  Tenant  shall  default  in the due  keeping,
observing or performance of any covenant,  agreement,  provision or condition of
Article 5 hereof on the part of Tenant to be kept,  observed  or  performed  and
such default shall  continue and shall not be remedied by Tenant within 72 hours
after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying the same,

then in any of said  cases  set  forth  in the  foregoing  subsections  (i)-(iv)
Landlord  may give to Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term of this Lease
at the  expiration  of seven days from the date of the service of such notice of
intention,  and upon the  expiration  of said seven days this Lease and the Term
and  estate  hereby  granted,  whether or not the Term  shall  theretofore  have
commenced,  shall  terminate with the same effect as if that day were the end of
the Term, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 18.

                                   ARTICLE 17.

                        RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD; INJUNCTION

         17.(a) If Tenant  shall  default in the payment of any  installment  of
fixed annual rent, or of any additional  rent, on any date that the same becomes
due,  and such  default  shall  continue  uncured for ten days after  notice and
demand,  or if this Lease shall  expire as in Article 16  provided,  Landlord or
Landlord's  agents  and  employees  immediately  or at any time  thereafter  may
re-enter  the  Premises,  or any part  thereof,  either  by  summary  dispossess
proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at


                                      -38-

<PAGE>   42

law, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, to the
end that  Landlord  may have,  hold and enjoy the  Premises  again as and of its
first estate and interest  therein.  The word  re-enter,  as herein used, is not
restricted to its technical  legal meaning.  In the event of any  termination of
this Lease under the  provisions of Article 16 or if Landlord shall re-enter the
Premises  under  the  provisions  of  this  Article  17 or in the  event  of the
termination of this Lease, or of re-entry, by or under any summary dispossess or
other  proceeding  or  action  or any  provision  of law by  reason  of  default
hereunder on the part of Tenant,  (a) Tenant thereupon shall pay to Landlord the
fixed  annual rent and  additional  rent payable by Tenant to Landlord up to the
time of such termination of this Lease, or of such recovery of possession of the
Premises  by  Landlord,  as the case may be,  and (b)  Tenant  also shall pay to
Landlord damages as provided in Article 18.

         17.(b) In the event of a breach or  threatened  breach by  Landlord  or
Tenant of any of its  obligations  under this Lease,  Landlord  and Tenant shall
have the right of injunction.  The special remedies to which Landlord and Tenant
may resort  hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any
other remedies or means of redress to which Landlord and Tenant  lawfully may be
entitled at any time and  Landlord  and Tenant may invoke any remedy  allowed at
law or in equity as if specific remedies were not provided for herein.

         17.(c) If this Lease shall  terminate  under the  provisions of Article
16, or if Landlord  shall  re-enter the Premises  under the  provisions  of this
Article 17, or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry, by
or under any summary  dispossess or other  proceeding or action or any provision
of law by reason of default  hereunder on the part of Tenant,  Landlord shall be
entitled to retain all moneys,  if any,  paid by Tenant to Landlord,  whether as
advance  rent,  security  or  otherwise,  but such  moneys  shall be credited by
Landlord against any fixed annual rent or additional rent due from Tenant at the
time of such  termination  or  re-entry  or, at  Landlord's  option  against any
damages payable by Tenant under Article 18 or pursuant to law.

         17.(d) Tenant expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted
by or under any present or future laws in the event of Tenant  being  evicted or
dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of Landlord obtaining  possession of
the  Premises,  by reason of the violation by Tenant of any of the covenants and
conditions of this Lease or otherwise.

                                   ARTICLE 18.

                                     DAMAGES

         18.(a) If this Lease is terminated  under the provisions of Article 16,
or if Landlord  shall  re-enter the Premises under the provisions of Article 17,
or in the event of the  termination of this Lease,  or of re-entry,  by or under
any summary dispossess


                                      -39-

<PAGE>   43

or other  proceeding  or action  or any  provision  of law by reason of  default
hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages, at the
election of Landlord, either

                    (i) a sum  which  at the  time of such  termination  of this
Lease or at the  time of any  such  re-entry  by  Landlord,  as the case may be,
represents the then value of the excess, if any, of

                         (1) the  aggregate  of the  fixed  annual  rent and the
                    additional  rent  payable  hereunder  that  would  have been
                    payable by Tenant  (conclusively  presuming  the  additional
                    rent to be the same as was payable for the year  immediately
                    preceding such  termination  except that  additional rent on
                    account of  increases in Taxes shall be presumed to increase
                    at the average of the rates of increase  thereof  previously
                    experienced  by Landlord  during the period (not to exceed 3
                    years) prior to such  termination) for the period commencing
                    with such earlier  termination  of this Lease or the date of
                    any such  re-entry,  as the case may be, and ending with the
                    Expiration  Date,  had this Lease not so  terminated  or had
                    Landlord not so reentered the Premises, over

                         (2) the aggregate  rental value of the Premises for the
                    same  period  (each sum in  subparagraphs  (1) and (2) being
                    first  discounted  to  present  value at the rate then being
                    paid by new ten year U.S. Treasury Bonds); or

                    (ii) sums equal to the  aggregate  of the fixed  annual rent
and the additional  rent (as above presumed)  payable  hereunder that would have
been payable by Tenant had this Lease not so terminated,  or had Landlord not so
reentered the Premises,  payable upon the due dates  therefor  specified  herein
following  such  termination  or such  re-entry and until the  Expiration  Date,
provided,  however,  that if  Landlord  shall  re-let the  Premises  during said
period,  Landlord  shall credit  Tenant with the net rents  received by Landlord
from such  re-letting,  such net rents to be determined by first  deducting from
the gross  rents as and when  received  by  Landlord  from such  reletting,  the
expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this Lease or in reentering
the  Premises  and in securing  possession  thereof,  as well as the expenses of
reletting,  including  altering  and  preparing  the  Premises  for new tenants,
brokers' commissions,  attorneys' fees and disbursements, and all other expenses
properly  chargeable  against  the  Premises  and the rental  thereof;  it being
understood  that any such  re-letting may be for a period shorter or longer than
the remaining Term and that Landlord may grant concessions and free rent; but in
no event  shall  Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over
the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, or shall Tenant be entitled in
any suit for the collection of damages  pursuant to this  subsection to a credit
in respect of any net rents from a re-  letting,  except to the extent that such
net rents actually are received by Landlord. If


                                      -40-

<PAGE>   44

the  Premises or any part  thereof  should be re-let in  combination  with other
space,  then  proper  apportionment  on a square foot basis shall be made of the
rent received from such  re-letting and of the expenses of re-letting.  Landlord
in no event  shall be liable in any way  whatsoever  for  failure  to re-let the
Premises nor shall such failure affect Tenant's liability for damages.

         18.(b) If the Premises or any part thereof  shall be re-let by Landlord
for the unexpired portion of the Term, or any part thereof,  before presentation
of proof of such damages to any court,  commission  or  tribunal,  the amount of
rent  reserved  upon  such  re-letting,  prima  facie,  shall  be the  fair  and
reasonable rental value for the Premises,  or part thereof, so re-let during the
term of the re-letting.

         18.(c)  Suit  or  suits  for  the  recovery  of  such  damages,  or any
installments  thereof,  may be  brought  by  Landlord  from  time to time at its
election,  and nothing  contained  herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to
postpone suit until the date when the Term would have expired if it had not been
so terminated under the provisions of Article 16, or under any provision of law,
or had Landlord not reentered the Premises.

                                   ARTICLE 19.

                LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT'S OBLIGATIONS

         If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any term or
covenant on Tenant's part to be observed or performed  under or by virtue of any
of the terms or  provisions  in any Article of this Lease beyond all  applicable
grace  and cure  periods  after  notice,  (a)  Landlord  may,  but  shall not be
obligated  to,  remedy such default for the account of Tenant,  immediately  and
without  notice in case of  emergency,  or in any other case only  provided that
Tenant  shall fail to remedy such  default with all  reasonable  dispatch  after
Landlord  shall  have  notified  Tenant  in  writing  of  such  default  and the
applicable  grace period for curing such default shall have expired;  and (b) if
Landlord makes any  expenditures  or incurs any  obligations  for the payment of
money in connection with such default (including, but not limited to, reasonable
attorneys'  fees  in  instituting,   prosecuting  or  defending  any  action  or
proceeding),  such  sums  paid or  obligations  incurred  shall be  deemed to be
additional rent hereunder and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within fifteen
days after rendition of a bill to Tenant therefor  together with interest at the
Interest Rate.

                                   ARTICLE 20.

                                 QUIET ENJOYMENT

         Landlord covenants and agrees that,  subject to the terms,  obligations
and provisions of this Lease, if, and so long as, Tenant keeps and performs each
and every


                                      -41-

<PAGE>   45

covenant,  agreement, term, provision and condition herein contained on the part
or on behalf of Tenant to be kept or  performed,  then Tenant may  peaceably and
quietly enjoy the Premises and Tenant's rights under this Lease shall not be cut
off or ended before the expiration of the Term of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 21.

                             SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT

         21.(a) Landlord shall throughout the Term,  provided that Tenant is not
in default of any of the terms or  conditions of this lease,  beyond  applicable
notice and grace periods:

                    (i)  provide  Tenant  with  a  separate  and  semi-exclusive
entrance to the Building on 37th Street  together with only the other tenants at
the Building for which the 37th street entrance is its sole means of egress. One
of the two existing elevators located in the 37th Street lobby shall be used for
the  sole  and  exclusive  use of  Tenant.  The  second  elevator  shall be made
available to all tenants at the  Building for which the 37th street  entrance is
its sole means of egress.  The  elevator  facilities  (excluding  the 5th Avenue
entrance which will be made available  during  Business Hours on Business Days),
will be  provided  to  Tenant 24 Hours per day,  7 days per week.  Landlord  has
advised Tenant that the three  elevators  servicing the Fifth Avenue entrance to
the Building may be upgraded and refurbished.

                    (ii)  maintain and keep in good order and repair the heating
and building- wide  air-conditioning  systems that serve the Premises.  Landlord
shall provide heat during  Business Hours on Business Days and  air-conditioning
supplied by the Building's system (and not by any supplemental  system servicing
the Premises)  during  Business  Hours on Business  Days,  maintaining  interior
conditions   of   72(degree)   -   77(degree)   in  the   cooling   season   and
66(degree)-74(degree)  in the  heating  season and will  provide  fresh air in a
quantity  not less than .14  (14/100)  cubic feet per minute per square  foot of
floor area provided that in any given room or area of the Premises the occupancy
does not exceed one (1) person for each 100 square feet.  Landlord shall have no
responsibility or liability for the ventilating conditions and/or temperature of
the Premises  during the hours or days  Landlord is not required to furnish heat
or air  conditioning  pursuant to this  Article.  Tenant  shall cause all of the
windows in the Premises to be kept closed and shall keep  entirely  unobstructed
all the vents,  intakes,  outlets and grilles whenever the  air-conditioning  or
heating  system is in operation and shall comply with and observe all reasonable
regulations and requirements  prescribed by Landlord for the proper  functioning
of  the  heating,  ventilating  and  air-conditioning  systems.  Notwithstanding
anything in this Lease to the contrary,  Tenant shall be solely  responsible for
all maintenance  costs of the  supplemental  air-conditioning  system  presently
servicing  the  Premises.  Nothing  contained  herein shall be deemed to require
Landlord to furnish at Landlord's expense such electric energy as is required to
operate the supplemental  air-


                                      -42-

<PAGE>   46

conditioning  and  ventilating  systems  serving  the  Premises.  Subject to the
provisions of Article 12 hereof all such  electric  energy shall be furnished by
Landlord to Tenant at Tenant's cost and expense  except for electric  energy for
the  building-wide  air-conditioning  systems  which  Landlord  shall furnish at
Landlord's cost. If Tenant shall require air conditioning at times when Landlord
is not required to furnish same,  Tenant shall give Landlord notice,  by noon of
the same day, of such requirement and, if same is furnished by Landlord,  Tenant
shall pay on demand Landlord's  reasonable charges not to exceed $90.00 per hour
for the entire Premises, as additional rent for air-conditioning  Monday through
Friday  after 6:00 P.M.,  Saturdays  after 1:00 P.M.  and  Sundays all day which
overtime charge may be increased by Landlord in direct  proportion to Landlord's
costs increase therefor.  If Tenant shall require heating at times when Landlord
is not required to furnish same,  Tenant shall give Landlord notice,  by noon of
the same day, of such requirement and, if same is furnished by Landlord,  Tenant
shall pay on demand Landlord's  reasonable charges not to exceed $90.00 per hour
for the entire  Premises as additional  rent for heating  Monday  through Friday
after 6:00 P.M.,  Saturdays  after 1:00 P.M. and Sundays all day, which overtime
charge may be increased by Landlord in direct  proportion  to  Landlord's  costs
increase therefor.  In the event another Tenant in the Building advises Landlord
that it requires overtime heating or air-conditioning  service from Landlord and
Tenant  subsequently  requests  overtime  heating or  air-conditioning  service,
Landlord  shall not charge Tenant for such overtime  service so long as Landlord
receives full compensation for such overtime service.

                    (iii) Tenant shall maintain the Premises in a neat and clean
manner.  Tenant  shall  provide,  at its sole  cost and  expense,  all  cleaning
supplies  and  materials  as Tenant  deems  necessary,  Landlord  shall  have no
obligation to provide any cleaning  services  whatsoever or furnish any cleaning
supplies or materials to the Premises, except that Landlord shall be responsible
for  the  carting  and  disposal  of all of  Tenant's  refuse  and  rubbish.  In
consideration  thereof,  the Fixed Annual Rent due hereunder  shall be decreased
("Decrease") by Seventy-Eight  Thousand Dollars  ($78,000.00) per annum from the
date Tenant takes physical occupancy of the Premises through the day immediately
preceding the second  anniversary of the Commencement Date, which Decrease shall
be increased on each  anniversary of the  Commencement  Date by multiplying  the
Decrease for the  immediately  preceding  year by a fraction,  the  numerator of
which shall be the CPI in effect on the immediately preceding anniversary of the
Commencement  Date and the  denominator  of which  shall be the CPI in effect on
such anniversary of the Commencement Date. The amount of the Decrease,  for each
year of the Term,  (including the first year of the Term) shall be credited,  in
equal monthly  installments,  against the next installments of fixed annual rent
payable  hereunder.  For  example,  if Tenant  takes  physical  occupancy of the
Premises on March 1, 1997 and the Commencement Date of this Lease is December 1,
1996,  the total  Decrease for the period  through the date preceding the second
anniversary of the Commencement Date would be equal to $136,500.00 ($78,000.00 /
12 =$6,500.00 x 21 months) which will be credited against fixed annual rent from
the


                                      -43-

<PAGE>   47

first anniversary of the Commencement Date through the second anniversary of the
Commencement Date in equal monthly installments of $11,375.00.

                    (iv)  Furnish  hot and cold  water for  lavatory,  drinking,
plant watering and office  cleaning  purposes.  If Tenant uses or consumes water
for any other  purposes in unusual  quantities,  Landlord may install a meter or
meters or other means to measure  Tenant's water  consumption,  and Tenant shall
reimburse  Landlord  for the cost of the  meter or meters  and the  installation
thereof,  and shall pay for the maintenance of said meter equipment and/or shall
pay  Landlord's  costs of other means of  measuring  such water  consumption  by
Tenant.  Tenant shall  reimburse  Landlord for the cost of all water consumed in
unusual  quantities,  including sewer rents, as measured by said meter or meters
or as otherwise measured, and the cost to heat such water.


         21.(b) Landlord  reserves the right,  without any liability  whatsoever
and without  abatement  of fixed  annual rent or  additional  rent,  to stop the
heating,  air-conditioning,  elevator,  plumbing,  sanitary,  electric and other
systems  when  necessary  by reason of accident  or  emergency  or for  repairs,
alterations,  replacements  or  improvements,  provided  that  except in case of
emergency,  Landlord  will notify  Tenant in advance,  if possible,  of any such
stoppage  and,  if  ascertainable,  its  estimated  duration,  and will  proceed
diligently  with the work  necessary  to resume  such  service  as  promptly  as
possible and in a manner so as to minimize  interference  with  Tenant's use and
enjoyment of the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for
any failure of the  heating,  air-conditioning,  elevator,  plumbing,  sanitary,
electric  and other  systems by reason of any failure or defect in the supply or
character  of electric  energy  furnished to the Building or the Premises by the
public utility serving the Building.

         21.(c) Landlord,  at Tenant's  request,  shall maintain listings on the
Building  directory of the names of Tenant,  permitted  assignees or subtenants,
and the names of any of Tenant's officers and employees, provided, however, that
the aggregate number of names so listed shall not exceed  sixty-seven  (67). The
reasonable  charge of Landlord  for any changes in such  listings  requested  by
Tenant shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand.

         21.(d)  Landlord  shall not be required to furnish any other  services,
except as otherwise provided in this Lease. However,  Landlord agrees to provide
Tenant,  throughout the Term, services similar to those of comparable  buildings
in the borough of Manhattan.

         21. (e) Landlord  upon  reasonable  notice from Tenant,  shall  provide
Tenant with access to building  risers,  shafts and  conduits for the purpose of
running  cabling  or  wiring  in  connection  with  Tenant's  installation  of a
communication system.


                                      -44-

<PAGE>   48

         21. (f) Landlord  shall  maintain the  sprinkler  system  servicing the
Premises.  However,  Landlord  shall not be  obligated  to repair the  sprinkler
system  servicing  the  Premises  if  damage to the  sprinkler  system is due to
Tenant's negligence or wilful conduct.

                                   ARTICLE 22.

                               HAZARDOUS MATERIALS


         22.(a) Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord,
cause or knowingly permit,  any Hazardous Material  (hereinafter  defined) to be
brought or remain upon,  kept or used in or about the Premises or the  Building.
As used in this Lease, "Hazardous  Material(s)" shall mean any hazardous,  toxic
or  radioactive  substance,  material,  matter  or  waste  which  is or  becomes
regulated by any federal,  state or local law, rule regulation,  code, ordinance
or any  other  governmental  restriction  or  requirement.  However,  "Hazardous
Materials"  shall  not  include  asbestos  or  substances  which are used in the
ordinary  course of a business  similar to  Tenant's  as  permitted  pursuant to
Article 5 of this  Lease,  provided,  however,  that such  substances  are used,
handled,  transported or stored in strict  compliance with any applicable  Legal
Requirement. If such substances are not so used, handled,  transported or stored
then they shall be deemed  "Hazardous  Materials"  for  purposes  of this Lease.
Should  Landlord  consent in writing to Tenant  bringing,  using or storing  any
Hazardous  Material  in or upon  the  Premises  or the  Building,  Tenant  shall
strictly  obey and  adhere  to any and all Legal  Requirements  which in any way
regulates,  governs or impacts Tenant's possession,  use, storage or disposal of
said  Hazardous  Material.   Upon  Landlord's  written  request,  prior  to  the
Commencement  Date of this  Lease,  and on  January 1 of each  year  thereafter,
Tenant  shall  disclose  in writing  to  Landlord  the names and  amounts of all
Hazardous Material which Tenant is then currently or is intending to bring, use,
or store in or upon the  Premises or the  Building,  or which  Tenant has in the
past brought, used or stored in or upon the Premises or the Building.

         22.(b) In addition  to, and in no way  limiting  Landlord's  duties and
obligations  as set  forth  in  this  Lease,  should  Tenant  breach  any of its
respective  duties  and  obligations  as set  forth  in this  Article  or if the
presence of any Hazardous  Material in or upon the Premises or the Building that
Tenant causes or knowingly permits to brought upon, used,  remained upon or kept
at the Premises  (excluding  those Hazardous  Materials that were present in the
Premises prior to Tenant's occupancy and those Hazardous  Materials brought upon
the Premises by Landlord after Tenant's  occupancy)  results in contamination of
the Premises,  the Building,  any land or the Building,  the atmosphere,  or any
water or waterway (including groundwater),  or if contamination of the Premises,
or the Building by any Hazardous  Material  otherwise occurs for which Tenant is
otherwise legally liable to Landlord for damage resulting


                                      -45-

<PAGE>   49

therefrom,  Tenant shall indemnify, save harmless, and, at Landlord's option and
with  attorneys  approved in writing by Landlord  (which  approval  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld or  delayed),  defend  Landlord,  its agents,  employees,
partners, officers,  directors, and mortgagees, if any, from any and all claims,
demands, damages,  expenses, fees, costs, fines, penalties,  suits, proceedings,
actions,  causes  of  action,  and  losses  of any and  every  kind and  nature,
including,  without  limitation,  diminution  in  value of the  Premises  or the
Building,  damages for the loss or  restriction on use of the rentable or usable
space or of any amenity of the Premises or the  Building,  damages  arising from
any  adverse  impact  on  marketing  space in the  Building,  and  sums  paid in
settlement of claims and for reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  consultant  fees and
expert  fees,  which may arise  during or after the Lease Term or any  extension
thereof as a result of such  contamination.  This includes,  without limitation,
reasonable costs and expenses  incurred in connection with any  investigation of
site conditions or any cleanup,  remedial,  removal or restoration work required
by any federal,  state or local  governmental  agency or  political  subdivision
because of Hazardous Material present on or about the Premises  (excluding those
Hazardous  Materials  that  were  present  in the  Premises  prior  to  Tenant's
occupancy and those  Hazardous  Materials  brought upon the Premises by Landlord
after Tenant's occupancy,  that Tenant causes or permits knowingly to be brought
upon, used, remained upon or kept at the Premises) or because of the presence of
Hazardous Material anywhere else which came or otherwise emanated from Tenant or
the  Premises  (excluding  those  Hazardous  Materials  that were present in the
Premises prior to Tenant's occupancy and those Hazardous  Materials brought upon
the Premises by Landlord after Tenant's occupancy, that Tenant causes or permits
knowingly to be brought  upon,  used,  remained  upon or kept at the  Premises).
Without limiting the foregoing,  if the presence of any Hazardous Material on or
about the Premises, or the Building caused or permitted by Tenant results in any
contamination  of the  Premises  or the  Building,  Tenant  shall,  at its  sole
expense,  promptly  take all actions as are necessary to return the Premises and
the Building to the condition  existing  prior to the  introduction  or any such
Hazardous  Material to the Premises and the Building;  provided,  however,  that
Landlord's approval of such actions shall first be obtained.

                                   ARTICLE 23.

                           INVALIDITY OF ANY PROVISION

         If any term,  covenant,  condition  or  provision  of this Lease or the
application  thereof to any  circumstance or to any person,  firm or corporation
shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remaining terms, covenants,
conditions  and  provisions  of this  Lease or the  application  thereof  to any
circumstances or to any person, firm or corporation other than those as to which
any term,  covenant,  condition or  provision is held invalid or  unenforceable,
shall not be affected thereby and each


                                      -46-

<PAGE>   50

remaining term,  covenant,  condition and provision of this Lease shall be valid
and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

                                   ARTICLE 24.

                                    BROKERAGE

         Tenant  covenants,  represents  and  warrants  that  Tenant  has had no
dealings  or  negotiations  with any broker or agent  other than the  Brokers in
connection  with  the  consummation  of  this  Lease,  and  Landlord  covenants,
represents and warrants that Landlord has had no dealings or  negotiations  with
any broker or agent other than the Brokers in connection  with the  consummation
of this Lease.  Tenant and Landlord covenant and agree to pay, hold harmless and
indemnify  each  other from and  against  any and all cost,  expense  (including
reasonable  attorneys' fees) and liability in connection with any  compensation,
commissions  or charges  claimed by any broker or agent,  claiming to have dealt
with it, other than the Brokers,  with respect to this Lease or the  negotiation
thereof.  Landlord  agrees to pay S.L. Green Real Estate in connection  with the
consummation  of this Lease and Tenant agrees to pay Jenel  Management  Corp. in
connection  with the  consummation of this Lease a commission in accordance with
the terms of separate brokerage  agreements between Landlord and S.L. Green Real
Estate and Tenant and Jenel  Management Corp.  respectively.  Landlord shall not
bear any  responsibility  whatsoever for the payment of Jenel Management Corp.'s
brokerage commission and Tenant shall not bear any responsibility whatsoever for
the payment of S.L. Green Real Estate's brokerage commission.  The provisions of
this Article shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 25.

                                  SUBORDINATION

         25.(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 25(e) hereof, this Lease is
and shall be  subject  and  subordinate  to all  present  and  future  ground or
underlying  leases and to all mortgages,  options,  and building loan agreements
that may now or hereafter  affect such leases or the real  property of which the
Premises  are  a  part  and  to  all  renewals,  modifications,  consolidations,
replacements  and extensions of any such ground or underlying  leases,  options,
building loan  agreements  and  mortgages.  The provisions of this Section 25(a)
shall be  self-operative  and no further  instrument of  subordination  shall be
required.  In  confirmation  of such  subordination,  Tenant  shall  execute and
deliver promptly at its own cost and expense any instrument,  in recordable form
if required,  that Landlord, the lessor of the ground or underlying lease or the
holder of any such  mortgage or any of their  respective  successors in interest
may reasonably request to evidence such subordination.


                                      -47-

<PAGE>   51

         25.(b) In the event of a termination of any ground or underlying lease,
or if the interests of Landlord  under this Lease are  transferred by reason of,
or assigned in lieu of,  foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any
mortgage,  or if the holder of any  mortgage  acquires  a lease in  substitution
therefor, then Tenant under this Lease, at the option to be exercised in writing
by the  lessor  under  such  ground or  underlying  lease or such  mortgagee  or
purchaser,  assignee or lessee, as the case may be, either (a) will attorn to it
and will perform for its benefit all the terms, covenants and conditions of this
Lease on Tenant's part to be performed with the same force and effect as if said
lessor,  such  mortgagee  or  purchaser,  assignee or lessee,  were the landlord
originally  named in this  Lease,  or (b) will  enter into a new lease with said
lessor or such mortgagee or purchaser,  assignee or lessee, as landlord, for the
remaining  Term and otherwise on the same terms and conditions and with the same
options, if any, then remaining.  The foregoing provisions of clause (a) of this
Section 25(b) shall enure to the benefit of such lessor,  mortgagee,  purchaser,
assignee or lessee,  shall be  self-operative  upon the exercise of such option,
and no further  instrument  shall be required to give effect to said provisions.
Tenant, however, upon demand of any such lessor, mortgagee,  purchaser, assignee
or lessee, shall execute, from time to time,  instruments in confirmation of the
foregoing  provisions of this Section 25(b) reasonably  satisfactory to any such
lessor, mortgagee,  purchaser, assignee or lessee, acknowledging such attornment
and setting forth the terms and conditions of its tenancy.

         25.(c) Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, under
no  circumstances  shall any  lessor  under any  ground  lease or  mortgagee  or
purchaser,  assignee or lessee, as the case may be, whether or not it shall have
succeeded to the interests of the landlord under this Lease, be:

                    (i)  liable  for any act,  omission  or default of any prior
landlord or for the return of any security  deposit or part thereof not actually
received by such lessor, mortgagee,  purchaser, assignee, or lessee, as the case
may be; or

                    (ii) subject to any offsets,  claims or defenses that Tenant
might have against any prior landlord: or

                    (iii)bound by any rent or additional  rent that Tenant might
have paid to any prior  landlord  for more than one month in advance or for more
than three months in advance  where such rent  payments are payable at intervals
of more than one month (other than payments for Tenant's Tax Payment which shall
be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 4 of this Lease);
or

                    (iv) bound by any  modification,  amendment or abridgment of
this Lease, or any cancellation or surrender of the same, made without its prior
written approval.


                                      -48-

<PAGE>   52

         25.(d) If, in  connection  with the  financing  of the Land  and/or the
Building,  the  holder or  prospective  holder  of any  mortgage  shall  request
reasonable  modifications  in this Lease as a  condition  of  approval  thereof,
Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer making such modifications.

         25.(e) As a  condition  to this lease being  subordinate  to any future
mortgage  or  ground   lease,   anything   herein   contained  to  the  contrary
notwithstanding, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a non-disturbance agreement,
in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit C, in recordable form executed by all such
future mortgagees or ground lessors .

                                   ARTICLE 26.

                         CERTIFICATE OF TENANT/LANDLORD

         26.(a) Landlord or Tenant, without charge, at any time and from time to
time,  within ten days after request by the party requesting it, shall deliver a
written  instrument  to  Landlord  or  Tenant  or  any  other  person,  firm  or
corporation  specified by Landlord or Tenant,  duly  executed and  acknowledged,
certifying

                    (i) that  this  Lease is  unmodified  and in full  force and
effect  or, if there has been any  modification,  that the same is in full force
and effect as  modified  and  stating  any such  modification,  that there is no
existing  basis to cancel or terminate  this Lease,  and to the best of Tenant's
knowledge,  Landlord is not in default thereunder and if requested by Tenant, to
the best of Landlord's knowledge, Tenant is not in default thereunder;

                    (ii) whether the Term has commenced and rent become  payable
under this Lease,  and whether  Tenant is in  possession  of all of the Premises
except for such portions of the Premises that have been sublet or being held for
sublet pursuant to the provisions of this Lease;

                    (iii)whether  or not there are then existing any defenses or
offsets that are not claims under  paragraph (v) of this Section  26.(a) against
the enforcement of any of the  agreements,  terms,  covenants,  or conditions of
this Lease and any modification  thereof upon the part of Tenant to be performed
or complied with, and, if so, specifying the same;

                    (iv) the amount of the fixed annual rent payable  under this
Lease and the dates to which the fixed annual rent and additional rent and other
charges hereunder have been paid;

                    (v)  whether  or not  Tenant  has  made  any  claim  against
Landlord under this Lease and, if so, the nature and the dollar amount,  if any,
of such claim.


                                      -49-

<PAGE>   53

         26.(b) Tenant agrees that, except for the first month's rent hereunder,
it will pay no rent  under  this Lease more than one month in advance of its due
date. In the event of any act or omission by Landlord,  Tenant will not exercise
any right to  terminate  this Lease or to remedy the default and deduct the cost
thereof from rent due hereunder  until Tenant shall have given written notice of
such act or omission to the ground  lessor and to the holder of any  mortgage on
the fee or the ground lease who shall have  furnished  such lessor's or holder's
last address to Tenant and until a reasonable  period for remedying  such act or
omission shall have elapsed  following the giving of such notices,  during which
time such lessor or holder shall have the right, but shall not be obligated,  to
remedy or cause to be remedied  such act or omission.  Tenant shall not exercise
any right  pursuant to this Section  26(b) if the holder of any mortgage or such
aforesaid  lessor  commences  to cure such  aforesaid  act or omission  within a
reasonable time and diligently prosecutes such cure thereafter.

         26.(c) At Landlord's or Tenant's request, the other party shall deliver
promptly to the requesting party and to the holder of any mortgage on the fee or
ground  lease and the lessor  under any ground or  underlying  lease,  after the
occurrence of the  Commencement  Date, a letter signed by Tenant or Landlord and
acknowledged, in substantially the form annexed hereto as Schedule 3.

                                   ARTICLE 27.

                              LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND
                              WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

         27.(a)  Landlord  and Tenant  hereby waive trial by jury in any action,
proceeding or  counterclaim  brought by either of the parties hereto against the
other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this
Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant's use or occupancy of the
Premises, and/or any other claims (except claims for personal injury or property
damage),  and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. If Landlord
commences any summary  proceeding,  Tenant shall not interpose and hereby waives
the right to interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any
such proceeding.

                                   ARTICLE 28.

                              SURRENDER OF PREMISES

         28.(a) Upon the  expiration or other  termination  of the Term,  Tenant
shall quit and  surrender the Premises to Landlord,  broom clean,  in good order
and condition,  ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire, the elements or other
casualty  excepted,  and Tenant  shall  remove all of its  moveable  property as
herein provided. Tenant's


                                      -50-

<PAGE>   54

obligation  to observe or perform the covenants in this Article 28 shall survive
the expiration or other termination of the Term.

         28.(b) If  possession  of the Premises is not  surrendered  to Landlord
within 24 hours after the date of the  expiration or sooner  termination  of the
Term then,  notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained in this Lease,
Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord  for each  month and the pro rata  portion of any
month during which Tenant  holds over in the Premises  after the  expiration  or
sooner  termination of the Term of this Lease, rent at the greater of (a) a rate
equal to one and a half times the  aggregate of that portion of the fixed annual
rent and additional rent that was payable under this Lease for the last month of
the Initial Term or the last month of Option 1 or Option 2, if exercised, or (b)
the then market rent for the Premises; provided, however, that in no event shall
Landlord  be  entitled  to  receive  an amount in excess of the  maximum  amount
permitted by Legal  Requirements.  Nothing herein  contained  shall be deemed to
permit  Tenant to retain  possession  of the Premises  after the  expiration  or
sooner  termination  of the Term.  The  provisions of this Section  28.(b) shall
survive the expiration or other termination of the Term.

                                   ARTICLE 29.

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

         29.(a) Tenant and Tenant's servants, employees and agents shall observe
faithfully  and  comply  strictly  with the Rules and  Regulations  set forth in
Schedule 4 annexed hereto and made part hereof entitled "Rules and  Regulations"
and such other and  further  reasonable  Rules and  Regulations  as  Landlord or
Landlord's  agents may adopt from time to time.  In the event of any conflict or
inconsistency  between the  provisions of this Lease and of any of the Rules and
Regulations as originally or as hereafter adopted,  the provisions of this Lease
shall control. Reasonable written notice of any additional Rules and Regulations
shall be given to Tenant.  Landlord shall not enforce the Rules and  Regulations
against Tenant in a discriminatory manner.

         29.(b)  Nothing in this Lease  contained  shall be  construed to impose
upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or the
terms,  covenants or conditions in any other lease,  against any other tenant of
the  Building,  and Landlord  shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the
same  by  any  other  tenant,  its  servants,  employees,  agents,  visitors  or
licensees.

                                   ARTICLE 30.

                             CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

         30.(a)  Wherever  in this  Lease  Landlord's  consent  or  approval  is
required, if Landlord shall delay or refuse such consent or approval,  Tenant in
no event shall be


                                      -51-

<PAGE>   55

entitled to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim, and Tenant hereby waives any
claim,  for money  damages (nor shall  Tenant claim any money  damages by way of
set-off,  counterclaim  or defense)  based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant
that  Landlord  unreasonably  withheld  or  unreasonably  delayed its consent or
approval.  Tenant's sole remedies,  except as otherwise set forth in this Lease,
shall be: (i) an action or  proceeding  to enforce any such  provision,  or (ii)
arbitration as set forth in Article 3 herein, in each such instance for specific
performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.

                                   ARTICLE 31.

                                     NOTICES

         Any  notice,  demand,  consent,  approval,  disapproval,  or  statement
(collectively,  "Notices")  from  Landlord  to Tenant or from Tenant to Landlord
shall be in writing and shall be deemed  duly given (a) if mailed by  registered
or certified mail, postage prepaid,  return receipt requested,  (b) if delivered
by recognized national overnight delivery service with receipt acknowledged,  or
(c) only in the case of  Notices  that are  Escalation  Statements  or bills for
rent, if mailed by first class mail,  postage  prepaid,  to the  address(es) for
Notices set forth in this Article 31.  Notices to Tenant shall be sent to Tenant
at the Premises with a copy of default  notices only to Kramer Levin  Naftalis &
Frankel attention: Larry Loeb, Esq. Notices to Landlord shall be sent (i) to the
address  of  Landlord  set forth on page 1 of this  Lease or (ii) to such  other
address as Landlord  shall have last  designated by notice in writing to Tenant,
with a copy of  default  notices  only to Belkin  Burden  Wenig &  Goldman,  LLP
attention:  Daniel T.  Altman,  Esq.  Notice  shall be deemed given on the third
business  day after  depositing  same in an  official  depository  of the United
States Postal Service,  Return Receipt Requested (or successor organization) or,
if given by overnight delivery, upon delivery to Landlord or Tenant, as the case
may be.

                                   ARTICLE 32.

                                    NO WAIVER

         No  agreement to accept a surrender of this Lease shall be valid unless
in writing signed by Landlord.  No employee of Landlord or of Landlord's  agents
shall have any power to accept the keys to the Premises prior to the termination
of this Lease. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord's
agent shall not  operate as a  termination  of this Lease or a surrender  of the
Premises. If Tenant at any time desires to have Landlord sublet the Premises for
Tenant's  account,  Landlord or Landlord's agents are authorized to receive said
keys for such purpose without releasing Tenant from any of the obligations under
this Lease.  The failure of Landlord  to seek  redress for  violation  of, or to
insist upon the strict  performance  of, any covenant or condition of this Lease
or any of the Rules and Regulations set forth


                                      -52-

<PAGE>   56

herein,  or hereafter  adopted by Landlord,  shall not prevent a subsequent act,
which would have originally  constituted a violation,  from having all the force
and  effect of an  original  violation.  The  receipt by  Landlord  of rent with
knowledge  of the breach of any  covenant  of this  Lease  shall not be deemed a
waiver of such  breach.  The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and
Regulations set forth herein,  or hereafter  adopted,  against Tenant and/or any
other tenant in the Building  shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules and
Regulations.  No  provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by
Landlord,  unless such waiver be in writing  signed by  Landlord.  No payment by
Tenant or receipt by  Landlord of a lesser  amount than the monthly  rent herein
stipulated  shall be  deemed to be other  than on the  account  of the  earliest
stipulated  rent,  nor shall any  endorsement  or  statement on any check or any
letter  accompanying  any check or  payment  of rent be  deemed  an  accord  and
satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to
Landlord's  right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy
in this Lease provided.

                                  ARTICLE 33.

                              INABILITY TO PERFORM

                    If, for any reason within Landlord's control,  Tenant is not
provided with: (i)  electricity  in accordance  with Article 12 hereof;  or (ii)
heating and  air-conditioning  in  accordance  with Article 21 hereof;  or (iii)
elevator service; or (iv) water; and such condition is not remedied within three
(3)  business  days  following  notice to Landlord  of any such event,  Tenant's
obligation  to pay  fixed  annual  rent  and  additional  rent  hereunder  shall
proportionately  abate in relation to the rentable square footage of the portion
of the Premises Tenant is unable to reasonably use and which Tenant in fact does
not use and has vacated,  provided that Tenant shall not be entitled to any such
abatement if the rentable square footage of the portion of the Premises affected
by such condition is less than 1,200  rentable  square feet.  However,  if it is
finally  determined  by a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  that  Tenant  has
unreasonably  withheld payment of fixed annual rent and additional rent and that
Tenant was able to  reasonably  use the  Premises so affected,  Tenant,  for the
purposes of this Article 33 only, shall reimburse  Landlord,  on demand, for all
costs and expenses,  including  reasonable legal fees, incurred by Landlord as a
result of Tenant withholding any such fixed annual rent and additional rent.


                                      -53-

<PAGE>   57

                                   ARTICLE 34.

                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT;
                    NO REPRESENTATIONS; NO ORAL MODIFICATION

         34.(a) This Lease and the  Schedules  attached  hereto set forth all of
the covenants, promises, assurances,  agreements,  representations,  conditions,
warranties,  statements and understandings (collectively, the "Representations")
between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and the Building,  and there
are no  Representations,  either oral or written,  between  Landlord  and Tenant
other than those set forth in this Lease.

         34.(b) This Lease  supersedes  and revokes all  previous  negotiations,
arrangements,  letters of intent,  offers to lease, lease proposals,  brochures,
Representations,  and information conveyed,  whether oral or in writing, between
Landlord  and Tenant or their  respective  representatives  or any other  person
purporting to represent Landlord or Tenant. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that
they have not been induced to enter into this Lease by any  representations  not
set forth in this  Lease,  they have not relied on any such  representation,  no
such representations  shall be used in the interpretation or construction of the
Lease,  and Landlord and Tenant  shall have no  liability  for any  consequences
arising as a result of any such representations.

         34.(c)  Except as  otherwise  provided  in this  Lease,  no  subsequent
alteration,  amendment,  change or addition to this Lease shall be binding  upon
Landlord  or Tenant  unless in  writing  and  signed by the party  against  whom
enforcement of the alteration, amendment, change or addition is sought.

                                   ARTICLE 35.

                                    SECURITY

         35.(a)  Simultaneous  with the  execution  of this Lease,  Tenant shall
deliver to Landlord a clean, unconditional, irrevocable standby Letter of Credit
(the  "LC")  having a one (1) year term,  automatically  renewable  through  and
including the third anniversary after the Commencement  Date, naming Landlord as
beneficiary,  in a form  and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to  Landlord,
initially in an amount equal to One Million Six Hundred and  Sixty-Six  Thousand
Six Hundred  Sixty-Six Dollars and Sixty- Six cents  ($1,666,666.66)  as and for
the security deposit (the "Security  Deposit") for the faithful  performance and
observance by Tenant of the terms, provisions,  covenants and conditions of this
Lease including the terms and conditions of the Work


                                      -54-

<PAGE>   58

Letter  annexed as Exhibit A.  Provided that Tenant is not in default in respect
of any of the terms,  provisions,  covenants and conditions of this Lease beyond
applicable  notice  and  grace  periods,  including,  but not  limited  to,  the
provisions  of the Work  Letter  annexed as Exhibit A, the LC may be replaced by
Tenant with an amendment  reducing the amount of LC to Six Hundred and Sixty-Six
Thousand Six Hundred Sixty- Six Dollars and Sixty-Six cents ($666,666.66) on the
second anniversary after the Commencement Date.  Landlord shall return the LC to
Tenant on the third anniversary after the Commencement  Date. If Tenant defaults
in respect of any of the terms,  provisions,  covenants  and  conditions of this
Lease beyond applicable notice and grace periods, including, but not limited to,
the payment of fixed annual rent and additional rent, Landlord may use, apply or
retain the whole or any part of the Security  Deposit to the extent required for
the payment of any fixed annual rent and additional  rent or any other sum as to
which  Tenant  is in  default  or for any sum that  Tenant is  obligated  to pay
Landlord or that  Landlord  may expend or may be required to expend by reason of
Tenant's  default  in respect of any of the  terms,  provisions,  covenants  and
conditions  of this  Lease  beyond  any  applicable  notice  and  grace  period,
including but not limited to any damages  payable by Tenant  pursuant to Article
18 hereof. To the extent that Landlord,  during the Term, so uses,  applies,  or
retains all or any part of the Security Deposit, Tenant, on demand, shall pay to
Landlord as additional rent a sum sufficient to restore the Security  Deposit to
the amount then  required to be  deposited.  If Tenant  shall  comply  fully and
faithfully with all of the terms,  provisions,  covenants and conditions of this
Lease,  the  Security  Deposit  shall be returned to Tenant  within a reasonable
number of days  after the date  fixed as the end of the Lease  (not to exceed 14
days) and after delivery of entire possession of the Premises to Landlord.

         35.(b)  In the  event  of a sale of the Land  and the  Building  or the
leasing or  transfer of the  Building,  Landlord  shall  transfer  the  Security
Deposit to the vendee or lessee or transferee  and Landlord  thereupon  shall be
released by Tenant from all liability  for the return of such Security  Deposit.
Tenant  shall look  solely to the new  landlord  for the return of the  Security
Deposit.  The provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made
of the Security Deposit to a new landlord.

         35.(c) Tenant  covenants that it will not assign,  transfer or encumber
or attempt to assign,  transfer or encumber the money  deposited as the Security
Deposit under this Lease (except in connection  with an assignment of this Lease
in  accordance  with  the  terms  hereof)  and  that  neither  Landlord  nor its
successors  or  assigns  shall  be  bound  by  any  such  assignment,  transfer,
encumbrance,  attempted assignment,  transfer or attempted  encumbrance.  In the
event that any bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization or other debtor-creditor
proceedings shall be instituted by or against Tenant, its successors or assigns,
or any guarantor of Tenant hereunder, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be
applied to the  payment of the fixed  annual  rent and for  additional  rent due
Landlord  for  periods  prior to the  institution  of such  proceedings  and the
balance,  if any,  may be  retained  by  Landlord  in  partial  satisfaction  of
Landlord's damages.


                                      -55-

<PAGE>   59



         35.(d)  Landlord  shall  deposit  a  cash  Security   Deposit  into  an
interest-bearing  account at a banking  organization  selected by Landlord.  All
interest and/or dividends,  if any, accruing on the Security Deposit,  less a 1%
per  annum  charge  for  administrative  expense,  shall be added  to,  held and
included  within the term Security  Deposit and,  provided that Tenant is not in
default in the performance of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of
this Lease beyond any applicable  notice and grace,  shall accrue to the account
of  Tenant  and paid to  Tenant  on a  quarterly  basis.  Landlord  shall not be
required to credit Tenant with any interest for any period during which Landlord
does not receive interest on the Security Deposit.

                                   ARTICLE 36.

                              INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

                                   ARTICLE 37.

                          NON-LIABILITY INDEMNIFICATION

         37.(a)  No  partner,  member,  director,  officer,  agent,  servant  or
employee of  Landlord  shall be liable to Tenant for any loss,  injury,  damage,
except to the  extent the same are caused by or result  from the  negligence  of
Landlord, its agents, partners, members,  directors,  officers, agents, servants
or employees.  Further, neither Landlord nor Tenant, nor any respective partner,
member,  director,  officer,  agent,  servant or  employee of Landlord or Tenant
shall be liable (a) for any damage  caused by other  tenants or persons in, upon
or about the  Building  or  caused  by the  operations  in  construction  of any
private,   public  or  quasi-public   work;  or  (b)  even  if  negligent,   for
consequential damages in any action relating to this Lease.

         37.(b) Except as otherwise provided for in this Lease,  including,  the
provisions  of  Sections  9(h)(i),  9(h)(iii)  and 37(a)  hereof,  Tenant  shall
indemnify and hold harmless  Landlord and all lessors under  underlying  leases,
of, and mortgagees under mortgages  affecting,  the Land and/or the Building and
its and their respective  partners,  members,  directors,  officers,  agents and
employees from and against any and all claims arising from or in connection with
(a) the use or  occupation  of the  Premises by Tenant or anyone in the Premises
with Tenant's permission, or the conduct or management of the Premises or of any
business therein,  or any work or thing whatsoever done (other than by Landlord,
its agents,  servants or  employees),  or any condition  created in the Premises
during the Term or during the period of time, if any, prior to the  Commencement
Date,  that  Tenant may have been  given  access to the  Premises;  (b) any act,
omission or negligence of Tenant or any of its sublessees or licensees or its or
their partners, members, directors,  officers, agents, employees or contractors;
(c) any accident,  injury or damage  whatsoever  (except to the extent caused by
the negligence of Landlord, its agents,  servants or employees) occurring in, at
or upon the  Premises;  and (d) any  breach or default by Tenant in the full and
prompt payment and


                                      -56-

<PAGE>   60

performance of Tenant's  obligations under this Lease.  Tenant's indemnity shall
include  the  payment  to  Landlord  of  all  reasonable  costs,   expenses  and
liabilities  incurred  in or in  connection  with each  such  claim or action or
proceeding  brought  thereon,   including  without  limitation,  all  reasonable
attorneys' fees,  costs and expenses.  In case any action or proceeding shall be
brought against Landlord and/or any such lessor or mortgagee and/or its or their
partners, directors,  officers, agents and/or employees by reason of such claim,
Tenant,  upon notice from  Landlord or such lessor or mortgagee (as the case may
be),  shall resist and defend such action or  proceeding  (by Tenant's  counsel,
Kramer Levin, Naftalis & Frankel or Tenant's assigned insurance counsel).

                                   ARTICLE 38.

                              INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

                                   ARTICLE 39.

                              RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

         Each time that the entire  sixth  (6th),  ninth  (9th) or tenth  (10th)
floors or any portion of such floors  ("Contiguous  Space")  becomes  vacant and
available  to  lease  in the  Building,  Landlord  shall  promptly  give  notice
("Notice")  to  Tenant  in  accordance  with  Article  31 of  this  Lease,  that
Contiguous  Space is  available.  The Notice  shall  include the location of the
Contiguous  Space,  the  approximate  square  footage,  the term for  which  the
Landlord  would  lease the  Contiguous  Space to Tenant and such other  business
terms (the "Terms") as Landlord deems relevant  including,  without  limitation,
the fair market rent per square foot of the  Contiguous  Space and the  proposed
fair market  escalations.  If the  Contiguous  Space is less than Five  Thousand
square feet, within thirty (30) days after the giving of such Notice, Tenant may
elect to lease the Contiguous Space, by notifying Landlord ("Acceptance Notice")
that the Terms contained in the Notice are acceptable.  If the Contiguous  Space
is more than Five Thousand  square feet,  within  forty-five (45) days after the
giving  of such  Notice,  Tenant  may elect to lease the  Contiguous  Space,  by
notifying  Landlord  in an  Acceptance  Notice that the Terms  contained  in the
Notice are  acceptable.  In the event that Tenant wishes to lease the Contiguous
Space contained in the Notice, but Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on the Terms
for the Contiguous Space, Tenant shall notify Landlord,  within the above stated
time  frames  (within  30 days for less than 5000 sq. ft. and within 45 days for
5000 sq.  ft.  and over)  that it wishes  to lease the  Contiguous  Space but it
disputes  that the Terms  contained  in the Notice are the fair market terms for
the  Contiguous  Space.  The right to dispute the Terms  contained in the Notice
shall be deemed waived unless the Acceptance Notice is served in accordance with
this  Article.  In the case  where an  Acceptance  Notice  is  timely  served in
accordance with this Article, the dispute as to the Terms of the Premises, shall
be resolved by binding arbitration in accordance with Article 3 of this


                                      -57-

<PAGE>   61

Lease. In determining each of the Terms for the Contiguous Space, the arbitrator
shall make his/her  decision  based upon what the fair market value would be for
the  Contiguous  Space at the time the Notice is sent to Tenant.  In  connection
with such  arbitration,  Landlord shall submit a Submission to the arbitrator in
accordance  with  Article  3  containing  the  Terms  in  its  Notice.  However,
notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Tenant  agrees  to pay  during  the  period of
arbitration the Fixed Annual Rent in effect for the  immediately  preceding year
without prejudice to any of Landlord's or Tenant's rights until there has been a
determination of the arbitration.

                                   ARTICLE 40.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         40.(a)  Irrespective  of the place of  execution or  performance,  this
Lease shall be governed and construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State
of New York.

         40.(b) This Lease shall be construed  without regard to any presumption
or other rule requiring  construction against the party causing this Lease to be
drafted.

         40.(c)   Intentionally Omitted.

         40.(d) All terms and words used in this Lease, regardless of the number
or gender in which they are used,  shall be deemed to include  any other  number
and other gender as the context may require.

         40.(e) Time shall be of the essence with respect to the exercise of any
option granted under this Lease.

         40.(f) Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, whenever the payment
of interest is required to be made by Tenant to Landlord by the terms  hereof it
shall be at the Interest Rate.

         40.(g) In the event that  Tenant is in arrears in the  payment of fixed
annual rent or additional rent hereunder,  Tenant waives Tenant's right, if any,
to  designate  the items  against  which any  payments  made by Tenant are to be
credited,  and Tenant agrees that Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant
to any items it sees fit, irrespective of and notwithstanding any designation or
request  by Tenant  as to the items  against  which any such  payments  shall be
credited.

         40.(h)  The  submission  of this  document  for  examination  does  not
constitute  an option or an offer to lease  space in the  Building.  This  Lease
shall have no binding  effect on the parties  unless  executed  by Landlord  and
Tenant and a fully executed copy is delivered to Landlord and Tenant.


                                      -58-

<PAGE>   62

         40.(i) The captions are inserted  only as a matter of  convenience  and
for reference,  and in no way define,  limit or describe the scope of this Lease
or the intent of any provision hereof.

         40.(j) Landlord,  upon reasonable notice to Tenant, shall have the full
right at any time to name and change the name of the  Building and to change the
designated address of the Building.  The Building may be named after any person,
firm,  or otherwise,  whether or not such name is, or  resembles,  the name of a
tenant of the Building  (except that the building  shall not be named for one of
Tenant's  direct  competitors).  The cost or expense  associated  with  changing
Tenant's address, not to exceed $5,000.00, shall be borne by Landlord.

         40.(k) Tenant shall be permitted to install  signage in the Premises so
long as such signage  complies  with the terms and  conditions of this Lease and
has  been  approved  in  advance  by  Landlord,  which  approval  shall  not  be
unreasonably  withheld or delayed.  Under no circumstances  shall any signage in
the Premises (and visible  outside of the Premises) be  illuminated  (including,
without limitation, a "light box" or any sign with neon). Signs and canopies are
permitted at the exclusive entrance,  lobby and elevator of the Building and are
to be  installed  at  Tenant's  expense,  subject to  Landlord's  prior  written
approval which approval shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed.  Tenant
may use the name of an affiliate  or division of Tenant on  entrance,  lobby and
elevator  of  Building,  subject to  Landlord's  prior  written  approval  which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In addition,  Tenant, at
its sole cost and  expense,  shall be  permitted,  subject  to Article 6 of this
Lease, to make  Alterations or improvements to the  semi-exclusive  lobby of the
Building located at the 37th Street entrance to the Building.

         40.(l) This Lease may be executed in several counterparts each of which
shall be deemed an original,  and such counterparts shall constitute but one and
the same instrument.

                                   ARTICLE 41

                                   ROOF SPACE

         41. (a) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant,  without charge,  one hundred
(100) square feet of space on the rooftop of the Building as shown on Schedule 6
annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the "Roof Premises"). Tenant may elect to
relocate the Roof  Premises at its sole cost and expenses so long as it does not
interfere with the penthouse  tenant's use and occupancy of its premises and the
Building systems.

         (b) Tenant shall use the Roof Premises for the installation,  operation
and  maintenance  of  telecommunication  equipment,   associated  antenna,  base
stations,  dishes,  switches,  power supplies,  batteries and  accessories  (the
"Installation"). The


                                      -59-

<PAGE>   63

Installation  or other property  attached to or otherwise  brought onto the Roof
Premises  shall at all  times  remain  Tenant's  personal  property  and are not
considered fixtures.  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible
for obtaining  electrical service for the Roof Premises from the utility company
servicing  the  Building  and shall pay for such  electricity,  on a  submetered
basis,  in accordance  with the  provisions of Article 12 of this Lease.  Tenant
shall be responsible,  at its own cost and expense,  to install and maintain any
submeters  necessary  for  the  metering  of  the  electric  consumption  of the
Installation.  Landlord, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall make available
to Tenant the panel boards, feeders,  conduits and risers in the Building as may
be necessary in order to bring electric energy to the Roof Premises.

         (c) The placement of the  Installation  on the Roof  Premises  shall be
deemed to be an Alteration  and shall be subject to the  provisions of Article 6
hereof and to any other applicable  provisions of this Lease. Landlord agrees to
cooperate  with Tenant,  at Tenant's  expense,  in making  application  for, and
obtaining,  any  local,  state,  and  federal  licenses,  permits  and any other
approvals which may be required to allow Tenant to use the Roof Premises. Tenant
shall employ due diligence to obtain said approvals within a timely manner.

         (d)  Landlord  agrees  to  provide  Tenant,   Tenant's   employees  and
authorized  agents,  at reasonable times and on reasonable  notice (which may be
oral), access to the Roof Premises.

         (e) The  Installation  may be removed by Tenant at any time  during the
Term,  and, in such event,  Tenant  shall be  responsible,  at its sole cost and
expense,  to repair  any damage to the Roof  Premises  resulting  from  Tenant's
removal of the Installation.  Furthermore, Tenant shall repair any damage to the
Roof  Premises  caused by Tenant  during  the Term,  ordinary  wear and tear and
damage  from the  elements  excepted,  and said  obligation  shall  survive  the
expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.

         (f) In the event  that  Landlord  elects,  in its sole  discretion,  to
construct  additional  floors to the Building above the Roof Premises,  Landlord
shall provide Tenant with comparable  space on the new roof of the Building (the
"New Roof Premises")  promptly following the completion of any such addition and
Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense,  move the Installation to the New Roof
Premises.  Landlord shall not be responsible or liable in any manner whatsoever,
for any costs, damages, abatements and/or set-offs due to an interruption in the
use and occupancy of the Roof Premises during such construction period.

         (g) Tenant  agrees not to cause any  unreasonable  interference  to the
telecommunication  operation of Landlord or any other  tenants in the  Building.
Tenant shall operate the Installation in compliance with all applicable  Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) regulations.


                                      -60-

<PAGE>   64

         (h) Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant
may not sublet or assign any portion of the Roof Premises  (except in connection
with an assignment of this Lease in  accordance  with the terms hereof)  without
the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld by Landlord
in its sole discretion.

                                   ARTICLE 42

                                     OPTION

         42. (a) Tenant  shall have the right,  exercisable  by sending  written
notice (the "Notice") to Landlord on or before  January 26, 1997,  time being of
the essence,  to lease the entire ninth (9th) floor of the Building effective on
the date (the  "Effective  Date") set forth in the Notice,  which Effective Date
shall not be later than five (5) business days following the date of the Notice.
In the event that Tenant  timely sends the Notice to  Landlord,  the ninth (9th)
floor of the  Building  shall be,  and be  deemed to be, a part of the  Premises
subject to all of the terms and  conditions of this Lease,  except that from and
after the Effective Date:

                    (i) The phrase "One  Million Two  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars
($1,200,000.00)" in the definition of "Fixed Annual Rent" contained on page 3 of
this Lease shall be replaced with "One Million Eight  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars
($1,800,000.00);

                    (ii) "Tenant's Proportionate Share" shall mean 27.3%;

                    (iia) The following changes shall be made to Article 11(b)
of this Lease: the phrase "One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00)" on the
twelfth and  seventeenth  lines shall be replaced with "One Hundred  Twenty-Five
Million   Dollars   ($125,000,000.00),"   the  number  "Forty  Million   Dollars
($40,000,000.00)" on the fifteenth and twenty-fifth lines shall be replaced with
"Fifty Million Dollars  ($50,000,000.00)," the number "One Million Three Hundred
Thirty Three Thousand Dollars  ($1,333,000.00)," on the nineteenth line shall be
replaced with "Two Million Dollars  ($2,000,000.00),"  the number "Sixty Hundred
Sixty Seven Thousand Dollars ($667,000.00)" on lines twenty-two and twenty seven
shall be replaced with "One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00)."

                    (iii)  The  following  changes  shall  be made to  paragraph
21(a)(iii)  of  this  Lease:   the  phrase   "Seventy-Eight   Thousand   Dollars
($78,000.00)"  on the seventh  (7th) line  thereof  shall be replaced  with "One
Hundred  Seventeen-Thousand  Dollars ($117,000.00)," the number "$136,500.00" on
the  twentieth  (20th) line thereof  shall be replaced  with  "$204,750.00"  the
number  "$78,000.00" on the twentieth (20th) line thereof shall be replaced with
"$117,000.00",  the number  "$6,500.00" on the twenty-first  (21st) line thereof
shall be replaced with "$9,725.00" and the number

                                      -61-

<PAGE>   65

"$11,375.00"  on the  twenty-third  (23rd) line thereof  shall be replaced  with
"$17,062.50";

                    (iv) The number  "sixty-seven" (67) on the fourth (4th) line
of paragraph 21(c) of this Lease shall be replaced with "one hundred (100)";

                    (v) The  following  changes  shall be made to  Article 35 of
this Lease:  the phrase "One  Million Six  Hundred and  Sixty-Six  Thousand  Six
Hundred  Sixty-Six and 66/100  Dollars  ($1,666,666.66)"  beginning on the fifth
(5th) line thereof  shall be replaced  with "Two  Million Five Hundred  Thousand
Dollars  ($2,500,000.00",  the phrase "Six  Hundred and  Sixty-Six  Thousand Six
Hundred Sixty Six and 66/100 Dollars ($666,666.66)"  beginning on the thirteenth
(13th)   line   thereof   shall  be   replaced   with   "One   Million   Dollars
($1,000,000.00)";

         (vi) the phrase  "ninth" (9th) on the first (1st) line of Article 39 of
this Lease shall be deleted in its entirety; and

         (vii) the  following  changes shall be made to Exhibit A of this Lease:
the number  "$2,700,000.00"  on the third  (3rd) line of  paragraph  4A shall be
replaced  with  "$4,050,000.00,"  the phrase "Two  Hundred and Seventy  Thousand
Dollars ($270,000.00)"  beginning on the seventh (7th) line of such paragraph 4A
shall be replaced with "Four Hundred Five Thousand Dollars  ($405,000.00),"  the
number  "$2,550,000.00"  on the tenth (10th) line of such  paragraph 4A shall be
replaced  with  "$3,900,000.00,"  the phrase  "Eight  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars
($800,000.00)" on the fifth (5th) line of paragraph 4C thereof shall be replaced
with "One  Million Two Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($1,200,000.00),"  the number
"$1,900,000.00"  on the first (1st) line of the second  (2nd)  paragraph of such
paragraph 4C shall be replaced with "$2,850,000.00" and the number "$800,000.00"
on the fourth (4th) line of the second  (2nd)  paragraph of such Exhibit A shall
be replaced with "$1,200,000.00."

                    (b)  On or before the Effective Date:

                    (i) Tenant shall  deliver to Landlord an amendment to the LC
required to be delivered by Tenant  pursuant to the  provisions of Article 35 of
this Lease  increasing  the amount thereof to  $2,500,000.00;  and (ii) Landlord
shall deliver to Tenant:  (x) an amendment to the LC required to be delivered by
Landlord  pursuant to the  provisions of Exhibit A of this Lease  increasing the
amount thereof to  $1,200,000.00;  and (y) a check,  in the amount of $8,333.33,
representing the payment to Tenant for Tenant's installation of submeters on the
ninth (9th) floor of the Building.

                    (c) In the  event  that  Tenant  does  not  timely  send the
Notice,  Tenant's right to exercise its option pursuant to this Article 42 shall
be of no further force and effect. Nothing contained herein shall limit Tenant's
rights with respect to the sixth (6th),  ninth (9th) and tenth (10th)  floors of
the Building pursuant to the terms of Article 39 of this Lease.


                                      -62-

<PAGE>   66


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have respectively executed this
Lease as of the day and year first above written.

                                            LANDLORD:

                                F.S. Realty Corp.



                                By: /s/ Joseph Chetrit
                                   -------------------------------------
                                   Name:   Joseph Chetrit
                                   Title:


                                TENANT:

                                GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP.



                                By: /s/ Joseph Cayre
                                   -------------------------------------
                                   Name:   Joseph Cayre
                                   Title:  Chairman of the Board


                                      -63-




<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.30

                       AMENDMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT



     AMENDMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of December 16, 1996 (the
"Amendment"), amending the STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of December 18, 1995
(the "Agreement"), by and among Joseph J. Cayre, Kenneth Cayre, Stanley Cayre,
Jack J. Cayre, the trusts listed on Schedule I to the Agreement (collectively,
the "Trusts") and GT Interactive Software Corp. (the "Company").

     WHEREAS,  the parties to the Agreement  wish to make certain  amendments to
the Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which
is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby amend Section 2.1 of the
Agreement as follows:

          2.1 Limitation on Transfer. No Stockholder shall sell, give, assign,
     hypothecate, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in or otherwise
     dispose of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) (each a "transfer")
     any Shares or any right, title or interest therein or thereto, except in
     accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, a
     Stockholder may hypothecate, pledge, encumber or grant a security interest,
     the foreclosure of which shall be deemed an Involuntary Transfer subject to
     Section 3.6 of this Agreement, in any Shares to a bank or other financial
     institution. Any attempt to transfer any Shares or any rights hereunder in
     violation of the preceding sentence shall be null and void ab initio and
     the Company shall not register any such transfer. Anything in this
     Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the limitations on transfer in
     this Section 2.1 shall not apply to (i) any transfer of Shares by gift made
     by any Stockholder to any bona fide charitable organization (including a
     foundation of which the donor and/or its family members are trustees), (ii)
     any sale of Shares through a widely distributed underwritten Public
     Offering, or (iii) any sale of Shares made in compliance with Rule 144
     under the Securities Act.


     In all other respects, the terms of the Agreement remain unchanged.

     All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

     This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.


<PAGE>   2



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed by their respective authorized officers or trustees as of the date
hereof.


                                 GT Interactive Software Corp.


                               By /s/ RONALD CHAIMOWITZ
                                 ----------------------------------------------
                                 Name: Ronald Chaimowitz
                                Title: President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                       Director


                               Joseph J. Cayre



                               /s/ JOSEPH J. CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------


                               Kenneth Cayre



                                   /s/ KENNETH CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------


                               Stanley Cayre



                                   /s/ STANLEY CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------


                               Jack J. Cayre


                                   /s/ JACK J. CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------

                                      -2-

<PAGE>   3


                             FOR THE TRUSTS:


                             Michael Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ TRINA CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                            By: Trina Cayre, Trustee


                            Steven Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ TRINA CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                            By: Trina Cayre, Trustee



                            Daniel Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ TRINA CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                            By: Trina Cayre, Trustee




                            Grace E. Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ TRINA CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                            By: Trina Cayre, Trustee

                                      -3-

<PAGE>   4



                            Jack S. Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ FRIEDA CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                            By: Frieda Cayre, Trustee




                             Amin Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ FRIEDA CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By: Frieda Cayre, Trustee




                             David Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ FRIEDA CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By: Frieda Cayre, Trustee




                              Robert Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ FRIEDA CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By: Frieda Cayre, Trustee




                             Grace S. Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ FRIEDA CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By: Frieda Cayre, Trustee


                                      -4-

<PAGE>   5



                             Jack Kennedy Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ LILLIAN CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By: Lillian Cayre, Trustee




                             Nathan Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ LILLIAN CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By:  Lillian Cayre, Trustee




                             Michelle Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ LILLIAN CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By:  Lillian Cayre, Trustee




                             Grace K. Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ LILLIAN CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By: Lillian Cayre, Trustee




                             Raquel Cayre Irrevocable Grantor Trust


                                   /s/ LILLIAN CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By: Lillian Cayre, Trustee


                                      -5-

<PAGE>   6


                             Joseph J. Cayre Grantor Retained Annuity Trust


                                   /s/ TRINA CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By: Trina Cayre, Trustee




                             Jack J. Cayre Grantor Retained Annuity Trust


                                   /s/ JOSEPH CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By: Joseph Cayre, Trustee




                             Stanley Cayre Grantor Retained Annuity Trust


                                   /s/ FRIEDA CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By: Frieda Cayre, Trustee




                             Kenneth Cayre Grantor Retained Annuity Trust


                                   /s/ LILLIAN CAYRE
                               ------------------------------------------------
                             By: Lillian Cayre, Trustee


                                      -6-


<PAGE>   1





                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.31






                                   $40,000,000


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                   dated as of


                                January 21, 1997


                                      among


                          GT Interactive Software Corp.


                            The Banks Listed Herein,


                 The Letter of Credit Issuing Bank Named Herein


                                       and


                       Republic National Bank of New York
                                    as Agent




<PAGE>   2

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS


<S>        <C>                                                                                                <C>
                                                                                                               PAGE
ARTICLE 1  DEFINITION.............................................................................................1
         SECTION 1.01.  Definitions...............................................................................1
         SECTION 1.02. Accounting Terms and Determinations.......................................................10

ARTICLE 2  The Credits...........................................................................................10
         SECTION 2.01.  Commitments to Lend......................................................................10
         SECTION 2.02.  Method of Borrowing......................................................................11
         SECTION 2.03.  Notes....................................................................................12
         SECTION 2.04.  Maturity of Loans........................................................................12
         SECTION 2.05.  Interest Rates...........................................................................12
         SECTION 2.06.  Fees.....................................................................................13
         SECTION 2.07.  Optional Termination or Reduction of
                        Commitments; Optional Prepayment.........................................................14
         SECTION 2.08.  Method of Electing Interest Rates........................................................14
         SECTION 2.09.  Mandatory Termination of Commitments.....................................................15
         SECTION 2.10.  General Provisions as to Payments........................................................15
         SECTION 2.11.  Funding Losses...........................................................................16
         SECTION 2.12.  Computation of Interest and Fees.........................................................16
         SECTION 2.13.  Letters of Credit........................................................................16

ARTICLE 3  CONDITION    .........................................................................................19
         SECTION 3.01.  Closing..................................................................................19
         SECTION 3.02.  Borrowings and Issuances of Letters of
                        Credit...................................................................................19

ARTICLE 4  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................................................................20
         SECTION 4.01.  Corporate Existence and Power............................................................20
         SECTION 4.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization;
                        No Contravention.........................................................................20
         SECTION 4.03.  Binding Effect...........................................................................20
         SECTION 4.04.  Financial Information....................................................................20
         SECTION 4.05.  Litigation...............................................................................21
         SECTION 4.06.  Compliance with ERISA....................................................................21
         SECTION 4.07.  Environmental Matters....................................................................21
         SECTION 4.08.  Taxes....................................................................................22
         SECTION 4.09.  Intellectual Property....................................................................22
         SECTION 4.10.  Capitalization...........................................................................22
         SECTION 4.11.  Debt and Liens...........................................................................22
         SECTION 4.12.  Subsidiaries.............................................................................23
         SECTION 4.13.  Regulatory Restrictions on Borrowing.....................................................23
         SECTION 4.14.  Full Disclosure..........................................................................23

ARTICLE 5  COVENANTS.............................................................................................24
         SECTION 5.01.  Information..............................................................................24
         SECTION 5.02.  Payment of Obligations...................................................................25
         SECTION 5.03.  Maintenance of Property; Insurance.......................................................26
         SECTION 5.04.  Conduct of Business and Maintenance of
                        Existence................................................................................26
         SECTION 5.05.  Compliance with Laws.....................................................................26
         SECTION 5.06.  Inspection of Property, Books and Records................................................26

</TABLE>


                                       -i-

<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>

<S>      <C>                                                                                                    <C>
         SECTION 5.07.  Merger and Sales of Assets...............................................................27
         SECTION 5.08.  Use of Proceeds..........................................................................27
         SECTION 5.09.  Negative Pledge..........................................................................27
         SECTION 5.10.  Limitation on Debt.......................................................................28
         SECTION 5.11.  Minimum Tangible Net Worth...............................................................28
         SECTION 5.12.  Debt: Tangible Net Worth.................................................................28
         SECTION 5.13.  Investments..............................................................................29
         SECTION 5.14.  Working Capital..........................................................................29
         SECTION 5.15.  Current Ratio............................................................................29
         SECTION 5.16.  Restricted Payments......................................................................29
         SECTION 5.17.  Minimum Net Income.......................................................................29
         SECTION 5.18.  Sale-Leaseback Transactions..............................................................29
         SECTION 5.19.  Transactions with Affiliates.............................................................29
         SECTION 5.20.  Lines of Business........................................................................30

ARTICLE 6  DEFAULTS..............................................................................................30
         SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default........................................................................30
         SECTION 6.02.  Notice of Default........................................................................31
         SECTION 6.03.  Cash Cover...............................................................................31

ARTICLE 7  THE AGENT.............................................................................................32
         SECTION 7.01.  Appointment and Authorization............................................................32
         SECTION 7.02.  Agent and Affiliates.....................................................................32
         SECTION 7.03.  Action by Agent..........................................................................32
         SECTION 7.04.  Consultation with Experts................................................................32
         SECTION 7.05.  Liability of Agent.......................................................................32
         SECTION 7.06.  Indemnification..........................................................................32
         SECTION 7.07.  Credit Decision..........................................................................33
         SECTION 7.08.  Successor Agent..........................................................................33
         SECTION 7.09.  Agent's Fee..............................................................................33

ARTICLE 8  CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCE...............................................................................33
         SECTION 8.01.  Basis for Determining Interest Rate
                                    Inadequate or Unfair.........................................................33
         SECTION 8.02.  Illegality...............................................................................34
         SECTION 8.03.  Increased Cost and Reduced Return........................................................34
         SECTION 8.04.  Taxes....................................................................................35
         SECTION 8.05.  Base Rate Loans Substituted for
                                    Affected EuroDollar Loans....................................................36

ARTICLE 9  MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................................................37
         SECTION 9.01.  Notices..................................................................................37
         SECTION 9.02.  No Waivers...............................................................................37
         SECTION 9.03.  Expenses; Indemnification................................................................37
         SECTION 9.04.  Sharing of Set-offs......................................................................38
         SECTION 9.05.  Amendments and Waivers...................................................................38
         SECTION 9.06.  Successors and Assigns...................................................................38
         SECTION 9.07.  Collateral...............................................................................40
         SECTION 9.08.  Continuing Obligation....................................................................40
         SECTION 9.09.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction................................................40
         SECTION 9.10.  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.................................................40
         SECTION 9.11.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.....................................................................40
         SECTION 9.12.  Confidentiality..........................................................................41

</TABLE>

                                      -ii-

<PAGE>   4



     AGREEMENT dated as of January 21, 1997 among GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP.,
the BANKS listed on the signature pages hereof, the LETTER OF CREDIT ISSUING
BANK named herein and REPUBLIC NATIONAL BANK OF NEW YORK, as Agent.

     The parties hereto agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1.
                                   DEFINITION

     SECTION 1.1. Definitions. The following terms, as used herein, have the
following meanings:

     "ADJUSTED LONDON INTERBANK OFFERED RATE" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.05(b).

     "AFFILIATE" means (i) any Person that directly, or indirectly through one
or more intermediaries, controls the Borrower (a "CONTROLLING PERSON") or (ii)
any Person (other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary) which is controlled by or
is under common control with a Controlling Person. As used herein, the term
"control" means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to vote 25% or
more of any class of voting securities of a Person or to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

     "AGENT" means RNB, in its capacity as agent for the Banks hereunder, and
its successors in such capacity.

     "APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICE" means, with respect to any Bank, (i) in the
case of its Base Rate Loans, its Domestic Lending Office and (ii) in the case of
its EuroDollar Loans, its EuroDollar Lending Office.

     "ASSET SALE" means any sale or other disposition (excluding any lease or
license and any such transaction effected by way of merger or consolidation) by
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any asset, but excluding (i)
dispositions of inventory, cash, cash equivalents and other cash management
investments and obsolete, unused or unnecessary equipment and undeveloped real
estate, in each case in the ordinary course of business and (ii) dispositions to
the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     "ASSIGNEE" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.06(c).

     "BANK" means each bank listed on the signature pages hereof, each Assignee
which becomes a Bank pursuant to Section 9.06(c), and their respective
successors and shall include, as the context may require, any Issuing Bank in
such capacity.

     "BASE RATE" means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the Reference
Rate for such day.



<PAGE>   5




     "BASE RATE LOAN" means (i) a Loan which bears interest at the Base Rate
pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Interest Rate
Election or the provisions of Article 8 or (ii) an overdue amount which was a
Base Rate Loan immediately before it became overdue.

     "BENEFIT ARRANGEMENT" means at any time an employee benefit plan within the
meaning of Section (3) of ERISA which is not a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan and
which is maintained or otherwise contributed to by any member of the ERISA
Group.

     "BORROWER" means GT Interactive Software Corp., a Delaware corporation, and
its successors.

     "BORROWING" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Loans made to the
Borrower on the same day pursuant to Article 2, all of which Loans are of the
same type (subject to Article 8) and, except in the case of Base Rate Loans,
have the same initial Interest Period. A Borrowing is a "BASE RATE BORROWING" if
such Loans are Base Rate Loans or a "EURODOLLAR BORROWING" if such Loans are
EuroDollar Loans.

     "CAYRE FAMILY" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(j) hereof.

     "CLOSING DATE" means the date on or after the Effective Date on which the
Agent shall have received the documents specified in or pursuant to Section
3.01.

     "COMMITMENT" means, with respect to each Bank, the amount set forth
opposite the name of such Bank on the signature pages hereof, as such amount may
be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07.

     "CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means, for any period, the additions to
property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of the Borrower and
its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, as the same are or would be set
forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period.

     "CONSOLIDATED DEBT" means at any date the Debt of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis as of such date.

     "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any fiscal period, the net income of
the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated
basis for such period, exclusive of the effect of any extraordinary or other
nonrecurring gain or loss.

     "CONSOLIDATED CURRENT ASSETS" means all cash, short term investments,
customers' accounts receivable, inventory and deposits, of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   6




     "CONSOLIDATED CURRENT LIABILITIES" means those amounts due or to become due
for payment within twelve (12) months subsequent to the relevant statement date,
including all outstanding Loans (regardless of when due), Standby Letter of
Credit Liabilities and Documentary Letter of Credit Liabilities of the type
described in clause (x) of the definition of Letter of Credit Liabilities, but
excluding Documentary Letter of Credit Liabilities of the type described in
clause (y) of the definition of Letter of Credit Liabilities, by the Borrower or
its Consolidated Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany amounts due to the
Borrower).

     "CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means at any date (1) the aggregate
amount at which all assets of Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries would
be shown on a balance sheet at such date after deducting capitalized research
and development costs, capitalized interest, goodwill, patents, trademarks,
copyrights, franchises, licenses and such other assets as are properly
classified as "intangible assets", less (2) the aggregate principal amount of
all indebtedness, liabilities (including tax and other proper accruals and all
Loans and Standby Letter of Credit Liabilities, but excluding Documentary Letter
of Credit Liabilities), deferred tax assets and reserves of Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries but only to the extent not deducted in clause (1).

     "CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY" means at any date any Subsidiary or other entity
the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the Borrower in its
consolidated financial statements if such statements were prepared as of such
date.

     "CONSOLIDATED TOTAL LIABILITIES" means at any date all liabilities of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (including all Loans and Letter of
Credit Liabilities (other than in the case of Documentary Letters of Credit
only, liabilities described in clause (y) of the definition of Letter of Credit
Liabilities)) which would properly appear on the liability side of a balance
sheet, other than capital stock, capital surplus, retained earnings, minority
interest, deferred credits, and contingency reserves.

     "CONSOLIDATED WORKING CAPITAL" means at any date the excess of Consolidated
Current Assets over Consolidated Current Liabilities.

     "DEBT" of any Person means at any date, without duplication, (i) the
principal portion of all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all
obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred
purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable and
accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business, (iv) all
obligations of such Person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles (the


                                      -3-
<PAGE>   7



amount of such Debt being the capitalized amount thereof on the Borrower's
financial statements), (v) all non-contingent obligations (and, for purposes of
Section 5.09 and the definition of Material Debt, all contingent obligations) of
such Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid
under a letter of credit or similar instrument, (vi) all Debt secured by a Lien
on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is otherwise an obligation
of such Person (the amount of such Debt being limited to the fair market value
of such asset if such Person's liability with regard to such Debt is limited
solely to such asset) and (vii) all Debt of others Guaranteed by such Person, it
being understood that Debt shall not include amounts of outstanding Documentary
Letters of Credit but shall include amounts of outstanding Standby Letters of
Credit.

     "DEFAULT" means any condition or event which constitutes an Event of
Default or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would,
unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

     "DOCUMENTARY LETTER OF CREDIT" means a letter of credit which is used as
the payment mechanism for the acquisition of goods, rights or other assets.

     "DOCUMENTARY LETTER OF CREDIT LIABILITIES" means any liabilities ensuing
from Documentary Letters of Credit.

     "DOMESTIC BUSINESS DAY" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized by law to close.

     "DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE" means, as to each Bank, its office located at its
address set forth below its name on the signature page thereof as its Domestic
Lending Office or such other office as such Bank may hereafter designate as its
Domestic Lending Office by notice to the Borrower and the Agent.

     "DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized in a
jurisdiction within the United States.

     "EFFECTIVE DATE" means the date this Agreement becomes effective in
accordance with Section 9.10.

     "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means any and all federal, state, local and foreign
statutes, laws, judicial decisions, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments,
orders, decrees, plans, injunctions, permits, concessions, grants, franchises,
licenses, agreements and other governmental restrictions relating to the
environment, the effect of the environment on human health or to emissions,
discharges or releases of pollutants, contaminants, Hazardous Substances or
wastes into the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, surface
water, ground water, or land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture,
processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   8



handling of pollutants, contaminants, Hazardous Substances or wastes or the
clean-up or other remediation thereof.

     "EQUITY RIGHTS" means with respect to any Person, any outstanding
subscriptions, options, warrants, commitments, preemptive rights or agreements
of any kind (including, without limitation, any stockholders' or voting trust
agreements) for the issuance, sale, registration or voting of, or outstanding
securities convertible into, any additional shares of capital stock of any class
of, or partnership or other ownership interests of any type in, such Person.

     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, or any successor statute.

     "ERISA GROUP" means the Borrower, any Subsidiary and all members of a
controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not
incorporated) under common control which, together with the Borrower or any
Subsidiary, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Internal
Revenue Code.

     "EURODOLLAR BUSINESS DAY" means any Domestic Business Day on which
commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in
dollar deposits) in London.

     "EURODOLLAR LENDING OFFICE" means, as to each Bank, its office, branch or
affiliate located at its address set forth below its name on the signature page
thereof as its EuroDollar Lending Office or such other office, branch or
affiliate of such Bank as it may hereafter designate as its EuroDollar Lending
Office by notice to the Borrower and the Agent.

     "EURODOLLAR LOAN" means (i) a Loan which bears interest at a EuroDollar
Rate pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Interest Rate
Election or (ii) an overdue amount which was a EuroDollar Loan immediately
before it became overdue.

     "EURODOLLAR MARGIN" means 1 1/4%.

     "EURODOLLAR RATE" means a rate of interest determined pursuant to Section
2.05(b) on the basis of an Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate.

     "EURODOLLAR RESERVE PERCENTAGE" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.05(b).

     "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

     "EXISTING APPLICATION FOR COMMERCIAL CREDIT" means the Application for
Commercial Credit dated December 24, 1996 between the Borrower and the Issuing
Bank.


                                      -5-

<PAGE>   9



         "EXISTING LETTER OF CREDIT" means the letter of credit in the face
amount of $1,666,666.66 issued before the Closing Date under the existing
Application for Commercial Credit.

         "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded
upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Domestic Business Day
next succeeding such day, provided that (i) if such day is not a Domestic
Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such
transactions on the next preceding Domestic Business Day as so published on the
next succeeding Domestic Business Day, and (ii) if no such rate is so published
on such next succeeding Domestic Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such
day shall be the average rate quoted to the Agent on such day on such
transactions as reasonably determined by the Agent to be relevant.

         "FINANCING DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement and the Notes.

         "FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the Borrower
that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

         "GROUP OF LOANS" means at any time a group of Loans consisting of (i)
all Loans which are Base Rate Loans at such time or (ii) all EuroDollar Loans
having the same Interest Period at such time, provided that, if a Loan of any
particular Bank is converted to or made as a Base Rate Loan pursuant to Article
8, such Loan shall be included in the same Group or Groups of Loans from time to
time as it would have been in if it had not been so converted or made.

         "GUARANTEE" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other
obligation for the payment of money of any other Person and, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent
or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds
for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation for the payment of
money (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to
keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or
to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into
for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the holder of such Debt or other
obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such holder against loss in
respect thereof (in whole or in part), provided that the term Guarantee shall
not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business. The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.



                                       -6-

<PAGE>   10



     "HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES" means any toxic, radioactive, caustic or otherwise
hazardous substance, including petroleum, its derivatives, by-products and other
hydrocarbons, or any substance having any constituent elements displaying any of
the foregoing characteristics.

     "INDEMNITEE" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(b).

     "INTEREST PERIOD" means with respect to each EuroDollar Loan, the period
commencing on the date of borrowing specified in the applicable Notice of
Borrowing or on the date specified in the applicable Notice of Interest Rate
Election and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower
may elect in the applicable notice; provided that:

          (i) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is
     not a EuroDollar Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding
     EuroDollar Business Day unless such EuroDollar Business Day falls in
     another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the
     next preceding EuroDollar Business Day;

          (ii) any Interest Period which begins on the last EuroDollar Business
     Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
     corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period)
     shall, subject to clause (iii) below, end on the last EuroDollar Business
     Day of a calendar month; and

          (iii) any Interest Period which would otherwise end after the
     Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date.

     "INTERNAL REVENUE CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or any successor statute.

     "INVESTMENT" means any investment in any Person, whether by means of share
purchase, capital contribution, loan, Guarantee, time deposit or otherwise (but
not including any demand deposit).

     "ISSUING BANK" means RNB as issuer of a Letter of Credit hereunder.

     "JOINT VENTURE" means at any time (i) any corporation of which not less
than 10% nor more than 50% of each class of capital stock having ordinary voting
power to elect the board of directors of such corporation or other persons
performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by the
Borrower and (ii) any partnership, association or joint venture not less than
10% nor more than 50% of the equity interests of which are at the time directly
or indirectly owned by the Borrower, but excluding in any event any Subsidiary
of the Borrower.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>   11



     "LETTER OF CREDIT" means a letter of credit to be issued under Section
2.13(b) by the Issuing Bank.

     "LETTER OF CREDIT LIABILITIES" means, for any Bank and at any time, the sum
of (x) the amounts then owing to such Bank (including in the case of RNB in its
capacity as an Issuing Bank) by the Borrower to reimburse it in respect of
amounts drawn under Letters of Credit and (y) such Bank's ratable participation
in the aggregate amount then available for drawing under all outstanding Letters
of Credit.

     "LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of
preferential arrangement that has the practical effect of creating a security
interest, in respect of such asset. For the purposes of this Agreement, the
Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset
which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor
under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention
agreement relating to such asset.

     "LOAN" means a Base Rate Loan or a EuroDollar Loan and "Loans" means Base
Rate Loans or EuroDollar Loans or any combination of the foregoing..

     "LONDON INTERBANK OFFERED RATE" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.05(b).

     "MATERIAL DEBT" means Debt (other than the Notes) of the Borrower and/or
one or more of its Subsidiaries (other than intercompany indebtedness), arising
(a) in a single transaction, in a principal or face amount exceeding $1,000,000,
or (b) in more than one related or unrelated transactions in an aggregate
principal or face amount exceeding $2,000,000.

     "MATERIAL PLAN" means at any time a Plan or Plans having aggregate Unfunded
Liabilities in excess of $1,000,000.

     "MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" means a subsidiary, including its subsidiaries, (i)
the investments in and advances to which by the Borrower and its other
subsidiaries exceed 10% of the total consolidated assets of the Borrower and its
consolidated subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal
quarter, or (ii) the proportionate share of the Borrower or its other
subsidiaries in the total assets of which exceeds 10% of the total assets (after
intercompany eliminations) of the Borrower and its other subsidiaries
consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter, or
(iii) of which the Borrower's or its other subsidiaries' equity in the income
from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles of the subsidiary exceeds
10% of such income of the Borrower and its

                                       -8-

<PAGE>   12



subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal quarter.

     "MONTHLY DATES" means the last day of each calendar month.

     "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan
within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any member of the
ERISA Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or
has within the preceding five plan years made contributions, including for these
purposes any Person which ceased to be a member of the ERISA Group during such
five year period.

     "NBD" means NBD Bank, a Michigan banking corporation and its successors.

     "NOTES" means promissory notes of the Borrower, substantially in the
respective forms of Exhibits A-1 and A-2 hereto, evidencing the obligation of
the Borrower to repay the Loans, and "Note" means any one of such promissory
notes issued hereunder.

     "NOTICE OF BORROWING" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.

     "NOTICE OF ISSUANCE" has the meaning set forth in Section 2. 13(b).

     "NOTICE OF INTEREST RATE ELECTION" has the meaning set forth in Section
2.08.

     "PARENT" means, with respect to any Bank, any Person controlling such Bank.

     "PARTICIPANT" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.06(b).

     "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

     "PERMITTED ACQUISITION" means the acquisition by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary of any Person or of any division or line of business of any Person or
of any minority or majority equity interest therein, either by merger,
consolidation, purchase of stock or other equity interest, or purchase of all or
a substantial part of the assets of such business or purchase of less than all
of the equity of any Person; provided that, unless waived by the Agent and each
of the Banks, in the exercise of their respective sole discretions, each of the
following conditions shall have been satisfied:

     (a) such acquisition shall be of a business which is a developer,
publisher, merchandiser or distributor of consumer software or a business
related thereto or is a start-up company intending to engage in any such
business (including in each case,



                                       -9-

<PAGE>   13



without limitation, Internet and similar on-line or electronic related
businesses); and

     (b) such transaction shall not be a "hostile" acquisition or other
"hostile" transaction (i.e., such transaction shall not be opposed by the Board
of Directors of the business), provided that in the event the Borrower proposes
to initiate such transaction as a hostile transaction with the intent to attempt
to subsequently obtain the approval of the Board of Directors of such business,
the Borrower may notify the Agent and each Bank in writing in advance of the
initiation of such proposed transaction together with any information concerning
such transaction as the Agent and Bank may reasonably request, and, provided
that each Bank shall have approved such transaction in writing prior to the
initiation of such transaction, with the approval of each Bank being based
solely on a conflict of any kind of such Bank concerning such proposed
acquisition and with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, the Borrower
may proceed with such transaction so long as the transaction ultimately is
approved by the Board of Directors of such business (and a majority of which
were members of such Board of Directors at the time such transaction was
initiated) and is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     "PERSON" means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, a
partnership, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization,
including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality
thereof

     "PLAN" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan (other than a
Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the
minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code and
either (i) is maintained, or contributed to, by any member of the ERISA Group
for employees of any member of the ERISA Group or (ii) has at any time within
the preceding five years been maintained, or contributed to, by any Person which
was at such time a member of the ERISA Group for employees of any Person which
was at such time a member of the ERISA Group, and as to which Borrower may have
contingent liability exceeding $1,000,000.

     "REFERENCE RATE" means the rate of interest established by RNB from time to
time at its principal domestic office as its reference lending rate for domestic
commercial loans.

     "REFERENCE BANK" means the principal London offices of RNB.

     "REGULATION U" means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

     "REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATIONS" means at any date the obligations of the
Borrower then outstanding under Section 2.13



                                      -10-

<PAGE>   14



to reimburse any Bank for the amount paid by such Bank in respect of a drawing
under a Letter of Credit.

     "REQUIRED BANKS" means at any time Banks having at least 75% of the
aggregate amount of the Commitments or, if the Commitments shall have been
terminated, holding Notes evidencing at least 75% of the sum of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities.

     "RESTRICTED PAYMENT" means (i) any dividend or other distribution on any
shares of the Borrower's capital stock (except dividends payable solely in
shares of its capital stock) or (ii) any payment on account of the purchase,
redemption, retirement or acquisition of (a) any shares of the Borrower's
capital stock or (b) any option, warrant or other right to acquire shares of the
Borrower's capital stock (but not including payments of principal, premium (if
any) or interest made pursuant to the terms of convertible debt securities prior
to conversion), in each case excluding repurchases under employee stock option
plans and warrant agreements, other than with the Cayre Family, to which the
Borrower is a party in an aggregate amount not exceeding $1,000,000; and
excluding the acquisition by the Borrower of shares of its Common Stock in open
market or privately negotiated transactions pursuant to a stock repurchase
program approved by its Board of Directors, provided that (i) the aggregate
amount expended therefor does not exceed $20,000,000, and (ii) such shares are
not acquired in privately negotiated transactions from any members of the Cayre
Family.

     "REVOLVING CREDIT PERIOD" means the period from and including the Closing
Date to but not including the Termination Date.

     "RNB" means Republic National Bank of New York, a bank organized and
existing under the laws of the United States and it successors.

     "SALE-LEASEBACK TRANSACTION" means any arrangement with any Person
providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any property
that, or of any property similar to and used for substantially the same purposes
as any other property that, has been or is to be sold, assigned, transferred or
otherwise disposed of by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to such Person
with the intention of entering into such a lease.

     "STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT" means any Letter of Credit which is not a
Documentary Letter of Credit.

     "STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT LIABILITIES" means any liabilities ensuing from
Standby Letters of Credit.


                                      -11-

<PAGE>   15



     "SUBSIDIARY" means, as to any Person, any corporation or other entity of
which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to
elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar
functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person; unless
otherwise specified, "SUBSIDIARY" means a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     "TEMPORARY CASH INVESTMENT" means any Investment in (a) (i) direct
obligations of the United States or any agency thereof, or obligations
guaranteed by the United States or any agency thereof, (ii) commercial paper
rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services and PI by Moody's
Investors Service, Inc., (iii) time deposits with, including certificates of
deposit issued by, any office located in the United States of any bank or trust
company which is organized under the laws of the United States or any state
thereof and has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least
$1,000,000,000 or (iv) repurchase agreements with respect to securities
described in clause (i) above entered into with an office of a bank or trust
company meeting the criteria specified in clause (iii) above, provided in each
case that such Investment matures within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof by the Borrower or a Subsidiary, (b) any money market mutual fund,
provided its investment policies require substantially all of its assets to be
limited to Temporary Cash Investments described in clause (a) above, or (c) such
obligations or instruments as are permitted under the Company's "Investment
Policy Guidelines", attached hereto as Exhibit C.

     "TERMINATION DATE" means December 31, 1998, or, if such day is
     not a
EuroDollar Business Day, the next succeeding EuroDollar Business Day unless such
EuroDollar Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case the
Termination Date shall be the next preceding EuroDollar Business Day.

     "UNFUNDED LIABILITIES" means, with respect to any Plan at any time, the
amount (if any) by which (i) the value of all benefit liabilities under such
Plan, determined on a plan termination basis using the assumptions prescribed by
the PBGC for purposes of Section 4044 of ERISA, exceeds (ii) the fair market
value of all Plan assets allocable to such liabilities under Title IV of ERISA
(excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions), all determined as of the then
most recent valuation date for such Plan, but only to the extent that such
excess represents a potential liability of a member of the ERISA Group to the
PBGC or any other Person under Title IV of ERISA.

     "UNITED STATES" means the United States of America, including the States
and the District of Columbia, but excluding its territories and possessions.



                                      -12-

<PAGE>   16



     SECTION 1.2. Accounting Terms and Determinations. Unless otherwise
specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all
accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements
required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time, applied
on a basis consistent (except for changes concurred in by the Borrower's
independent public accountants) with the most recent audited consolidated
financial statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries delivered
to the Banks; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Agent that the
Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Article 5 to eliminate the effect of
any change in generally accepted accounting principles on the operation of such
covenant (or if the Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Banks wish to
amend Article 5 for such purpose), then the Borrower's compliance with such
covenant shall be determined on the basis of generally accepted accounting
principles in effect immediately before the relevant change in generally
accepted accounting principles became effective, until either such notice is
withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower
and the Required Banks.

                                    ARTICLE 2
                                   The Credits

     SECTION 2.1. Commitments to Lend. During the Revolving Credit Period, each
Bank severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement,
to make loans to the Borrower from time to time in amounts such that the
aggregate principal amount of Loans by such Bank at any one time outstanding
plus its Letter of Credit Liabilities shall not exceed the amount of its
Commitment. Each Borrowing under this Section shall be in an aggregate principal
amount of $1,000,000 or any larger multiple of $100,000 (except that any such
Borrowing may be in the aggregate amount of the unused Commitments) and shall be
made from the several Banks ratably in proportion to their respective
Commitments. Within the foregoing limits, the Borrower may borrow under this
Section, prepay Loans to the extent permitted by Section 2.07 and reborrow at
any time during the Revolving Credit Period under this Section.

     SECTION 2.2. Method of Borrowing. (a) The Borrower shall give the Agent
notice (a "NOTICE OF BORROWING") not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time)
on (x) the date of each Base Rate Borrowing and (y) the third EuroDollar
Business Day before each EuroDollar Borrowing, specifying:

          (i) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Domestic Business Day
     in the case of a Base Rate Borrowing or a EuroDollar Business Day in the
     case of a EuroDollar Borrowing;

          (ii) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;


                                      -13-

<PAGE>   17




          (iii) whether the Loans comprising such Borrowing are to bear interest
     initially at the Base Rate or the EuroDollar Rate; and

          (iv) in the case of a EuroDollar Borrowing, the duration of the
     initial Interest Period applicable thereto, subject to the provisions of
     the definition of Interest Period.

     (b) Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, the Agent shall promptly notify
each Bank of the contents thereof and of such Bank's ratable share of such
Borrowing and such Notice of Borrowing shall not thereafter be revocable by the
Borrower.

     (c) Not later than 12:30 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of each
Borrowing, each Bank shall make available its ratable share of such Borrowing,
in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City, to the Agent
at its address referred to in Section 9.01. Unless the Agent determines that any
applicable condition specified in Article 3 has not been satisfied, the Agent
will make the funds so received from the Banks available to the Borrower at the
Agent's aforesaid address.

     (d) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Bank prior to the
date of any Borrowing that such Bank will not make available to the Agent such
Bank's share of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Bank has made
such share available to the Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance
with subsection (c) of this Section and the Agent may, in reliance upon such
assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount.
If and to the extent that such Bank shall not have so made such share available
to the Agent, such Bank and the Borrower severally agree to repay to the Agent
forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon,
for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until
the date such amount is repaid to the Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower,
a rate per annum equal to the higher of the Federal Funds Rate and the interest
rate applicable thereto pursuant to Section 2.05 and (ii) in the case of such
Bank, the Federal Funds Rate. If such Bank shall repay to the Agent such
corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Bank's Loan
included in such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

     SECTION 2.3. Notes. (a) The Loans of each Bank shall be evidenced by a
single Note payable to the order of such Bank in an amount equal to the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Bank's Loans.

     (b) Each Bank may, by notice to the Borrower and the Agent, request that
its Loans of a particular type be evidenced by a separate Note in an amount
equal to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Loans. Each such Note
shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto with appropriate


                                      -14-

<PAGE>   18



modifications to reflect the fact that it evidences solely Loans of the relevant
type. Each reference in this Agreement to the "Note" of such Bank shall be
deemed to refer to and include any or all of such Notes, as the context may
require.

     (c) Upon receipt of each Bank's Note pursuant to Section 3.01(c), the Agent
shall forward such Note to such Bank. Each Bank shall record the date, amount
and type of each Loan made by it and the date and amount of each payment of
principal made by the Borrower with respect thereto, and may, if such Bank so
elects in connection with any transfer or enforcement of its Note, endorse on
the schedule forming a part thereof appropriate notations to evidence the
foregoing information with respect to each such Loan then outstanding; provided
that the failure of any Bank to make any such recordation or endorsement shall
not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Notes. Each
Bank is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Borrower so to endorse its Note and
to attach to and make a part of its Note a continuation of any such schedule as
and when required.

     SECTION 2.4. Maturity of Loans. Each Loan shall mature, and the principal
amount thereof shall be due and payable, on the Termination Date.

     SECTION 2.5. Interest Rates. (a) Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on
the outstanding principal amount thereof for each day from the date such Loan is
made until it becomes due, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate for such
day. Such interest shall be payable monthly in arrears on each Monthly Date and,
with respect to the principal amount of any Base Rate Loan converted to a
EuroDollar Loan, on each date a Base Rate Loan is so converted. Any overdue
principal of any Base Rate Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each
day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus the rate
otherwise applicable to Base Rate Loans for such day.

     (b) Each EuroDollar Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal
amount thereof for each day during each Interest Period applicable thereto, at a
rate per annum equal to the sum of the EuroDollar Margin for such day plus the
Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate applicable to such Interest Period. Such
interest shall be payable for each Interest Period on the last day thereof and,
if such Interest Period is longer than one month, at intervals of one month
after the first day thereof.

     The "ADJUSTED LONDON INTERBANK OFFERED RATE" applicable to any Interest
Period means a rate per annum equal to the quotient obtained (rounded upward, if
necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) by dividing (i) the applicable London
Interbank Offered Rate by (ii) 1.00 minus the EuroDollar Reserve Percentage.

     The "LONDON INTERBANK OFFERED RATE" applicable to any Interest Period means
the average (rounded upward, if necessary,


                                      -15-

<PAGE>   19



to the next higher 1/8 of 1%) of the respective rates per annum at which
deposits in dollars in immediately available funds are offered to the Reference
Bank by prime commercial banks in the London interbank market at approximately
11:00 A.M. (London time) two EuroDollar Business Days before the first day of
such Interest Period for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in an
amount approximately equal to the principal amount of the EuroDollar Loan of the
Reference Bank to which such Interest Period is to apply and for a period of
time comparable to such Interest Period.

     "EURODOLLAR RESERVE PERCENTAGE" means for any day that percentage
(expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as prescribed by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for
determining the maximum reserve requirement for a member bank of the Federal
Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding five billion dollars in
respect of "EUROCURRENCY LIABILITIES" (or in respect of any other category of
liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on
EuroDollar Loans is determined or any category of extensions of credit or other
assets which includes loans by a non-United States office of any Bank to United
States residents). The Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate shall be adjusted
automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the EuroDollar
Reserve Percentage.

     (c) Any overdue principal of any EuroDollar Loan shall bear interest,
payable on demand, for each day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the
higher of (i) the sum of 2% plus the EuroDollar Margin for such day plus the
quotient obtained (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%)
by dividing (x) the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher
1/8 of 1%) of the respective rates per annum at which one day (or, if such
amount due remains unpaid more than three EuroDollar Business Days, then for
such other period of time not longer than three months as the Agent may select)
deposits in dollars in an amount approximately equal to such overdue payment due
to Banks are offered to the Reference Bank by prime commercial banks in the
London interbank market for the applicable period determined as provided above
by (y) 1.00 minus the EuroDollar Reserve Percentage (or, if the circumstances
described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 8.01 shall exist, at a rate per annum
equal to the sum of 2% plus the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans for such day)
and (ii) the sum of 2% plus the EuroDollar Margin for such day plus the Adjusted
London Interbank Offered Rate applicable to such Loan at the date such payment
was due.

     (d) The Agent shall determine each interest rate applicable to the Loans
hereunder. The Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower and the
participating Banks of each rate of interest so determined, and its
determination thereof shall be conclusive in the absence of demonstrable error.


                                      -16-

<PAGE>   20




     SECTION 2.6. Fees. (a) During the Revolving Credit Period, the Borrower
shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Banks ratably in proportion to
their Commitments a commitment fee of 1/4 of 1% per annum on the daily amount by
which the aggregate amount of the Commitments exceeds the sum of the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Loans and the aggregate amount of Letter of
Credit Liabilities. Such commitment fee shall accrue from and including the
Closing Date to but excluding the date of termination of the Commitments in
their entirety.

     (b) The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank
(to be shared with the Banks in accordance with a letter agreement among the
Issuing Bank and the Banks) (i) a letter of credit fee accruing daily on the
aggregate amount then available for drawing under all Documentary Letters of
Credit at a rate per annum equal to 3/4 of 1% and (ii) a Letter of Credit fee
accruing daily on the aggregate amount then available for drawing under all
Standby Letters of Credit at a rate per annum equal to 3/4 of 1%, plus upon each
draw 1/8 of 1% the amount so drawn upon.

     (c) The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the account of the Banks
ratably on the Closing Date, a non-refundable facility fee in an amount equal to
1/4 of 1% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments.

     (d) Other than the standby letter of credit drawing fee referred to in
clause (b) above (which is due upon the Issuing Bank's payment of such draw) and
the facility fee referred to in clause (c) above, the accrued fees under this
Section shall be payable quarterly in arrears commencing March 31, 1997 and on
the date of termination of the Commitments in their entirety (and, if later, the
date the Loans and the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Liabilities shall be
repaid in their entirety to the extent Letters of Credit have been drawn upon,
or to the extent not drawn upon, the date such Letter of Credit shall have
terminated).

     SECTION 2.7. Optional Termination or Reduction of Commitments; Optional
Prepayment. (a) During the Revolving Credit Period, the Borrower may, upon at
least three Domestic Business Days' notice to the Agent, (i) terminate the
Commitments at any time, if no Loans or Letter of Credit Liabilities are
outstanding at such time or (ii) ratably reduce from time to time by an
aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000, the aggregate
amount of the Commitments in excess of the sum of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the Loans and the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit
Liabilities.

     (b) Subject in the case of any EuroDollar Borrowing to Section 2.11, the
Borrower may, upon at least one Domestic Business Day's notice to the Agent,
prepay any Group of Base Rate Loans or upon at least three EuroDollar Business
Day's notice to the Agent, prepay any Group of EuroDollar Loans, in each case in



                                      -17-

<PAGE>   21



whole at any time, or from time to time in part in amounts aggregating
$1,000,000 or any larger multiple of $100,000, by paying the principal amount to
be prepaid together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment.
Each such optional prepayment shall be applied to prepay ratably the Loans of
the several Banks included in such Group.

     (c) Upon receipt of a notice of prepayment pursuant to this Section, the
Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of such Bank's
ratable share of such prepayment and such notice shall not thereafter be
revocable by the Borrower.

     SECTION 2.8. Method of Electing Interest Rates. (a) The Loans included in
each Borrowing shall bear interest initially at the type of rate specified by
the Borrower in the applicable Notice of Borrowing. Thereafter, the Borrower may
from time to time elect to change or continue the type of interest rate borne by
each Group of Loans (subject in each case to the provisions of Article 8), as
follows:

               (i) if such Loans are Base Rate Loans, the Borrower may elect to
          convert such Loans to EuroDollar Loans as of any EuroDollar Business
          Day; and

               (ii) if such Loans are EuroDollar Loans, the Borrower may elect
          to convert such Loans to Base Rate Loans or elect to continue such
          Loans as EuroDollar Loans for an additional Interest Period, subject
          to Section 2.11 in the case of any such conversion or continuation
          effective on any day other than the last day of the then current
          Interest Period applicable to such Loans.

     Each such election shall be made by delivering a notice (a "NOTICE OF
INTEREST RATE ELECTION") to the Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City
time) on the third EuroDollar Business Day before the conversion or continuation
selected in such notice is to be effective. A Notice of Interest Rate Election
may, if it so specifies, apply to only a portion of the aggregate principal
amount of the relevant Group of Loans; provided that (i) such portion is
allocated ratably among the Loans comprising such Group and (ii) the portion to
which such Notice applies, and the remaining portion to which it does not apply,
are each $1,000,000 or any larger multiple of $100,000.

     (b)  Each Notice of Interest Rate Election shall specify:

          (i) the Group of Loans (or portion thereof) to which such notice
     applies;

          (ii) the date on which the conversion or continuation selected in such
     notice is to be effective, which shall comply with the applicable clause of
     subsection(a) above;


                                      -18-

<PAGE>   22



              (iii) if the Loans comprising such Group are to be converted, the
         new type of Loans and, if the Loans being converted are to be
         EuroDollar Loans, the duration of the next succeeding Interest Period
         applicable thereto; and

               (iv) if such Loans are to be continued as EuroDollar Loans for an
          additional Interest Period, the duration of such additional Interest
          Period.

Each Interest Period specified in a Notice of Interest Rate Election shall
comply with the provisions of the definition of Interest Period.

     (c) Upon receipt of a Notice of Interest Rate Election from the Borrower
pursuant to subsection (a) above, the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of
the contents thereof and such notice shall not thereafter be revocable by the
Borrower.

     (d) An election by the Borrower to change or continue the rate of interest
applicable to any Group of Loans pursuant to this section shall not constitute a
"Borrowing" subject to the provisions of Section 3.02.

     SECTION 2.9. Mandatory Termination of Commitments. The Commitments shall
terminate on the Termination Date and any Loans then outstanding (together with
accrued interest thereon) shall be due and payable on such date.

     SECTION 2.10. General Provisions as to Payments. (a) The Borrower shall
make each payment of principal of and interest on, the Loans and of Letter of
Credit Liabilities and interest thereon and of fees hereunder (other than fees
payable directly to the Issuing Bank), not later than 12:00 Noon (New York City
time) on the date when due, in Federal or other funds immediately available in
New York City, to the Agent at its address referred to in Section 9.01. The
Agent will promptly distribute to each Bank its ratable share of each such
payment received by the Agent for the account of the Banks. Whenever any payment
of principal of or interest on, the Base Rate Loans or of Letter of Credit
Liabilities or interest thereon or of fees shall be due on a day which is not a
Domestic Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the
next succeeding Domestic Business Day. Whenever any payment of principal of or
interest on, the EuroDollar Loans shall be due on a day which is not a
EuroDollar Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the
next succeeding EuroDollar Business Day unless such EuroDollar Business Day
falls in another calendar month, in which case the date for payment thereof
shall be the next preceding EuroDollar Business Day. If the date for any payment
of principal is extended by operation of law or otherwise, interest thereon
shall be payable for such extended time.

     (b) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to
the date on which any payment is due to the

                                      -19-

<PAGE>   23



Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Agent
may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Agent on such
date and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be
distributed to each Bank on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due
to such Bank. If and to the extent that the Borrower shall not have so made such
payment, each Bank shall repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount
distributed to such Bank together with interest thereon, for each day from the
date such amount is distributed to such Bank until the date such Bank repays
such amount to the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.

     SECTION 2.11. Funding Losses. If the Borrower makes any payment of
principal with respect to any EuroDollar Loan or any EuroDollar Loan is
converted (pursuant to Article 2, 6 or 8 or otherwise) on any day other than the
last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, or the last day of an
applicable period fixed pursuant to Section 2.05(c), or if the Borrower fails to
borrow, prepay, convert or continue any EuroDollar Loans after notice has been
given to any Bank in accordance with Section 2.02(b) or 2.08 the Borrower shall
reimburse each Bank within 15 days after demand for any resulting loss or
expense incurred by it (or by an existing or prospective Participant in the
related Loan), including (without limitation) any loss incurred in obtaining,
liquidating or employing deposits from third parties, but excluding loss of
margin for the period after any such payment or conversion or failure to borrow,
prepay, convert or continue, provided that such Bank shall have delivered to the
Borrower a certificate as to the amount of such loss or expense, which
certificate shall be conclusive in the absence of demonstrable error.

     SECTION 2.12. Computation of Interest and Fees. All interest and fees
hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the
actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last
day).

     SECTION 2.13. Letters of Credit. (a) On the Closing Date, the Issuing Bank
that has issued the Existing Letter of Credit shall be deemed, without further
action by any party hereto, to have sold to each Bank, and each such Bank shall
be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have purchased from
the Issuing Bank, a participation in the Existing Letter of Credit and the
related Letter of Credit Liabilities in proportion to their Commitments. On and
after the Closing Date, the Existing Letter of Credit shall constitute a Letter
of Credit for all purposes hereof.

     (b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof the Issuing Bank agrees to
issue Letters of Credit hereunder from time to time before the 30th day before
the Termination Date upon the request of the Borrower; provided that,
immediately after each Letter of Credit is issued, the aggregate amount of the
Letter of Credit Liabilities shall not exceed $15,000,000 and the aggregate



                                      -20-

<PAGE>   24



amount of the Letter of Credit Liabilities plus the aggregate outstanding amount
of all Loans shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments. Upon the
date of issuance by the Issuing Bank of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank
shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have sold to
each Bank, and each Bank shall be deemed, without further action by any party
hereto, to have purchased from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter
of Credit and the related Letter of Credit Liabilities in the proportion their
respective Commitments bear to the aggregate Commitments.

     (c) The Borrower shall give the Issuing Bank notice at least three days
prior to the requested issuance of a Letter of Credit specifying the date such
Letter of Credit is to be issued, and describing the terms of such Letter of
Credit and the nature of the transactions to be supported thereby (such notice,
including any such notice given in connection with the extension of a Letter of
Credit, a "NOTICE OF ISSUANCE"). Upon receipt of a Notice of Issuance, the
Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent, and the Agent shall promptly
notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of the amount of such Bank's
participation in such Letter of Credit. The issuance by the Issuing Bank of each
Letter of Credit shall be subject to the conditions precedent that such Letter
of Credit shall be in such form and contain such terms as shall be satisfactory
to the Issuing Bank and that the Borrower shall have executed and delivered such
other instruments and agreements relating to such Letter of Credit as the
Issuing Bank shall have reasonably requested. The Borrower shall also pay to the
Issuing Bank for its own account amendment and extension charges in the amounts
and at the times as agreed between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank. The
extension or renewal of any Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be an issuance
of such Letter of Credit, and if any Letter of Credit contains a provision
pursuant to which it is deemed to be extended unless notice of termination is
given by the Issuing Bank, the Issuing Bank shall timely give such notice of
termination unless it has theretofore timely received a Notice of Issuance and
the other conditions to issuance of a Letter of Credit have also theretofore
been met with respect to such extension. No Letter of Credit shall have a term
of more than one year; provided that a Letter of Credit may contain a provision
pursuant to which it is deemed to be extended on an annual basis unless notice
of termination is given by the Issuing Bank; provided further that no Letter of
Credit shall have a term extending or be so extendible beyond six (6) months
following the Termination Date.

     (d) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice
of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall notify the
Agent and the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and each other Bank as to
the amount to be paid as a result of such demand or drawing and the payment
date. Subject to the foregoing, the Borrower shall be irrevocably and
unconditionally obligated forthwith to reimburse


                                      -21-

<PAGE>   25



the Issuing Bank for any amounts paid by the Issuing Bank upon any drawing under
any Letter of Credit, without presentment, demand, protest or other formalities
of any kind. All such amounts paid by the Issuing Bank and remaining unpaid by
the Borrower shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day until paid at
a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus the rate applicable to Base Rate
Loans for such day. In addition, each Bank will pay to the Agent, for the
account of the Issuing Bank, immediately upon the Issuing Bank's demand at any
time during the period commencing after such drawing until reimbursement
therefor in full by the Borrower, an amount equal to such Bank's ratable share
of such drawing (in proportion to its participation therein), together with
interest on such amount for each day from the date of the Issuing Bank's demand
for such payment (or, if such demand is made after 12:00 Noon (New York City
time) on such date, from the next succeeding Domestic Business Day) to the date
of payment by such Bank of such amount at a rate of interest per annum equal to
the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans for such period. The Issuing Bank will
pay to each Bank ratably all amounts received from the Borrower for application
in payment of its Reimbursement Obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit,
but only to the extent such Bank has made payment to the Issuing Bank in respect
of such Letter of Credit pursuant hereto.

     (e) The obligations of the Borrower and each Bank under subsection (d)
above shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed
strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under all circumstances
whatsoever, including without limitation the following circumstances (except to
the extent such obligation of the Borrower to such Bank arose as a result of
such Bank's (including the Issuing Bank's) gross negligence or willful
misconduct):

          (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any
     Letter of Credit or any document related hereto or thereto;

          (ii) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all
     or any of the provisions of this Agreement or any Letter of Credit or any
     document related hereto or thereto;

          (iii) the use which may be made of the Letter of Credit by, or any
     acts or omission of a beneficiary of a Letter of Credit (or any Person for
     whom the beneficiary may be acting);

          (iv) the existence of any claim, set-off defense or other rights that
     the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary of a Letter of
     Credit (or any Person for whom the beneficiary may be acting), the Banks
     (including the Issuing Bank) or any other Person, whether in connection

                                      -22-

<PAGE>   26



     with this Agreement or the Letter of Credit or any document related hereto
     or thereto or any unrelated transaction;

          (v) any statement or any other document presented under a Letter of
     Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any
     statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever;

          (vi) payment under a Letter of Credit against presentation to the
     Issuing Bank of a draft or certificate that does not comply with the terms
     of the Letter of Credit, provided that the Issuing Bank's determination
     that documents presented under the Letter of Credit comply with the terms
     thereof shall not have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct
     of the Issuing Bank; or

          (vii) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by any
     Bank (including the Issuing Bank), the Agent or any other Person or any
     other event or circumstance whatsoever that might, but for the provisions
     of this subsection (vii), constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the
     Borrower's obligations hereunder.

     (f) The Borrower hereby indemnifies and holds harmless each Bank (including
the Issuing Bank) and the Agent from and against any and all claims, damages,
losses, liabilities, reasonable costs or expenses (including without limitation,
reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) which such Bank or the Agent may
incur (including, without limitation, any claims, damages, losses, liabilities,
reasonable costs or expenses (including without limitation reasonable counsel
fees and disbursements incurred by such indemnified party in connection with any
of the below stated indemnified acts or omissions in any action, suit or
proceeding between such indemnified party and the Borrower or between such
indemnified party and any third party or otherwise) which the Issuing Bank may
incur by reason of or in connection with the failure of any other Bank to
fulfill or comply with its obligations to such Issuing Bank hereunder (but
nothing herein contained shall affect any rights the Borrower may have against
such defaulting Bank)), and none of the Banks (including an Issuing Bank) nor
the Agent nor any of their officers or directors or employees or agents shall be
liable or responsible, by reason of or in connection with the execution and
delivery or transfer of or payment or failure to pay under any Letter of Credit,
including without limitation any of the circumstances enumerated in subsection
(e) above, as well as (i) any error, omission, interruption or delay in
transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, telefax, telex or otherwise,
(ii) any error in interpretation of technical terms, (iii) any loss or delay in
the transmission of any document required in order to make a drawing under a
Letter of Credit, (iv) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control
of the Issuing Bank, including without limitation any government acts, or any
other circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment



                                      -23-

<PAGE>   27



under such Letter of Credit; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to
indemnify the Issuing Bank for any claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs
or expenses, and the Borrower shall have a claim for direct (but not
consequential) damage suffered by it, to the extent found by a court of
competent jurisdiction to have been caused by (x) the willful misconduct or
gross negligence of the Issuing Bank in determining whether a request presented
under any Letter of Credit complied with the terms of such Letter of Credit or
(y) the Issuing Bank's failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the
presentation to it of a request strictly complying with the terms and conditions
of the Letter of Credit. Nothing in this subsection (f) is intended to limit the
obligations of the Borrower under any other provision of this Agreement. To the
extent the Borrower does not indemnify an Issuing Bank as required by this
subsection, the Banks agree to do so ratably in accordance with their
Commitments.

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                   CONDITIONS

     SECTION 3.1. Closing. The closing hereunder shall occur upon receipt by the
Agent of the following documents, each dated the Closing Date unless otherwise
indicated:

     (a) counterparts hereof signed by each of the parties hereto (or, in the
case of any party as to which an executed counterpart shall not have been
received, telefax, telex or other written confirmation, in form satisfactory to
the Agent, from such party of execution of a counterpart hereof by such party);

     (b) a duly executed Note for the account of each Bank dated on or before
the Closing Date complying with the provisions of Section 2.03;

     (c) an opinion of counsel for the Borrower, substantially in the form of
Exhibit B hereto;

     (d) a certificate signed by the chief financial officer or treasurer of the
Borrower as to the matters set forth in Sections 3.02(d) and 3.02(e) immediately
before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated to occur on or
before the Closing Date;

     (e) all documents the Agent may reasonably request relating to the
existence of the Borrower, the corporate authority for and the validity of the
Financing Documents, and any other matters relevant hereto, all in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent.

The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Banks of the Closing Date,
and such notice shall be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.



                                      -24-

<PAGE>   28



     SECTION 3.2. Borrowings and Issuances of Letters of Credit. The obligation
of any Bank to make a Loan, on the occasion of any Borrowing, and the obligation
of the Issuing Bank to issue (or renew or extend the term of) any Letter of
Credit is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

     (a) the fact that the Closing Date shall have occurred on or prior to
January 31, 1997;

     (b) receipt by the Agent of a Notice of Borrowing as required by Section
2.02, or receipt by the Issuing Bank of a Notice of Issuance as required by
Section 2.13(c);

     (c) the fact that, immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or
issuance of a Letter of Credit, the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of the Loans and the aggregate amount of Letter of Credit Liabilities
will not exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments;

     (d) the fact that, immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or
issuance of a Letter of Credit, no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; and

     (e) the fact that the representations and warranties of the Borrower
contained in this Agreement and any other Financing Document shall be true in
all material respects on and as of the date of and after giving effect to such
Borrowing or issuance of a Letter of Credit.

Each Borrowing and issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder shall be deemed to
be a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such Borrowing
or issuance of a Letter of Credit as to the facts specified in clauses (c), (d)
and (e) of this Section.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Borrower represents and warrants that:

     SECTION 4.1. Corporate Existence and Power. The Borrower is a corporation
duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
State of Delaware, and has all corporate powers and all material governmental
licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its
business as now conducted and is qualified to do business and is in good
standing under the laws of the State of New York and each other jurisdiction
where the nature of its business or the ownership of property so requires,
except where the failure to so qualify does not have a material adverse effect
on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                                      -25-

<PAGE>   29



     SECTION 4.2. Corporate and Governmental Authorization; No Contravention.
The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and
the Notes are within the corporate powers of the Borrower, have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action, require no action by or in respect
of or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official and do not
contravene, or constitute a default under, any provision of applicable law or
regulation or of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Borrower or
of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument
binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or result in the creation
or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, except for any contravention of or default under any agreement or
other instrument (other than agreements or instruments constituting or
evidencing Debt) not material to the business of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which contravention or default would not
materially adversely affect the business, financial position or results of
operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or adversely
affect in any substantive way the rights and remedies of the Agent and the Banks
hereunder and under the Notes.

     SECTION 4.3. Binding Effect. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding
agreement of the Borrower and each Note, when executed and delivered in
accordance with this Agreement, will constitute a valid and binding obligation
of the Borrower, in each case enforceable in accordance with its terms, except
as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity.

     SECTION 4.4. Financial Information. (a) The Borrower has heretofore
furnished to each of the Banks (x) the consolidated balance sheet as of December
31, 1995 and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for
the fiscal year then ended and (y) the consolidated balance sheet as of
September 30, 1996 and the related consolidated statements of income and cash
flows for the nine months then ended of each of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries;

     Each such set of annual financial statements and each such set of nine
month financial statements is complete and correct and presents fairly, in all
material respects, the consolidated financial condition of such entity and its
subsidiaries as of such date and the consolidated results of operations and cash
flows for the fiscal year or nine month period ended on said date, as the case
may be, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
practices applied on a consistent basis (subject to normal year-end adjustments,
in the case of such nine month financial statements). Each such set of financial
statements was accompanied by an opinion of Arthur Andersen LLP opining as to
the foregoing. None of such entities or its subsidiaries has on the date thereof
any liabilities which


                                      -26-

<PAGE>   30



are required by generally accepted accounting principles to be set forth on the
face of such financial statements, except as referred to or reflected or
provided for in said financial statements (or in the notes thereto) as at said
date, and as to which appropriate and reasonable reserves have been provided,
and since December 31, 1995, there has been no material adverse change in the
business, financial position or results of operations of any such entity and its
subsidiaries taken as a whole from that set forth in said financial statements
as at said date.

     (b) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to each of the Banks projected
consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December
31 for each of the years 1996 through 1998 and the related projected
consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for each of the fiscal years that will end on said dates. It is
understood and agreed that such projections are not a representation or warranty
of future performance.

     SECTION 4.5. Litigation. There is no action, suit or proceeding pending
against, or to the knowledge of the Borrower threatened against or affecting,
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries before any court or arbitrator or any
governmental body, agency or official in which there is a reasonable possibility
of an adverse decision which could (taking into account available insurance
coverage) materially adversely affect the business, consolidated financial
position or consolidated results of operations of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, or which in any manner draws
into question the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Notes.

     SECTION 4.6. Compliance with ERISA. Each member of the ERISA Group has
fulfilled its obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the
Internal Revenue Code with respect to each Plan and is in compliance in all
material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the
Internal Revenue Code with respect to each Plan. No member of the ERISA Group
has (i) sought a waiver of the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the
Internal Revenue Code in respect of any Plan, (ii) failed to make any
contribution or payment to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any
Benefit Arrangement, or made any amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement,
which has resulted or could result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of
a bond or other security under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code or (iii)
incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA other than a liability to the
PBGC for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA.

     SECTION 4.7. Environmental Matters. The Borrower believes that it is in
substantial compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.



                                      -27-

<PAGE>   31



     SECTION 4.8. Taxes. The Borrower and its wholly owned Subsidiaries are
members of an affiliated group of corporations filing consolidated returns for
Federal income tax purposes, of which the Borrower is the "common parent"
(within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Internal Revenue Code) of such group.
There is no tax sharing, tax allocation or similar agreement currently in effect
providing for the manner in which tax payments owing by the members of such
affiliated group (whether in respect of Federal or state income or other taxes)
are allocated among the members of the group. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries
have filed all United States Federal income tax returns and all other material
tax returns which are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes due
pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Borrower
or any Subsidiary except where the same is being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceeding and appropriate reserves have been maintained in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The charges, accruals
and reserves on the books of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of
taxes or other governmental charges are, in the opinion of the Borrower,
adequate, and the Borrower has not given or been requested to give a waiver of
the statute of limitations relating to the payment of Federal, state, local and
foreign taxes or other impositions.

     SECTION 4.9. Intellectual Property. The Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries owns or possesses or holds under valid licenses all patents,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and other
intellectual property rights that are necessary for the operation of their
respective properties and businesses, and neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is in violation of any provision thereof except for any such
failures to own, possess or hold or violations which, individually or in the
aggregate, would not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial
condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole. To the best of its knowledge, none of the proprietary intellectual
properties of the Borrower or its subsidiaries infringe any license, patent,
trademark, trade name, service mark, copyright, trade secret or any other
intellectual property right of others and there is no infringement by others of
any license, patent, trademark, trade name, service mark, copyright, trade
secret or other intellectual property right of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, except for such infringements, if any, by the Borrower, its
Subsidiaries or others which, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a
material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of
operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     SECTION 4.10. Capitalization. The authorized capital stock of the Borrower
consists, on the date hereof of an aggregate of 150,000,000 shares consisting of
shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which 66,391,318 shares of
common stock



                                      -28-

<PAGE>   32



are duly and validly issued and outstanding, each of which shares is fully paid
and nonassessable.

     SECTION 4.11. Debt and Liens. (a) Part I of Schedule 4.11(a) hereto is a
complete and correct list, as of the date of this Agreement, of each credit
agreement, loan agreement, indenture, securities purchase agreement, Guarantee,
letter of credit or other arrangement providing for or otherwise relating to any
Debt or any extension of credit (or commitment for any extension of credit) to,
or Guarantee by, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries the aggregate principal
or face amount of which equals or exceeds (or may equal or exceed) $1,000,000,
and the aggregate principal or face amount outstanding or that may become
outstanding under each such arrangement is correctly described in Part II of
Schedule 4. 11(a).

     (b) Part I of Schedule 4.11(b) hereto is a complete and correct list, as of
the date of this Agreement, of each Lien securing Debt of any Person the
aggregate principal or face amount of which equals or exceeds (or may equal or
exceed) $1,000,000 and covering any property of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, and the aggregate Debt secured (or which may be secured) by each
such Lien and the property covered by each such Lien is correctly described in
Part II of Schedule 4.11(b).

     (c) None of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is, on the date of this
Agreement, party to or subject to any indenture, agreement, instrument or other
arrangement of the type described in Section 5.18, except for this Agreement.

     SECTION 4.12. Subsidiaries. (a) Set forth in Part I of Schedule 4.12(a)
hereto is a complete and correct list, as of the date hereof of all of the
Subsidiaries of the Borrower, together with, for each such Subsidiary, (i) the
exact corporate name of such Subsidiary, (ii) the jurisdiction of organization
of such Subsidiary, (iii) each Person holding ownership interests in such
Subsidiary, (iv) the nature of the ownership interests held by each such Person
and the percentage of ownership of such Subsidiary represented by such ownership
interests and, (v) whether such Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary. Except as
disclosed in Part II of Schedule 4.12 hereto, as of the date hereof (x) each of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, free and clear of Liens, and has the
unencumbered right to vote, all outstanding ownership interest in each Person
shown to be held by it in Part I of Schedule 4.12(a) hereto, (y) all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of each such Person organized as a
corporation is validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and (z) there are no
outstanding Equity Rights with respect to such Person.

     (b) Set forth in Part I of Schedule 4.12(b) hereto is a complete and
correct list, as of the date hereof of all Investments (other than Investments
disclosed in Part I of Schedule 4.12(a) hereto) held by the Borrower or any of
its



                                      -29-

<PAGE>   33



Subsidiaries in any Person and, for each such Investment, (x) the identity of
the Person or Persons holding such Investment and (y) the nature of such
Investment. Except as disclosed in Part II of Schedule 4.12(b) hereto, as of the
date of this Agreement, each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, free and
clear of all Liens, all such Investments.

     (c) Each of the Borrower's corporate Subsidiaries is a corporation duly
incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction of incorporation, and has all corporate powers and all material
governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry
on its business as now conducted.

     SECTION 4.13. Regulatory Restrictions on Borrowing. The Borrower is not an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended, a "holding company" within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding
Company Act of 1935, as amended, or otherwise subject to any regulatory scheme
which restricts its ability to incur debt.

     SECTION 4.14. Full Disclosure. All material factual information heretofore
furnished by the Borrower to the Agent or any Bank for purposes of or in
connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby is, and
all such information hereafter furnished by the Borrower to the Agent or any
Bank will be, taken as a whole, true, complete and accurate in all material
respects (it being understood and agreed that with respect to projections, such
projections are not a representation or warranty of future performance). All
such information heretofore furnished, when taken as a whole, does not, as of
the date hereof contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state
any material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                                    COVENANTS

     The Borrower agrees that, so long as any Bank has any Commitment hereunder
or any amount payable under any Note or any Letter of Credit Liability remains
unpaid:

     SECTION 5.1. Information. The Borrower will deliver to each of the Banks:

     (a) with respect to the Borrower, as soon as available and in any event
within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet
of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal
year and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flow for such
fiscal year, accompanied by the figures for the previous years in each case and
an audit report by Arthur Andersen LLP or other independent certified public
accountants of nationally recognized


                                      -30-

<PAGE>   34



standing (which may be a single report as to all such financial statements) and,
if prepared, as soon as available, a consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and related
consolidating statements of income and cash flow for such fiscal year;

     (b) with respect to the Borrower, as soon as available and in any event
within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal
year of such entity, a consolidated (and, if prepared, consolidating) balance
sheet of such entity and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such
quarter and the related consolidated (and, if prepared, consolidating)
statements of income and cash flow for such quarter and for the portion of such
entity's fiscal year ended at the end of such quarter, accompanied by the
figures for the corresponding quarter and corresponding portion of the previous
year in each case;

     (c) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial statements
referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate as to fairness of
presentation, generally accepted accounting principles and consistency (subject
to normal year end adjustments) on behalf of the Borrower executed by the senior
financial officer of the Borrower or of the entity to which such financial
statements relate, provided that such certificate need not be made with respect
to the annual financial statements under clause (a);

     (d) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial statements
referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate of the senior financial
officer of the Borrower (i) setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations
required to establish whether the Borrower was in compliance with the
requirements of Sections 5.07 and 5.09 to 5.15, inclusive, and 5.17, on the date
of such financial statements and (ii) stating whether any Default exists on the
date of such certificate and, if any Default then exists, setting forth the
details thereof and the action which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto;

     (e) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of annual financial
statement referred to in clause (a) above, a statement of the firm of
independent public accountants which reported on such statements (i) whether
anything has come to their attention to cause them to believe that any Default
existed on the date of such statements and (ii) confirming the calculations set
forth in the officer's certificate delivered simultaneously therewith pursuant
to clause (c) above;

     (f) within five days after any of the chairman, the president, the
executive vice president or the chief financial officer of the Borrower obtains
knowledge of any Default, if such Default is then continuing, a certificate of
the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of the Borrower
setting

                                      -31-

<PAGE>   35



forth the details thereof and the action which the Borrower is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto;

     (g) promptly upon the filing thereof copies of all registration statements
(other than the exhibits thereto and any registration statements on Form S-8 or
its equivalent) and reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or their equivalents)
or other periodic reports which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall
have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, NASDAQ or any national
securities exchange;

     (h) if and when any member of the ERISA Group (i) gives or is required to
give notice to the PBGC of any "reportable event" (as defined in Section 4043 of
ERISA) with respect to any Plan which might constitute grounds for a termination
of such Plan under Title IV of ERISA, or knows that the plan administrator of
any Plan has given or is required to give notice of any such reportable event, a
copy of the notice of such reportable event given or required to be given to the
PBGC; (ii) receives notice of complete or partial withdrawal liability under
Title IV of ERISA or notice that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization, is
insolvent or has been terminated, a copy of such notice; (iii) receives notice
from the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of an intent to terminate, impose
liability (other than for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of or
appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, a copy of such notice; (iv) applies
for a waiver of the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Internal
Revenue Code, a copy of such application; (v) gives notice of intent to
terminate any Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, a copy of such notice and
other information filed with the PBGC; (vi) gives notice of withdrawal from any
Plan pursuant to Section 4063 of ERISA, a copy of such notice; or (vii) fails to
make any payment or contribution to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or in respect
of any Benefit Arrangement or makes any amendment to any Plan or Benefit
Arrangement which has resulted or could result in the imposition of a Lien or
the posting of a bond or other security, a certificate of the chief financial
officer or the chief accounting officer of the Borrower setting forth details as
to such occurrence and action, if any, which the Borrower or applicable member
of the ERISA Group is required or proposes to take;

     (i) at the request of the Banks, as soon as available and in any event not
less than 30 days after the first day of each fiscal year of the Borrower,
forecasts prepared by management of the Borrower, including consolidated and
consolidating statement of income and cash flow of the Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries, on a quarterly and annual basis for such fiscal year
and on an annual basis for the next fiscal year of the Borrower (provided that
in preparing such forecasts the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may be treated on
a consolidated basis);

     (j) Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any reports submitted to the
Borrower by its accountants in connection with



                                      -32-

<PAGE>   36



any examination of the financial statements of the Borrower or any of its
Consolidated Subsidiaries made by such accountants, and copies of any other
communications received by the Borrower, or any of its directors from such
accountants relative to any internal controls and systems of the Borrower
(unless the delivery of such report to the Banks would constitute the waiver of
any attorney-client privilege otherwise in effect with respect to any Person
other than the Agent or the Banks); and

     (k) from time to time such additional information regarding the financial
position or business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as the Agent, at the
request of any Bank, may reasonably request.

     SECTION 5.2. Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will pay and discharge,
and will cause each Subsidiary to pay and discharge, at or before maturity, all
their respective material obligations and liabilities (including, without
limitation, tax liabilities and claims of materialmen, warehousemen and the like
which if unpaid would by law give rise to a Lien on the Borrower's assets),
except where the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings,
and will maintain, and will cause each Subsidiary to maintain, in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, appropriate reserves for the
accrual of any of the same.

     SECTION 5.3. Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) The Borrower will
keep, and will cause each Subsidiary to keep, all property useful and necessary
in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear
excepted.

     (b) The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain
(either in the name of the Borrower or in such Subsidiary's own name) with
financially sound and responsible insurance companies, insurance on all their
respective properties in at least such amounts, against at least such risks and
with such risk retention as are usually maintained, insured against or retained,
as the case may be, in the same general area by companies of established repute
engaged in the same or a similar business, subject to, and including reasonable
provisions for self-insurance; and will furnish to the Banks, upon request for
the Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so
carried.

     SECTION 5.4. Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence. The Borrower
will continue, and will cause each Subsidiary to continue, to engage in business
of the same general type as now conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
and will preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect, and will cause each
Subsidiary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect their respective
corporate existence and their respective rights, privileges and franchises
necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of business; provided that nothing
in this Section 5.04 shall prohibit (i) the merger of a



                                      -33-

<PAGE>   37



Subsidiary into the Borrower or the merger or consolidation of a Subsidiary with
or into another Person if the corporation surviving such consolidation or merger
is a Subsidiary and if, in each case, after giving effect thereto, no Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) the termination of the corporate
existence of any Subsidiary if the Borrower in good faith determines that such
termination is in the best interest of the Borrower and is not materially
disadvantageous to the Banks.

     SECTION 5.5. Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will comply, and cause each
Subsidiary to comply, in all material respects with all applicable laws,
ordinances, rules, regulations, and requirements of governmental authorities
(including, without limitation, Environmental Laws and ERISA and the rules and
regulations thereunder) except where the necessity of compliance therewith is
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to so
comply, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a material adverse
effect on the business, financial position or results of operations of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     SECTION 5.6. Inspection of Property, Books and Records. The Borrower will
keep, and will cause each Subsidiary to keep, proper books of record and account
in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and
transactions in relation to its business and activities; and will permit, and
will cause each Subsidiary to permit, representatives of any Bank at such Bank's
expense to visit and inspect any of their respective properties, to examine and
make abstracts from any of their respective books and records and to discuss
their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers,
employees and independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times and
as often as may reasonably be desired.

     SECTION 5.7. Merger and Sales of Assets. (a) The Borrower will not, and
will not permit any Subsidiary to, consolidate or merge with or into any other
Person, provided that (i) the Borrower may merge with another Person if the
Borrower is the corporation surviving such merger and immediately after giving
effect to such merger, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and
(ii) any Subsidiary may merge with any other Person if the corporation surviving
the merger is the Borrower or a Subsidiary and, immediately after giving effect
to such merger, no Default have occurred and be continuing.

     (b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
make any Asset Sale, unless the consideration therefor is not less than the fair
market value of the related asset.

     SECTION 5.8. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans made under this
Agreement will be used by the Borrower for general corporate purposes and for
Permitted Acquisitions. None of such proceeds will be used, directly or
indirectly, for the



                                      -34-

<PAGE>   38



purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying any
"margin stock" within the meaning of Regulation U.

     SECTION 5.9. Negative Pledge. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will
create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter
acquired by it, except:

     (a) Liens existing on the date of this Agreement securing Debt outstanding
on the date of this Agreement in an aggregate principal or face amount not
exceeding $1,000,000;

     (b) any Liens existing on any asset of any Person at the time such person
becomes a Subsidiary (or such asset is acquired by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary) and not created in contemplation of such event, and Liens on the
proceeds thereof;

     (c) any Lien on any asset securing Debt incurred or assumed for the purpose
of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring such asset (including
Capital Leases), provided that such Lien attaches to such asset concurrently
with or within 180 days after the acquisition thereof;

     (d) any Lien on any asset of any Person existing at the time such Person is
merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Subsidiary and not created
in contemplation of such event;

     (e) any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the
Borrower or a Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such acquisition;

     (f) any Lien arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or
refunding of any Debt secured by any Lien permitted by any of the foregoing
clauses of this Section, provided that such Debt is not increased or is not
secured by any additional assets (other than by virtue of an after-acquired
property clause covering assets of the same category or description as were
covered by such original Lien);

     (g) Liens arising in the ordinary course of its business which (i) do not
secure Debt, and (ii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value
of its assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its
business;

     (h) Liens for taxes not yet payable or being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

     (i) Statutory liens of landlords, carriers and other statutory liens
incurred in the ordinary course of business;

     (j) zoning restrictions, easements, rights of way, licenses, encroachments,
covenants, conditions, tenancies, minor


                                      -35-

<PAGE>   39



defects in title, and other restrictions, charges or encumbrances affecting real
property that do not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the
Borrower;

     (k) deposits made and liens incurred to secure performance of bids, trade
contracts, licenses, leases and statutory and other similar obligations;

     (l) rights of set-off or security interests in deposit accounts held at
banks and other financial institutions to secure the payment or reimbursement of
overdraft, acceptance or other facilities maintained at such financial
institution, to the extent permitted by this Agreement; and

     (m) Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section
securing Debt or other obligations in an aggregate principal or face amount at
any one time outstanding not to exceed $1,000,000 (excluding the Debt referred
to in clause (a)).

     SECTION 5.10. Limitation on Debt. The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur or at any time become liable with
respect to any Debt except:

     (a) Debt under this Agreement;

     (b) Debt secured by Liens permitted by Section 5.09(c) in an aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding $200,000; and

     (c) Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted by
this Section incurred after the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount at
any time outstanding not to exceed $1,000,000.

     SECTION 5.11. Minimum Tangible Net Worth. The Borrower will not permit
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as at December 31, 1996 to be less than
$106,500,000, as at June 30, 1997 to be less than $106,500,000 plus 25% of
Consolidated Net Income for the six-month period ending on such date, as at
December 31, 1997 to be less than $106,500,000 plus 25% of Consolidated Net
Income for the 12-month period ending on such date, as at June 30, 1998 to be
less than such December 31, 1997 required minimum amount plus 25% of
Consolidated Net Income for the six-month period ending on June 30, 1998 and as
at December 31, 1998 such December 31, 1997 required amount plus 25% of the
Consolidated Net Income for the 12-month period ending on December 31, 1998.

     SECTION 5.12. Debt: Tangible Net Worth. The Borrower will not permit the
ratio of Consolidated Total Liabilities to Consolidated Tangible Net Worth at
the end of any fiscal quarter to exceed 1.7 to 1.0.



                                      -36-

<PAGE>   40



     SECTION 5.13. Investments. The Borrower will not purchase or make any
Investment in the stock, securities or evidences of indebtedness (excluding
accounts receivable from others) of any other Person except: (i) the Borrower;
(ii) the United States Government and its agencies; (iii) certificates of
deposit of domestic banks having capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000;
(iv) Temporary Cash Investments, and (v) Permitted Acquisitions.

     SECTION 5.14. Working Capital. The Borrower will not permit Consolidated
Working Capital at the end of any fiscal quarter prior to October 1, 1997 to be
less than $20,000,000, and at the end of any fiscal quarter any time after
October 1, 1997 to be less than $30,000,000.

     SECTION 5.15. Current Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the ratio of
Consolidated Current Assets to Consolidated Current Liabilities as at December
31, 1996 and thereafter as at the last day of each fiscal quarter to be less
than 1.1 to 1.0.

     SECTION 5.16. Restricted Payments. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
will declare or make any Restricted Payment.

     SECTION 5.17. Minimum Net Income. The Borrower will not permit: its
Consolidated Net Income for its fiscal year ending December 31, 1996 to be less
than $20,000,000, for its fiscal year ending December 31, 1997 to be less than
$25,000,000, and for its fiscal year ending December 31, 1998 to be less than
$25,000,000; and will not permit its Consolidated Net Income for any two
consecutive quarters (whether or not in the same fiscal year) to be less than
$5,000,000.

     SECTION 5.18. Sale-Leaseback Transactions. Neither the Borrower nor any of
its Subsidiaries will engage in any Sale-Leaseback Transactions unless the
Borrower or such Subsidiaries would be entitled, pursuant to the other
provisions of Article 5, to incur Debt with a principal amount equal to or
exceeding the Value of such Sale-Leaseback Transaction secured by a Lien on the
property to be leased (after giving similar effect to all other Sale-Leaseback
Transactions in effect at such time). For purposes of this Section, "VALUE"
means, with respect to a Sale-Leaseback Transaction, at any time, the amount
equal to the greater of (i) the net proceeds of the sale or transfer of the
property leased pursuant to such Sale-Leaseback Transaction and (ii) the fair
value in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Borrower of such property
at the time of entering into such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, in either case
divided first by the number of full years of the term of the lease and then
multiplied by the number of full years of such term remaining at the time of
determination, without regard to any renewal or extension options contained in
the lease.

     SECTION 5.19. Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will
not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or



                                      -37-

<PAGE>   41



indirectly, pay any funds to or for the account of, make any investment (whether
by acquisition of stock or indebtedness, by loan, advance transfer of property,
guarantee or other agreement to pay, purchase or service, directly or
indirectly, any Debt, or otherwise) in, lease, sell, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any assets, tangible or intangible, to, or participate in, or effect,
any transaction with, any Affiliate except on an arms-length basis on terms at
least as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as could have been
obtained from a third party who was not an Affiliate; provided that the
foregoing provisions of this Section shall not prohibit any such Person from
declaring or paying any lawful dividend or other payment ratably in respect of
all of its capital stock of the relevant class so long as, after giving effect
thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

     SECTION 5.20. Lines of Business. The Borrower will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any line or lines of business activity
other than the business of developing, publishing, merchandising and
distributing consumer software and related businesses (including, in each case,
without limitation, Internet and similar on-line or electronic related
businesses).

                                    ARTICLE 6
                                    DEFAULTS

     SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. If one or more of the following events
("EVENTS OF DEFAULT") shall have occurred and be continuing:

     (a) the Borrower shall fail to reimburse any drawing under the Letter of
Credit when required hereunder or to pay when due any principal of any Loan or
pay within 10 days after due any interest or fees payable hereunder or under the
Notes;

     (b) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement
contained in Article 5, other than those contained in Sections 5.01 through
5.06, 5.13, 5.19 or 5.20;

     (c) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement
contained in any Financing Document (other than those covered by clause (a) or
(b) above) for 30 days after notice thereof has been given to the Borrower by
the Agent at the request of any Bank;

     (d) any material representation, warranty, certification or statement made
by the Borrower in any Financing Document or in any certificate, financial
statement or other document delivered pursuant to any such Financing Document
shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made (or deemed
made);

     (e) any event or condition shall occur which results in the acceleration of
the maturity of any Material Debt or enables (or


                                      -38-

<PAGE>   42



with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would enable) the holder of
such Debt or any Person acting on such holder's behalf to accelerate the
maturity thereof;

     (f) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case
or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with
respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee,
receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any
substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the
appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case
or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for
the benefit of creditors, or shall take any corporate action to authorize any of
the foregoing;

     (g) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the
Borrower or any Material Subsidiary seeking liquidation, reorganization or other
relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee,
receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any
substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding
shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for
relief shall be entered against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary under
the federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect;

     (h) any member of the ERISA Group shall fail to pay when due an amount or
amounts aggregating in excess of $1,000,000 which it shall have become liable
(pursuant to a final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction, not
subject to further appeal) to pay under Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent
to terminate a Material Plan shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by any
member of the ERISA Group, any plan administrator or any combination of the
foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to
terminate, to impose liability (other than for premiums under Section 4007 of
ERISA) in respect of or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any
Material Plan; or a condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be
entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating that any Material Plan must be
terminated; or there shall occur a complete or partial withdrawal from, or a
default, within the meaning of Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA, with respect to, one
or more Multiemployer Plans which could cause one or more members of the ERISA
Group to incur a current payment obligation in excess of $1,000,000;

     (i) any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $1,000,000
shall be rendered against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and such
judgment or order shall continue unsatisfied or unstayed for a period of 45 days
if such judgment or order is for an amount in excess of $1,000,000 but less than


                                      -39-

<PAGE>   43



$15,000,000 or unsatisfied or unstayed for a period of 30 days if in an amount
equal to or in excess of $15,000,000; or

     (j) Joseph J. Cayre, Jack J. Cayre, Stanley Cayre, Kenneth Cayre, their
spouses and their lineal descendents, including trusts for the benefit of any of
the foregoing (collectively the "Cayre Family"), shall (i) collectively
beneficially own less than 30%, but more than 20%, of the outstanding voting
stock of the Borrower at a time when another Person or group (as defined in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the
date hereof) beneficially owns shares of the outstanding voting stock of the
Borrower of an equal or greater percentage than the Cayre Family; or (ii) cease
collectively to beneficially own at least 20% of the outstanding voting stock of
the Borrower;

     then, and in any such event, the Agent shall if requested by the Required
Banks, by notice to the Borrower, terminate the Commitments and they shall
thereupon terminate and/or declare the Loans and the Letter of Credit
Liabilities (together with accrued interest thereon) to be, and the Loans and
the Letter of Credit Liabilities shall thereupon become, immediately due and
payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of
which are hereby waived by the Borrower; provided that in the case of any of the
Events of Default specified in clause 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) above with respect to
the Borrower, without any notice to the Borrower or any other act by the Agent
or the Banks, the Commitments shall thereupon terminate and the Loans and the
Letter of Credit Liabilities (together with accrued interest thereon) shall
become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

     SECTION 6.2. Notice of Default. The Agent shall give notice to the Borrower
under Section 6.01(c) promptly upon being requested to do so by any Bank and
shall thereupon notify all the Banks thereof.

     SECTION 6.3. Cash Cover. The Borrower agrees, in addition to the provisions
of Section 6.01 hereof that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
any Event of Default, it shall, if requested by the Agent upon the written
instruction of the Required Banks, pay to the Agent an amount in immediately
available funds (which funds shall be held as collateral pursuant to
arrangements satisfactory to the Agent) equal to the aggregate amount available
for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding at such time, provided
that, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f)
or 6.01(g) with respect to the Borrower, the Borrower shall pay such amount


                                      -40-

<PAGE>   44



forthwith without any notice or demand or any other act by the Agent or the
Banks.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                                    THE AGENT

     SECTION 7.1. Appointment and Authorization. Each Bank irrevocably appoints
and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to
exercise such powers under this Agreement and the Notes as are delegated to the
Agent by the terms hereof or thereof together with all such powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto.

     SECTION 7.2. Agent and Affiliates. RNB shall have the same rights and
powers under this Agreement as any other Bank and may exercise or refrain from
exercising the same as though it were not the Agent, and RNB and its affiliates
may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of
business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or affiliate of the Borrower as if
it were not the Agent.

     SECTION 7.3. Action by Agent. The obligations of the Agent hereunder are
only those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the Agent shall not be required to take any action with respect to
any Default, except as expressly provided in Article 6.

     SECTION 7.4. Consultation with Experts. The Agent may consult with legal
counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent public accountants
and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or
omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such
counsel, accountants or experts.

     SECTION 7.5. Liability of Agent. Neither the Agent nor any of its
affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees
shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it as Agent in connection
herewith (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Banks or (ii) in
the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Neither the Agent
nor any of its affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers,
agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain,
inquire into or verify (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in
connection with this Agreement or any borrowing hereunder; (ii) the performance
or observance of any of the covenants or agreements of the Borrower; (iii) the
satisfaction of any condition specified in Article 3, except receipt of items
required to be delivered to the Agent; or (iv) the validity, effectiveness or
genuineness of this Agreement, the Notes or any other instrument or writing
furnished in connection herewith. The Agent shall not incur any liability by
acting in reliance upon any notice, consent, certificate, statement, or other
writing (which may be a bank wire, telex, facsimile transmission


                                      -41-

<PAGE>   45



or similar writing) believed by it to be genuine or to be signed by the proper
party or parties.

     SECTION 7.6. Indemnification. Each Bank shall, ratably in accordance with
its Commitment, indemnify the Agent, its affiliates and their respective
directors, officers, agents and employees (to the extent not reimbursed by the
Borrower) against any cost, expense (including counsel fees and disbursements
incurred by such indemnitees in any action; suit or proceeding between such
indemnitees and such indemnifying Bank or between such indemnities and any third
party or otherwise), claim, demand, action, loss or liability (except such as
result from such indemnities' gross negligence or willful misconduct) that such
indemnitees may suffer or incur in connection with this Agreement or any action
taken or omitted by such indemnitees hereunder.

     SECTION 7.7. Credit Decision. Each Bank acknowledges that it has,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based
on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Bank also
acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking any action under this Agreement.

     SECTION 7.8. Successor Agent. The Agent may resign at any time by giving
notice thereof to the Banks and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the
Required Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent reasonably
acceptable to Borrower. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by
the Required Banks, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days
after the retiring Agent gives notice of resignation, then the retiring Agent
may, on behalf of the Banks, appoint a successor Agent reasonably acceptable to
Borrower, which shall be a commercial bank organized or licensed under the laws
of the United States of America or of any State thereof and having a combined
capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000. Upon the acceptance of its
appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall
thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties of the
retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
obligations hereunder. After any retiring Agent's resignation hereunder as
Agent, the provisions of this Article shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent.



                                      -42-

    



                                      

<PAGE>   46
     SECTION 7.9. Agent's Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its own
account fees in the amounts and at the times previously agreed upon between the
Borrower and the Agent.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                             CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCE

     SECTION 8.1. Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair. If
on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for any EuroDollar Loan:

     (a) the Agent is advised by the Reference Bank that quotations for deposits
(in the applicable amounts) are not being offered to the Reference Bank, or

     (b) Banks having 50% or more of the aggregate principal amount of the
affected Loans advise the Agent that the Adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate
will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Banks of funding their
EuroDollar Loans for such Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith give notice
thereof to the Borrower and the Banks, whereupon until the Agent notifies the
Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist
(which notice shall be given forthwith upon receipt by the Agent of notice of
such determination), (i) the obligations of the Banks to make EuroDollar Loans,
or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into EuroDollar Loans, shall
be suspended and (ii) each outstanding EuroDollar Loan, shall be converted into
a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable
thereto. Unless the Borrower notifies the Agent at least two Domestic Business
Days before the date of any EuroDollar Borrowing for which a Notice of Borrowing
has previously been given (which has not been followed by a notification from
the Agent as aforesaid) that it elects not to borrow on such date, such
Borrowing shall instead be made as a Base Rate Borrowing.

     SECTION 8.2. Illegality. If after the date of this Agreement, the adoption
of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in any applicable law,
rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration
thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof or compliance by any Bank (or
its EuroDollar Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable
agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Bank (or its EuroDollar
Lending Office) to make, maintain or fund its EuroDollar Loans and such Bank
shall so notify the Agent, the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the
other Banks and the Borrower, whereupon until such Bank notifies the Borrower
and the Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer
exist, the obligation of such Bank to make EuroDollar Loans or to convert
outstanding Loans into EuroDollar Loans shall be suspended. Before giving any
notice to the Agent pursuant to
                                     -43-
<PAGE>   47



this Section, such Bank shall designate a different EuroDollar Lending Office if
such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice and will not, in the
reasonable judgment of such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank. If
such notice is given, each EuroDollar Loan of such Bank then outstanding shall
be converted to a Base Rate Loan either (a) on the last day of the then current
Interest Period applicable to such EuroDollar Loan if such Bank may lawfully
continue to maintain and fund such Loan to such day or (b) immediately if such
Bank shall determine that it may not lawfully continue to maintain and fund such
Loan to such day.

     SECTION 8.3. Increased Cost and Reduced Return. (a) If after the date
hereof the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in
any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable
agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof or compliance
by any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) with any request or directive
(whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or
comparable agency shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve
(including, without limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but excluding any such requirement
included in an applicable EuroDollar Reserve Percentage in the case of a
EuroDollar Loan), special deposit, insurance assessment or similar requirement
against assets of deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by, any
Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) or shall impose on any Bank (or its
Applicable Lending Office) or the London interbank market or other relevant
market any other condition affecting its EuroDollar Loans, its Note or its
obligation to make EuroDollar Loans or its obligations hereunder in respect of
Letters of Credit and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost
to such Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) of making or maintaining any
EuroDollar Loan or of issuing or participating in any Letter of Credit, or to
reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Bank (or its
Applicable Lending Office) under this Agreement or under its Note with respect
thereto, by an amount reasonably deemed by such Bank to be material, then,
within 15 days after demand, which demand shall include a brief description of
the change giving rise to such increased cost or reduction and an explanation as
to how such increased cost or reduction was determined, by such Bank (with a
copy to the Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Bank such additional amount
or amounts as will compensate such Bank for such increased cost or reduction.

     (b) If any Bank shall have determined that, after the date hereof the
adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy,
or any change in any such law, rule or regulation, or any change in the
interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central
bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or


                                      -44-

<PAGE>   48



administration thereof or any request or directive regarding capital adequacy
(whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or
comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return
on capital of such Bank (or its Parent) as a consequence of such Bank's
obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Bank (or its Parent)
could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request or directive (taking
into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount
reasonably deemed by such Bank to be material, then from time to time, assuming
such Bank was not compensated for such reduction pursuant to Section 8.03(a)
above, within 15 days after demand, which demand shall include a brief
description of the change giving rise to such reduction and an explanation as to
how such reduction was determined, by such Bank (with a copy to the Agent), the
Borrower shall pay to such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will
compensate such Bank (or its Parent) for such reduction.

     (c) Each Bank will promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent of any event
of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof which will entitle
such Bank to compensation pursuant to this section and will designate a
different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce
the amount of such compensation and will not, in the reasonable judgment of such
Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank. A certificate of any Bank
claiming compensation under this section and setting forth the additional amount
or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of
demonstrable error. In determining such amount, such Bank may use any reasonable
averaging and attribution methods.

     SECTION 8.4. Taxes. (a) For the purposes of this Section 8.04, the
following terms have the following meanings:

     "TAXES" means any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges or withholdings with respect to any payment by the Borrower
pursuant to this Agreement or under any Note, and all liabilities with respect
thereto, excluding (i) in the case of each Bank and the Agent, taxes imposed on
its income, and franchise or similar taxes imposed on it, by a jurisdiction
under the laws of which such Bank or the Agent (as the case may be) is organized
or in which its principal executive office is located or, in the case of each
Bank, in which its Applicable Lending Office is located and (ii) in the case of
each Bank, any United States withholding tax imposed on such payments.

     "OTHER TAXES" means any present or future stamp or documentary taxes and
any other excise or property taxes, or similar charges or levies, which arise
from any payment made pursuant to this Agreement or under any Note or from the
execution or delivery of or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any
Note.




                                      -45-

<PAGE>   49



     (b) Any and all payments by the Borrower to or for the account of any Bank
or the Agent hereunder or under any Note shall be made without deduction for any
Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that, if the Borrower shall be required by law to
deduct any Taxes or Other Taxes from any such payments, (i) the sum payable
shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions
(including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section)
such Bank or the Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum
it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall
make such deductions, (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to
the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable
law, and (iv) the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent, at its address referred
to in Section 9.01, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing
payment thereof.

     (c) The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank and the Agent for the full
amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes or
Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under
this Section) paid by such Bank or the Agent (as the case may be) and any
liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with
respect thereto. This indemnification shall be paid within 15 days after such
Bank or the Agent (as the case may be) makes demand therefor.

     (d) Each Bank organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United
States, on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement
in the case of each Bank listed on the signature pages hereof and on or prior to
the date on which it becomes a Bank in the case of each other Bank, and from
time to time thereafter if requested in writing by the Borrower (but only so
long as such Bank remains lawfully able to do so), shall provide the Borrower
and the Agent with (i) Internal Revenue Service form 1001 or 4224, as
appropriate, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service,
certifying that such Bank is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to
which the United States is a party which exempts the Bank from United States
withholding tax or reduces the rate of withholding tax on payments of interest
for the account of such Bank or certifying that the income receivable pursuant
to this Agreement is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
business in the United States or (ii) solely if such Lender is claiming
exemption from United States withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of
the Internal Revenue Code with respect to payments of "portfolio interest", a
Form W-8, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, and
a certificate representing that such Lender is not a bank for purposes of
Section 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, is not a 10-percent shareholder
(within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code) of the
Borrower and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower



                                      -46-

<PAGE>   50



(within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code).

     (e) For any period with respect to which a Bank has failed to provide the
Borrower or the Agent with the appropriate form pursuant to Section 8.04(d)
(unless such failure is due to a change in treaty, law or regulation occurring
subsequent to the date on which such form originally was required to be
provided), such Bank shall not be entitled to indemnification under Section
8.04(b) or 8.04(c) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States; provided
that if a Bank, which is otherwise exempt from or subject to a reduced rate of
withholding tax, becomes subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a
form required hereunder, the Borrower, at such Bank's sole expense, shall take
such steps as such Bank shall reasonably request to assist such Bank to recover
such Taxes.

     (f) If the Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to or for the
account of any Bank pursuant to this Section, then such Bank will change the
jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office if in the reasonable judgment of
such Bank, such change (i) will eliminate or reduce any such additional payment
which may thereafter accrue and (ii) is not otherwise disadvantageous (other
than in any insignificant respect) to such Bank.

     SECTION 8.5. Base Rate Loans Substituted for Affected EuroDollar Loans. If
(i) the obligation of any Bank to make, or convert outstanding Loans to,
EuroDollar Loans has been suspended pursuant to Section 8.02 or (ii) any Bank
has demanded compensation under Section 8.03 or 8.04 with respect to its
EuroDollar Loans and the Borrower shall, by at least five EuroDollar Business
Days' prior notice to such Bank through the Agent, have elected that the
provisions of this section shall apply to such Bank, then, unless and until such
Bank notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension
or demand for compensation no longer exist:

     (a) all Loans which would otherwise be made by such Bank as (or continued
as or converted into) EuroDollar Loans, as the case may be, shall instead be
Base Rate Loans (on which interest and principal shall be payable
contemporaneously with the related EuroDollar Loans of the other Banks); and

     (b) after each of its EuroDollar Loans, has been repaid (or converted to a
Base Rate Loan), all payments of principal which would otherwise be applied to
repay such EuroDollar Loans shall be applied to repay its Base Rate Loans
instead. If such Bank notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise
to such notice no longer apply, the principal amount of each such Base Rate Loan
shall be converted into a EuroDollar Loan on the first day of the next
succeeding Interest Period applicable to the related EuroDollar Loans of the
other Banks.



                                      -47-

<PAGE>   51




                                    ARTICLE 9
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 9.1. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any
party hereunder shall be in writing (including bank wire, telex, facsimile
transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party: (a) in the
case of the Borrower, any Bank or the Agent, at its address, facsimile number or
telex number set forth on the signature pages hereof, or (b) in the case of any
party, such other address, facsimile number or telex number as such party may
hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the Agent, the Banks and the
Borrower. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective
(i) if given by telex, when such telex is transmitted to the telex number
specified on the signature pages hereof and the appropriate answerback is
received, (ii) if given by facsimile transmission, when transmitted to the
facsimile number specified on the signature pages hereof and confirmation of
receipt is received, (iii) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication
is deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as
aforesaid, (iv) if sent by recognized overnight courier, on the next business
day after delivery to such courier, or (v) if given by any other means, when
delivered at the address specified on the signature pages hereof; provided that
notices to the Agent or the Issuing Bank under Article 2 or Article 8 shall not
be effective until received.

     SECTION 9.2. No Waivers. No failure or delay by the Agent or any Bank in
exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any Note shall
operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be
cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

     SECTION 9.3. Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent, including reasonable fees and
disbursements of special counsel for the Agent, in connection with the
preparation of this Agreement, any waiver or consent hereunder or any amendment
hereof or any Default hereunder and (ii) if any Default or Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent and
each Bank, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (which
shall be limited to counsel to the Agent unless an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing), in connection with such Default or Event of Default and
collection, bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement proceedings resulting
therefrom.

     (b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each
Bank, their respective affiliates and the respective directors, officers, agents
and employees of the foregoing (each an "INDEMNITEE") and hold each Indemnitee



                                      -48-

<PAGE>   52



harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs and
expenses of any kind (including, without limitation, the reasonable counsel fees
and disbursements incurred by an Indemnitee in any proceedings between such
Indemnitee and the Borrower or between such Indemnitee and any third party or
otherwise), which may be incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with any
investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding (whether or not such
Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto) brought or threatened relating
to or arising out of this Agreement or any actual or proposed use of proceeds of
Loans hereunder; provided that no Indemnitee shall have the right to be
indemnified hereunder for such Indemnitee's own gross negligence or willful
misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

     SECTION 9.4. Sharing of Set-offs. Each Bank agrees that if it shall, by
exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, receive payment of
a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal and interest due with respect
to any Note held by it and any Letter of Credit Liabilities which is greater
than the proportion received by any other Bank in respect of the aggregate
amount of principal and interest due with respect to any Note and Letter of
Credit Liabilities held by such other Bank, the Bank receiving such
proportionately greater payment shall purchase such participations in the Notes
and Letter of Credit Liabilities held by the other Banks, and such other
adjustments shall be made, as may be required so that all such payments of
principal and interest with respect to the Notes and Letter of Credit
Liabilities held by the Banks shall be shared by the Banks pro rata in
proportion with their Commitments; provided that nothing in this section shall
impair the right of any Bank to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim it
may have and to apply the amount subject to such exercise to the payment of
indebtedness of any Obligor other than its indebtedness hereunder. Borrower
agrees, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law,
that any holder of a participation in a Note or Letter of Credit Liabilities,
whether or not acquired pursuant to the foregoing arrangements, may exercise
rights of set-off or counterclaim and other rights with respect to such
participation as fully as if such holder of a participation were a direct
creditor of Borrower in the amount of such participation.

     SECTION 9.5. Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement or the
Notes may be amended or waived if but only if such amendment or waiver is in
writing and is signed by the Borrower and the Required Banks (and, if the rights
or duties of the Agent or the Issuing Banks are affected thereby, by the Agent
or the Issuing Banks, as relevant); provided that no such amendment or waiver
shall, unless signed by all the Banks, (i) increase or decrease the Commitment
of any Bank (except for a ratable decrease in the Commitments of all Banks) or
subject any Bank to any additional obligation, (ii) reduce the principal of or
rate of interest on any Loan or the amount to be reimbursed in

                                      -49-

<PAGE>   53



respect of any Letter of Credit or any interest thereon or any fees hereunder,
(iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment of principal of or interest on any
Loan or the amount to be reimbursed in respect of any Letter of Credit or any
interest thereon or any fees hereunder or for any scheduled reduction or
termination of any Commitment or (except as expressly provided in Section 2.13)
expiry date of any Letter of Credit, or (iv) change the percentage of the
Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes and Letter
of Credit Liabilities, or the number of Banks, which shall be required for the
Banks or any of them to take any action under this section or any other
provision of this Agreement.

     SECTION 9.6. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not assign or
otherwise transfer any of its rights under this Agreement without the prior
written consent of all Banks other than in connection with a merger or
consolidation permitted under Section 5.07.

     (b) Any Bank may at any time grant to one or more banks or other financial
institutions (each a "PARTICIPANT") participating interests in its Commitment or
any or all of its Loans and Letter of Credit Liabilities. In the event of any
such grant by a Bank of a participating interest to a Participant, whether or
not upon notice to the Borrower and the Agent, such Bank shall remain
responsible for the performance of its obligations hereunder, and the Borrower,
the issuing Banks and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with
such Bank in connection with such Bank's rights and obligations under this
Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which any Bank may grant such a
participating interest shall provide that such Bank shall retain the sole right
and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Borrower hereunder
including, without limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification
or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such participation
agreement may provide that such Bank will not agree to any modification,
amendment or waiver of this Agreement described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of
Section 9.05 without the consent of the Participant. The Borrower agrees that
each Participant shall, to the extent provided in its participation agreement,
be entitled to the benefits (and subject to also having the corresponding
obligations) of Article 8 with respect to its participating interest. An
assignment or other transfer which is not permitted by subsection (c) or (d)
below shall be given effect for purposes of this Agreement only to the extent of
a participating interest granted in accordance with this subsection (b).

     (c) Any Bank may at any time assign to one or more banks or other
institutions (each an "ASSIGNEE") all, or a proportionate part (equivalent to an
initial Commitment of not less than $5,000,000) of all, of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement and the Notes, and such Assignee shall assume
such



                                      -50-

<PAGE>   54



rights and obligations, pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement in
substantially the form provided by the Agent executed by such Assignee and such
transferor Bank, with (and subject to) the subscribed consent of the Borrower,
the Agent, and the Issuing Bank, except that no such consents shall be required
if such Assignee is an Affiliate of such assigning Bank or if at the time of
such assignment an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no such
assignment shall be made if after giving effect thereto the number of Banks
would exceed four. Upon execution and delivery of such instrument and payment by
such Assignee to such transferor Bank of an amount equal to the purchase price
agreed between such transferor Bank and such Assignee, such Assignee shall be a
Bank party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and obligations of a
Bank with a Commitment as set forth in such instrument of assumption, and the
transferor Bank shall be released from its obligations hereunder to a
corresponding extent, and no further consent or action by any party shall be
required. Upon the consummation of any assignment pursuant to this subsection
(c), the transferor Bank, the Agent and the Borrower shall make appropriate
arrangements so that, if required, a new Note is issued to the Assignee. In
connection with any such assignment, the transferor Bank shall pay to the Agent
an administrative fee for processing such assignment in the amount of $2,500. If
the Assignee is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America
or a state thereof it shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent certification
as to exemption from deduction or withholding of any United States federal
income taxes in accordance with Section 8.04.

     (d) No Assignee, Participant or other transferee of any Bank's rights shall
be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 8.03 or 8.04 than such
Bank would have been entitled to receive with respect to the rights transferred,
unless such transfer is made with the Borrower's prior written consent or by
reason of the provisions of Section 8.02, 8.03 or 8.04 requiring such Bank to
designate a different Applicable Lending Office under certain circumstances or
at a time when the circumstances giving rise to such greater payment did not
exist.

     (e) The Borrower designates the Agent to serve as the Borrower's agent,
solely for purposes of this subsection to maintain a register (the "REGISTER")
on which the Agent will record the Commitments from time to time of each Bank,
the Loans made by each Bank and each repayment in respect of the principal
amount of the Loans of each Bank and to retain a copy of each Assignment and
Assumption Agreement delivered to the Agent pursuant to this Section. Failure to
make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect
the Borrower's obligations in respect of such Loans. The Borrower, the Agent,
the Issuing Bank and the Banks shall treat each Person in whose name a Loan and
the Note evidencing the same is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes
of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice or any provision herein to the
contrary. With respect to



                                      -51-

<PAGE>   55



any Bank, no assignment or other transfer of any of its rights or obligations
under this Agreement or its Note shall be effective until such assignment or
other transfer is recorded on the Register and otherwise complies with this
Section 9.06, and prior to such recordation all amounts owing to the transferor
Bank under this Agreement and its Note shall remain owing to the transferor
Bank. The registration of any such assignment or other transfer shall be
recorded by the Agent on the Register only upon the acceptance by the Agent of a
properly executed and delivered Assignment and Assumption Agreement. The
Register shall be available at the offices where kept by the Agent for
inspection by the Borrower or any Bank at any reasonable time upon reasonable
prior notice to the Agent.

     SECTION 9.7. Collateral. Each of the Banks represents to the Agent and each
of the other Banks that it in good faith is not relying upon any "margin stock"
(as defined in Regulation U) as collateral in the extension or maintenance of
the credit provided for in this Agreement.

     SECTION 9.8. Continuing Obligation. Notwithstanding the occurrence and
continuance of an Event of Default or the occurrence of the Termination Date,
the Borrower's obligations and agreements hereunder shall continue until all
obligations, direct or contingent, have been satisfied and all Letter of Credit
Liabilities have terminated.

     SECTION 9.9. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and
each Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of New York. Borrower hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of
the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of
any New York State court sitting in New York City for purposes of all legal
proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby. Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying
of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that
any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient
forum.

     SECTION 9.10. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may
be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original,
with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same
instrument. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding
among the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior agreements and
understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This
Agreement shall become effective upon receipt by the Agent of counterparts
hereof signed by each of the parties hereto (or, in the case of any party as to
which an executed counterpart shall not have been received, receipt by the Agent
in form satisfactory to it of telex, facsimile or other



                                      -52-

<PAGE>   56



written confirmation from such party of execution of a counterpart hereof by
such party).

     SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND THE
BANKS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

     SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality. The Agent and each Bank agrees to keep any
information delivered or made available by the Borrower pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement or any other Financing Document confidential from
anyone other than persons employed or retained by the Agent or such Bank who are
engaged in evaluating, approving, structuring or administering the credit
facility contemplated hereby; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the
Agent or any Bank from disclosing such information (a) to any other Bank or to
the Agent, as the case may be, (b) upon the order of any court or administrative
agency, (c) upon the request or demand of any regulatory agency or authority,
(d) which had been publicly disclosed other than as a result of a disclosure by
the Agent or any Bank prohibited by this Agreement, (e) in connection with any
litigation to which the Agent, any Bank or its subsidiaries or parent may be a
party arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement, (f) to such Bank's
or Agent's legal counsel and independent auditors, or other professional
advisers engaged in connection with this facility, so long as in each case such
Persons are advised of the provisions of this Section, and (g) subject to the
receipt by such Bank of an agreement or undertaking containing provisions
substantially similar to those contained in this Section, to any actual or
proposed Participant or Assignee.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective
authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.


                             GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP.



                             By: /s/ ANDREW GREGOR
                                 ---------------------------------
                                 Name:  Andrew Gregor
                                 Title: Chief Financial Officer
                                 16 East 40th Street
                                 New York, NY 10016
                                 Attention: Chief Financial Officer
                                 Facsimile:  (212) 726-6590





                                      -53-

<PAGE>   57



                             LENDERS

$25,000,000                  REPUBLIC NATIONAL BANK OF NEW YORK
                             as a Lender  and as Issuing Bank



                             By: /s/ ESTELLE DICHAZI
                                 ---------------------------------
                                 Name:  Estelle Dichazi
                                 Title:  Senior Vice President
                                 Domestic Lending Office
                                 452 Fifth Avenue
                                 New York, NY  10018
                                 Attention:  Middle Market Lending,
                                             Department 381
                                       Attn.:  Estelle Dichazi,
                                               Senior Vice President
                                 Telex:  234967; Answerback:  BLICBANK
                                 Facsimile:  (212) 525-6905

                                 EuroDollar Lending Office:
                                 London, England



$15,000,000                      NBD BANK



                                 By: /s/ THOMAS A. LEVASSEW
                                     ---------------------------------
                                     Name:  Thomas A. Levassew
                                     Title: Vice President
                                     Domestic Lending Office:
                                     611 Woodward Avenue
                                     Detroit, Michigan  48226
                                     Attention:  Corporate Banking
                                                 Department
                                         Attn.:  Sharon Popp,
                                                 Administrative Assistant
                                     Facsimile:  (313) 225-1212
                                     EuroDollar Lending Office:
                                     London, England


                                      -54-

<PAGE>   58





$40,000,000


                             REPUBLIC NATIONAL BANK OF NEW YORK, as
                             Agent



                             By: /s/ ESTELLE DICHAZI
                                 ---------------------------------
                                 Name:  Estelle Dichazi
                                 Title:  Senior Vice President
                                 452 Fifth Avenue
                                 New York, NY 10018
                                 Attention:  Middle Market Lending,
                                             Department 381;
                                     Attn.:  Estelle Dichazi,
                                             Senior Vice President
                                 Telex:  234967; Answerback:  BLICBANK
                                 Facsimile:  (212) 525-6905





                                      -55-

<PAGE>   59



                                                                     EXHIBIT A-1

                                      NOTE
                                                              New York, New York
                                                                January 21, 1997

     For value received, GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP., a Delaware corporation
(the "BORROWER"), promises to pay to the order of Republic National Bank of New
York (the "Bank"), the unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by the Bank to
the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement referred to below on the maturity
date provided for in the Credit Agreement. The Borrower promises to pay interest
on the unpaid principal amount of each such Loan on the dates and at the rate or
rates provided for in the Credit Agreement. All such payments of principal and
interest shall be made in lawful money of the United States in Federal or other
immediately available funds at the office of the Agent at 452 Fifth Avenue, New
York, New York 10018.

     All Loans made by the Bank, the respective types thereof and all repayments
of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Bank and, if the Bank so
elects in connection with any transfer or enforcement hereof appropriate
notations to evidence the foregoing information with respect to each such Loan
then outstanding may be endorsed by the Bank on the schedule attached hereto, or
on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a part hereof provided
that the failure of the Bank to make any such recordation or endorsement shall
not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit
Agreement.

     This note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement dated as
of January __, 1997 among the Borrower, the banks listed on the signature pages
thereof, the Letter of Credit Issuing Bank party thereto and Republic National
Bank of New York, as Agent (as the same may be amended from time to time, the
"CREDIT AGREEMENT"). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with
the same meanings. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement for provisions for
the prepayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof.

                             GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP.



                             By:
                                 ---------------------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:



                                      -56-

<PAGE>   60

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                              LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Amount of
                                                                                        Principal
         Date                     Amount of                 Type of Loan                 Prepaid                 Notation Made
                                    Loan                                                                               By
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>



                                      -57-

<PAGE>   61



                                                                     EXHIBIT A-2

                                      NOTE
                                                              New York, New York
                                                                January 21, 1997

     For value received, GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP., a Delaware corporation
(the "BORROWER"), promises to pay to the order of NBD Bank (the "Bank"), the
unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by the Bank to the Borrower pursuant
to the Credit Agreement referred to below on the maturity date provided for in
the Credit Agreement. The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid
principal amount of each such Loan on the dates and at the rate or rates
provided for in the Credit Agreement. All such payments of principal and
interest shall be made in lawful money of the United States in Federal or other
immediately available funds at the office of the Agent at 452 Fifth Avenue, New
York, New York 10018.

     All Loans made by the Bank, the respective types thereof and all repayments
of the principal thereof shall be recorded by the Bank and, if the Bank so
elects in connection with any transfer or enforcement hereof appropriate
notations to evidence the foregoing information with respect to each such Loan
then outstanding may be endorsed by the Bank on the schedule attached hereto, or
on a continuation of such schedule attached to and made a part hereof provided
that the failure of the Bank to make any such recordation or endorsement shall
not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit
Agreement.

     This note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement dated as
of January __, 1997 among the Borrower, the banks listed on the signature pages
thereof, the Letter of Credit Issuing Bank party thereto and Republic National
Bank of New York, as Agent (as the same may be amended from time to time, the
"CREDIT AGREEMENT"). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with
the same meanings. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement for provisions for
the prepayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof.

                             GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP.



                            By:
                                ---------------------------------
                                Name:
                                Title:



                                      -58-

<PAGE>   62


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Amount of
                                                                                        Principal
         Date                     Amount of                 Type of Loan                 Prepaid                 Notation Made
                                    Loan                                                                               By
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>



                                      -59-

<PAGE>   63



                                                             EXHIBIT B - OPINION



                                                  January __, 1997



To the Banks and the Agent
Referred to Below
c/o Republic National Bank of New York
as Agent
452 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10018

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel for GT Interactive Software Corp. (the "BORROWER")
and certain of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Credit Agreement (the
"CREDIT AGREEMENT") dated as of December , 1996 among the Borrower, the banks
listed on the signature pages thereof, the Letter of Credit Issuing Banks party
thereto and Republic National Bank of New York, as Agent. Terms defined in the
Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined. This opinion is being
rendered to you at the request of our clients pursuant to Section 3.01(d) of the
Credit Agreement.

     We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to
our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public
officials and other instruments and have conducted such other investigations of
fact and law as we have deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of this
opinion.

     Upon the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

     1. The Borrower is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of Delaware and is qualified to do business and is
in good standing under the laws of the State of New York and has the corporate
power to enter into the Credit Agreement and the documents and instruments
referred to therein.

     2. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Credit
Agreement and the Notes are within the corporate powers of the Borrower, have
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, require no action by or
in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official and do
not contravene, or constitute a default under, any


                                      -60-

<PAGE>   64



provision of applicable law of regulation or of the certificate of incorporation
or by-laws of the Borrower or, to our knowledge, of any agreement, judgment,
injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any
of its Material Subsidiaries or, to our knowledge, result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

     3. The Credit Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the
Borrower and each Note constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the
Borrower, in each case enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the
same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity.

     4. To our knowledge, there is no action, suit or proceeding pending or
threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries
before any court or arbitrator or any governmental body, agency or official, in
which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse decision which could
materially adversely affect the business, consolidated financial position or
consolidated results of operations of the borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, or which in any manner draws into question
the validity of the Credit Agreement or the Notes.

     5. Each of the Borrower's Material Subsidiaries is a corporation validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
incorporation.

     The foregoing opinions are subject to the following qualifications:

     (a) We are members of the Bar of the State of New York and do not purport
to be expert or express any opinion except as to matters involving the laws of
such State, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and the
federal laws of the United States of America.

     (b) [We express no opinion as to the validity, binding effect or
enforceability of any choice of law, consent to jurisdiction, consent to venue
or consent to service provision in a court other than a court of the State of
New York].

     (c) [The enforceability of Sections 2.13(e), 9.03 and [9.11] of the
Agreement may be limited by laws rendering unenforceable indemnification
contrary to



                                      -61-

<PAGE>   65



state or federal laws or public policy underlying such laws.]

     (d) We express no opinion as to the enforceability of any provision
purporting to waive unmatured rights to the extent such provision may be limited
by applicable state or federal laws or public policy underlying such laws.

     (e) As used in this opinion letter, "to our knowledge" shall mean the
knowledge that attorneys employed by us have obtained solely from their
representation of the Borrower. Nothing has come to our attention which has
caused us to believe that the statements so made herein "to our knowledge" are
untrue or incorrect. However, except as specifically noted above, we do not
purport to have made any review of court records or proceedings or made any
other independent review or investigation of any factual matter.

     This opinion letter is being provided to you pursuant to Section 3.01(d) of
the Credit Agreement and may not be relied upon by any other person or for any
purpose other than in connection with the transactions contemplated by the
Credit Agreement without our prior written consent in each instance.

                             Very truly yours,





                                      -62-


<PAGE>   1








                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1


                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   COMPUTATION OF PRO FORMA EARNINGS PER SHARE
                      (in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FOR THE YEAR
                                                                       ENDED
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1995
                                                                    -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>    
Pro forma net income                                                 $18,628
                                                                     =======

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
    Actual                                                            59,305
    Dilutive impact of shares issued during the period and treated
    as being outstanding throughout the periods presented              1,777
                                                                     -------
                                                                      61,082
                                                                     -------

Pro forma net income per share                                       $  0.30
                                                                     =======
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   1










                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.2

                 GT INTERACTIVE SOFTWARE CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
                      (in thousands, except per share data)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FOR THE YEAR
                                                                       ENDED
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1996
                                                                    -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>    

Net income                                                           $25,139
                                                                     =======

Weighted average shares outstanding:
    Actual                                                            66,391
    Dilutive impact of shares issued during the period and treated
      as being outstanding throughout the periods presented             --
                                                                     -------
                                                                      66,391
                                                                     -------

Net income per share                                                 $  0.38
                                                                     =======
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   1


                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1



G.T. Interactive Entertainment (Europe) Limited
WizardWorks Group, Inc.
Humongous Entertainment, Inc.
Candel Inc.
FormGen, Inc.
Gold Medallion Software, Inc.
Mediatechnics Ltd.
1051236 Ontario, Inc.
FormGen Corp.
Renegade Interactive Entertainment Limited
Bramblewold Computers Limited
GT Interactive Software France S.A.
GT Interactive Entertainment Company Germany GmbH
Premier European Promotion Limited
One Stop Direct Limited
Software Sourcerers International Limited
Wizardworks (UK) Limited





<PAGE>   1









                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement
(Form S-8 No. 333-428) of GT Interactive Software Corp. of our report dated May
10, 1996, with respect to the combined financial statements of Wizardworks
Group, Inc. as of March 31, 1996 and 1995 and the related combined statements
of income and retained earnings and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended March 31, 1996.



                                                  ERNST & YOUNG LLP



Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 28, 1997



<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2


                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


     As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation
by reference of our report included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, into the
Company's previously filed Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Registration No.
333-19435) and Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-00428) of GT Interactive Software
Corp.

                                                     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


New York, New York
March 28, 1997









<TABLE> <S> <C>


   

<ARTICLE>                                      5
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                                            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                  12-Mos     
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              Dec-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 Jan-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   Dec-31-1996
<CASH>                                         71,867     
<SECURITIES>                                   4,717    
<RECEIVABLES>                                  95,941     
<ALLOWANCES>                                   4,069      
<INVENTORY>                                    60,457     
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               323,977    
<PP&E>                                         14,125     
<DEPRECIATION>                                 4,043      
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 367,111    
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          210,325    
<BONDS>                                        0          
                          0          
                                    0          
<COMMON>                                       664        
<OTHER-SE>                                     151,474    
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   367,111    
<SALES>                                        365,490    
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               365,490    
<CGS>                                          214,580    
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  214,580    
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               114,117    
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               2,225      
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             0          
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                40,767     
<INCOME-TAX>                                   15,628     
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            25,139     
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0          
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0          
<CHANGES>                                      0          
<NET-INCOME>                                   25,139     
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  0.38       
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  0          
                                               







</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission